JP2021035412A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of increasing efficiency of confirmation work regarding the game machine.SOLUTION: A decoration is not printed or disposed in a lower right part in front view of a game board 13, and a back visual confirmation window part 13a allowing a back side of the game board 13 to be visually recognized is formed. The back visual confirmation window part 13a is covered by a lower part of a front frame 14 in a state in which the front frame 14 is locked to an inner frame 12 and an outer frame 11, and the back visual confirmation window part 13a cannot be visually recognized from a front side of a Pachinko machine 10. In the meantime, in a state in which the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 and the front frame 14 is rotated from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11, the back visual confirmation window part 13a is exposed and can be visually recognized from a front side of the Pachinko machine 10, such that a back side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized by the back visual confirmation window part 13a.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 20

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving the general-purpose unit, there is a case where only a dedicated unit such as a game board that is different for each gaming machine is purchased and the dedicated unit is installed in the general-purpose unit (for example, Patent Document 1).

JP-A-2002-66088

However, in the above installation work, there is a possibility that the mistake in attachment may be overlooked due to a mistake in confirmation.

The present invention has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of easily confirming the game machine.

In order to achieve this object, the game machine according to claim 1 is attached to and fixed to an island facility provided in a game hall, and is configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and at least two general-purpose parts and the general-purpose parts. A gaming machine provided with a dedicated part that can be attached to and capable of performing a model-specific game, and at least a locking means for locking the general-purpose parts. , Which has general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part can be read by the reading means and identifies the special-purpose part. The general-purpose information and the special-purpose information have possible dedicated information, and the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information are in a position where all the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information can be read by the reading means when one lock by the locking means is unlocked. Placed in.

The gaming machine according to claim 2 is the gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the dedicated component includes a control means for executing main control of the game and an attachment member to which the control means is attached. The mounting means includes a visible means configured so that the side opposite to the predetermined direction of the mounting means can be visually recognized when the mounting means is viewed from a predetermined direction, and some of the general-purpose information and / and the above. The dedicated information is arranged at a position readable by the reading means via the visible means when one lock by the locking means is unlocked.

The game machine according to claim 3 is the game machine according to claim 2, wherein the control means is attached to the back side of the game machine of the attachment means, and the dedicated information is the control-only information provided in the control means. The visible means is formed at a position where the control-only information can be read from the front side of the gaming machine.

The gaming machine according to claim 4 is the gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the general-purpose parts are a fixing member that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment and a main body that is attached to the fixing member. A member and a front member that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member are provided, the general-purpose information includes front general-purpose information provided on the front member, and the visible means is a back surface of the gaming machine. It is formed at a position where the front general-purpose information can be read from the side.

The gaming machine according to claim 5 is the gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions related to each other.

According to the game machine according to claim 1, at least two or more general-purpose parts that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models and can be attached to the general-purpose parts. The game machine is provided with a dedicated part configured to enable a model-specific game and at least a locking means for locking the general-purpose parts, and the general-purpose part has a predetermined reading function. The dedicated part has general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part can be read by the reading means and can identify the special-purpose part. The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are arranged at a position where all the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be read by the reading means when one lock by the locking means is unlocked. This has the effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

According to the gaming machine according to claim 2, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machine according to claim 1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the dedicated component includes a control means for executing the main control of the game and a mounting member to which the control means is attached, and the mounting means receives the mounting means when viewed from a predetermined direction. When the mounting means is provided with a visible means configured so that the side opposite to the predetermined direction can be visually recognized, and some of the general-purpose information and / and the dedicated information are unlocked by the locking means. Is arranged at a position readable by the reading means via the visible means. This has the effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

According to the gaming machine according to claim 3, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machine according to claim 2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the control means is attached to the back side of the game machine of the attachment means, the dedicated information includes control-only information provided in the control means, and the visible means is from the front side of the game machine. It is formed at a position where the control-only information can be read. This has the effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

According to the gaming machine according to claim 4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines according to claims 1 to 3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the general-purpose component includes a fixing member that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment, a main body member that is attached to the fixing member, and a front surface member that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member. Is provided with front general-purpose information provided on the front member, and the visible means is formed at a position where the front general-purpose information can be read from the back side of the game machine. This has the effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

According to the gaming machine according to claim 5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines according to claims 1 to 4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This has the effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a front view of the pachinko machine with the front frame open from the outer frame and the inner frame. (A) is a front view of the board-side sticker before being attached to the game board, (b) is a front view of the frame-side sticker before being attached to the inner frame, and (c) is a front view of the frame-side sticker. , It is a front view of the main board seal before being attached to the main control device. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the state where the game board is removed from the state of FIG. It is a front view of a game board. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of the game board. It is a front view of the board box of a main control unit. It is a block diagram of a pachinko machine, a hall computer and a reading device, and is a block diagram which mainly shows the electric structure of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the electrical structure of a hall computer and a reading device. It is a figure which showed an example of the board frame correspondence data schematically. It is a schematic diagram which showed an example of the structure of the game hall where a plurality of pachinko machines and one hall computer are installed, and each manufacturer. It is a flowchart which shows the main process executed by MPU in a hall computer. It is a flowchart which shows the main process executed by MPU in a reading apparatus. It is a schematic diagram which showed an example of the structure of the game hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines and one hall computer are installed in 2nd Embodiment, and each manufacturer. (A) is a front view of the board side sticker in the third embodiment, and (b) is a front view of the frame side sticker. It is a schematic diagram which showed an example of the structure of the game hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines and one hall computer are installed in 3rd Embodiment, and each manufacturer. It is a flowchart which shows the main process executed by MPU in the reading apparatus in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main process executed by MPU in the reading apparatus in 4th Embodiment. It is a front view of the pachinko machine with the front frame open from the outer frame and the inner frame in the fifth embodiment. (A) is a front view of the board-side sticker before being attached to the game board in the fifth embodiment, and (b) is a frame-side sticker before being attached to the inner frame in the fifth embodiment. (C) is a front view of the main board seal before being attached to the main control device according to the fifth embodiment. It is a front view of the game board in 5th Embodiment. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine in the fifth embodiment. It is a rear view of the game board in 5th Embodiment. It is a front view of the board box of the main control device attached to the back side of the game board in 5th Embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the electrical structure of the pachinko machine, the hall computer and the reading device in 5th Embodiment. When reading the board front QR code, board back QR code or board number information, frame front QR code, frame back QR code or frame number information, or main board front QR code, main board back QR code or main board number information Is a schematic diagram showing an example of a display color displayed on the background color of the display unit of the reading device. It is a flowchart which shows the main process executed by the MPU of the reading apparatus in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reading process which is executed by MPU of a reading apparatus. It is a block diagram which shows the electrical structure of the main control device mainly of the pachinko machine in 5th Embodiment. The configurations of various counters, counter buffers, first reserved ball storage area, second reserved ball storage area, reserved ball execution area, normal figure reserved ball storage area, and normal figure reserved ball execution area in the fifth embodiment are schematically configured. It is a figure shown. It is a figure which showed typically an example of the jackpot random number table in 5th Embodiment. (A) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot type table for special figure 1 in the fifth embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot type table for special figure 2 in the fifth embodiment. It is a figure shown as a target. It is a figure which showed typically an example of the hold number table in 5th Embodiment. (A) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the A table of the stop pattern table in the fifth embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the B table of the stop pattern table in the fifth embodiment. It is the figure shown, and (c) is the figure which showed typically the example of the C table of the stop pattern table in 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which showed typically an example of the variation pattern table for loss in 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which showed typically an example of the variation pattern table for big hits in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start winning process executed by MPU in the main control device in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special figure variation processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the fluctuation start processing executed by MPU in the main control unit in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start-up process which is executed by MPU in the main control device in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main process executed by MPU in the main control unit in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the NMI interrupt process executed by MPU in the main control unit in 5th Embodiment. The front view of the pachinko machine according to the sixth embodiment, (a) is a front view of the pachinko machine in a state where the front frame is locked with respect to the inner frame and the outer frame, and FIG. It is a front view which showed the state which the front frame was unlocked from a frame and an outer frame, and the front frame was opened with respect to an inner frame and an outer frame. The right side view of the pachinko machine according to the sixth embodiment, (a) is a right side view showing a state in which the front frame is locked with respect to the inner frame and the outer frame, and (b) is the front side frame. It is a figure which showed the state which unlocked from the inner frame and the outer frame and rotated 90 degrees. (A) is a front view of the second board surface device according to the sixth embodiment, and (b) is a right side view of the second board surface device. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the 7th embodiment. (A) is a front view of the pachinko machine in a state where the front upper frame and the front lower frame are opened from the outer frame and the inner frame in the seventh embodiment, and (b) is a front view of the front upper frame from the state of (a). It is a front view of the pachinko machine with the game board removed. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in the eighth embodiment.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 14, a first embodiment when the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 formed in substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. It is provided with an inner frame 12 that is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view in order to support the inner frame 12, and the inner frame 12 is in front of the front with the side on which the hinge 18 is provided as an opening / closing axis. It is supported so that it can be opened and closed to the side.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 5) having a large number of nails, winning openings (entry openings) 63, 64, 65a, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 12 from the front side. A ball game is performed by a ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 includes a ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 2) that launches a ball into the front region of the game board 13, and a ball feeding unit 112b that guides the ball from the upper plate 17 to the ball launching unit 112a, which will be described later. A launch rail 112c (see FIG. 2) or the like that guides the ball launched from the ball launch unit 112a to the front region of the game board 13 is attached. The details of the ball launch unit 112a, the ball feed unit 112b, and the launch rail 112c will be described later with reference to FIG. 2, and the details of the game board 13 will be described later with reference to FIG.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. Metal hinges 19 are attached to the upper and lower two places on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1) to support the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, and the front frame with the side on which the hinge 19 is provided as an opening / closing axis. The 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front surface. The lock of the inner frame 12 and the lock of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front frame 14 is formed by assembling decorative resin parts, electric parts, and the like, and a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two flat glass sheets is arranged on the back surface side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 via the glass unit 16.

On the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with the upper surface open so as to project forward, and prize balls, rented balls, and the like are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed so as to be inclined downward to the right side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 is formed by the inclination so as to pass through the ball feeding unit 112b (see FIG. 2) and the ball launching unit 112a. You will be guided one by one to (see Fig. 2). Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the upper surface of the upper plate 17 when viewed from the front.

The frame button 22 is, for example, a button that is pressed and operated by the player in order to change the effect displayed by the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 5) described later.

In the first embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed, but instead of the frame button 22, the player directs the pachinko machine 10 in a predetermined direction (for example, with respect to the pachinko machine 10). It may be configured by an operation lever that can be tilted forward, backward, right and left). Then, the effect of the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 5), which will be described later, may be determined based on the direction in which the operation lever is tilted.

Further, although the frame button 22 is configured to be arranged on the front side side view of the upper plate 17, the arrangement position of the frame button 22 can be any arrangement position as long as it can be pressed by the player. It may be arranged, for example, on the upper surface side of the upper plate 17, or may be arranged in the vicinity (upper surface or side surface) of the lower plate 50 described later.

The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front frame 14 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means are lit or blinked according to a change in the gaming state or the effect state at the time of a big hit or at the time of a predetermined effect displayed by the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 5) described later, so that the light emitting mode can be changed. It is change-controlled and plays a role in enhancing the effect during the game. On the peripheral edge of the window portion 14c, lighting portions 29 to 33 having a built-in light emitting means such as a light emitting diode (Light Emitting Diode; hereinafter abbreviated as "LED") are provided. ..

In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination units 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and at the time of jackpot or at the time of a predetermined effect displayed by the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 5) described later. By lighting or blinking the built-in LED, each of the illumination units 29 to 33 lights up or blinks, and it is notified that the jackpot is in progress or that the jackpot is one step before (that is, in the "reach display"). .. Further, in the upper left portion of the front frame 14 in the front view, a light emitting means such as an LED is built in, and a display lamp 34 capable of displaying when the prize ball is being paid out and when an error occurs is provided.

On the left side of the lower part of the illuminated portion 32 on the right side, a certificate stamp or the like attached to the attachment space K1 (see FIG. 5) provided on the lower right side of the front view of the game board 13 is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Style) in which the area around the illuminated portions 29 to 33 is chrome-plated in order to bring out more glitter, hereinafter abbreviated as “ABS”. .) A resin plating member 36 is attached.

A ball lending operation unit 40 is arranged below the window unit 14c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with bills, cards, etc. inserted into the card unit (ball lending unit, not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is operated according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which balance information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up and the balance is displayed as numerical value as balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded on the card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as the remaining amount is present on the card or the like. Will be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit.

A pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without going through a card unit, a so-called cash machine, does not require a ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 is not required. A decorative sticker or the like may be added to the installation portion of the above to make the component configuration common. It is possible to standardize pachinko machines and cash machines that use card units.

In the lower plate unit 15 located below the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface in the central portion thereof. There is. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by a player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is arranged, and inside the operation handle 51, a ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 7). The touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the steering wheel 51a, the push button type stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball during the pressing operation, and the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51 by the change of the electric resistance. It has a built-in variable resistor (not shown) to detect.

When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes according to the operation amount, depending on the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. The ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor that changes, and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball pulling lever 52 for operating the ball stored in the lower plate 50 when the ball stored in the lower plate 50 is discharged downward is provided in the lower portion of the front surface of the lower plate 50. The ball pulling lever 52 is always urged to the right by an elastic member (not shown) such as a spring, and by sliding it to the left against the urging, it is brought to the bottom surface of the lower plate 50. The formed bottom opening (not shown) opens, and the ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 52 is performed, for example, in a state where a box (generally referred to as a "dollar box") for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50.

Next, with reference to FIG. 2, a pachinko machine 10 in which the front frame 14 is unlocked with respect to the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 and the front frame 14 is opened will be described. FIG. 2 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in a state where the front frame 14 is opened from the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12. As described above, the lock of the front frame 14 with respect to the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 is unlocked (unlocked) by the manager of the game hall or the like, and the front frame 14 is centered on the hinge 19 provided on the inner frame 12. When it is opened and closed on the front side of the front, it is in the state shown in FIG.

The above-mentioned ball launching unit 112a, ball feeding unit 112b, and launching rail 112c are provided on the lower right side of the inner frame 12 in which the front frame 14 is opened.

The ball launching unit 112a directs the ball existing at the base end portion (launching position) of the launching rail 112c toward the gaming region formed by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 (see FIG. 5) described later on the game board 13. It is a device for launching, and is equipped with a launching mallet, a launching solenoid, and an electromagnet (both not shown). The firing solenoid and the electromagnet are driven and controlled by a firing control device (see FIG. 9) described later when predetermined conditions (for example, operation of the operation handle 51) are met, and the firing solenoid is excited by the electromagnet to fire. By colliding the launch mallet provided at the tip of the solenoid with a ball existing at the base end (launch position) of the launch rail 112c, the ball is configured to be launched toward the game area of the game board 13. Has been done.

The ball feed unit 112b is for guiding the balls stored in the upper plate 17 one by one to the base end portion (launch position) of the launch rail 112c, and the pachinko machine 10 of the ball launch unit 112a and the launch rail 112c. It is attached to the inner frame 12 so as to cover the front side. The ball feed unit 112b is provided with an opening / closing plate and a drive solenoid (both not shown) for driving the opening / closing plate, and is interlocked with the drive of the launch solenoid (not shown) of the ball launch unit 112a described above. By driving the drive solenoid, the balls stored in the upper plate 17 are guided to the base end of the launch rail 112c one by one.

The launch rail 112c stores one ball guided by the ball feed unit 112b at the base end portion (launch position) of the launch rail 112c, and the inner rail 61 and the inner rail 61, which will be described later, store the ball launched by the ball launch unit 112a. It is for guiding to the outer rail 62 (see FIG. 5). The launch rail 112c is fixed to the inner frame 12 so that the tip end portion of the launch rail 112c faces the guide flow path (see FIG. 5) formed by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the ball launching unit 112a and the ball feeding unit 112b are driven by the operation of the operation handle 51, so that the ball existing at the base end portion (launching position) of the launching rail 112c is generated. , It is launched from the tip of the launch rail 112c to the game area via the guide flow paths of the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62, which will be described later.

At the upper position of the launch rail 112c, a board-side sticker 400 is stuck on the game board 13 side, and a frame-side sticker 410 is stuck on the inner frame 12 side. Further, a main board seal 420 is attached to the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) that controls the game of the pachinko machine 10.

Here, the board side seal 400, the frame side seal 410, and the main board seal 420 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 3A is a front view of the board-side sticker 400 before being attached to the game board 13, and FIG. 3B is a front view of the frame-side sticker 410 before being attached to the inner frame 12. 3 (c) is a front view of the main board seal 420 before being attached to the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6).

First, as shown in FIG. 3A, the board-side sticker 400 has a two-dimensional code containing unique information such as a game machine serial number unique to the game board 13 (hereinafter, may be referred to as a “game board number”). The quick response code (Quick Response Code; hereinafter referred to as "QR code" (registered trademark; hereinafter abbreviated)) shown in the above is printed on the front QR code 401 and the back QR code 402, respectively. There is.

The board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402 are the same two-dimensional code, and the above-mentioned game board number (for example, AA-B 111111), manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A), and model. Each data such as a name (for example, ○○○○) is encoded, and each data can be read by a reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) described later.

As described above, the board-side sticker 400 has a board surface QR code 401 located on the front side of the game board 13 and a back side of the game board 13 when the board-side sticker 400 is attached to the game board 13. The QR code 402 on the back of the board located on the (back side) is printed on the sticker of 1. With this configuration, if you want to attach a QR code indicating the game board number to the front side and the back side of the game board 13, respectively, the board side sticker 400 of 1 is viewed from the lower right side of the front view of the game board 13. It can be realized by sticking the sticker over the lower left side (see FIG. 7), and it is possible to prevent the sticker from being mistakenly stuck on the front side and the back side of the game board 13.

Further, the board-side sticker 400 is a cut (perforation; FIG. 3) in which the board-side sticker 400 is partially torn when the board-side sticker 400 attached to the game board 13 is to be peeled off from the game board 13. The dotted diagonal line in (a)) is provided. With this configuration, when the board-side sticker 400 attached to the game board 13 is to be peeled off from the game board 13, the board-side sticker 400 is torn by the above-mentioned cut, so that the board-side sticker 400 is separated from the game board 13. It cannot be removed cleanly from the sticker, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the board side sticker 400 with another game board.

The above-mentioned cut is configured so as not to be made on the portion where the two-dimensional code is written. This is because if a cut is provided in the portion where the two-dimensional code is written, the content of the two-dimensional code may be changed or the two-dimensional code may not be read properly due to the cut. Therefore, the above-mentioned cut is provided in a place other than the part where the board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402 of the board side seal 400 are printed, and illegal replacement is performed while preventing erroneous reading by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) described later. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as.

The board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402 generated in the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10 are printed on the board side sticker 400, and the board side sticker 400 is a front view of the game board 13. It is attached to the lower right side (lower left side when viewed from the back side. See FIG. 7).

Next, as shown in FIG. 3B, the frame-side seal 410 is provided with unique information such as a game machine serial number (hereinafter, may be referred to as “frame number”) unique to the inner frame 12 in a two-dimensional code. The displayed frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412 are printed respectively.

The frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412 are the same two-dimensional code, and the above-mentioned frame number (for example, AA-Y 900001), manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A), and frame name. Each data such as (for example, XX frame) is encoded, and like the board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402, the above data can be read by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) described later. It is configured.

As described above, the frame-side sticker 410 has a frame table QR code 411 located on the front side of the inner frame 12 when the frame-side sticker 410 is attached to the inner frame 12, as in the case of the board-side sticker 400. It is printed on the stickers of the frame back QR codes 412 and 1 located on the back side (back side) of the inner frame 12, respectively. With this configuration, if you want to attach a QR code indicating the frame number to the front side and the back side of the inner frame 12, respectively, attach the frame side sticker 410 of 1 from the lower right side of the front view to the left side of the back view of the inner frame 12. It can be realized by sticking the sticker over the lower part (see FIG. 6), and it is possible to prevent the sticker from being mistakenly stuck on the front side and the back side of the inner frame 12.

Further, in the frame side seal 410, similarly to the board side seal 400, the frame side seal 410 is partially torn when the frame side seal 410 attached to the inner frame 12 is to be peeled off from the inner frame 12. There is a cut (perforation). With this configuration, when the frame-side seal 410 attached to the inner frame 12 is to be peeled off from the inner frame 12, the frame-side seal 410 is torn by the above-mentioned cut, so that the frame-side seal 410 is separated from the inner frame 12. It cannot be peeled off cleanly from the inside, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the frame side seal 410 with another inner frame.

Like the board side seal 400, the above-mentioned cut is configured so as not to be made on the portion where the two-dimensional code is written. This is because if a cut is provided in the portion where the two-dimensional code is written, the content of the two-dimensional code may be changed or the two-dimensional code may not be read properly due to the cut. Therefore, the above-mentioned cut is provided in a place other than the part where the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side seal 410 are printed, and illegal replacement is performed while preventing erroneous reading by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) described later. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as.

Similar to the board-side sticker 400, the frame-side sticker 410 is printed with the frame front QR code 411 and the frame-back QR code 412, which are generated in the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10, and are printed on the frame-side sticker 410. Is attached to the lower right side of the inner frame 12 in front view (lower left side in back view; see FIG. 6).

Next, as shown in FIG. 3C, the main board seal 420 has a game machine serial number unique to the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) described later (hereinafter, may be referred to as a “main board number”). The main board QR code 421, which expresses the unique information such as the above in a two-dimensional code, is printed.

The main board QR code 421 is coded by each data such as the above-mentioned main board number (for example, AA-B 111111), the manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A), and the model name (for example, ○○○○). Similar to the board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412, each of the above data can be read by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) described later. Has been done.

Further, the main board seal 420, like the board side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410, attempts to peel off the main board seal 420 attached to the board box 100 (see FIG. 8) of the main control device 110 from the board box 100. If this is the case, a cut (perforation) is provided in which the main board seal 420 is partially torn. With this configuration, when the main board seal 420 attached to the board box 100 is to be peeled off from the board box 100, the main board seal 420 is torn by the above-mentioned cut, so that the main board seal 420 is separated from the board box 100. It cannot be peeled off cleanly, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the main board seal 420 with another board box.

Like the board-side seal 400 and the frame-side seal 410, the cut is not made in the portion where the two-dimensional code is written. This is because if a cut is provided in the portion where the two-dimensional code is written, the content of the two-dimensional code may be changed or the two-dimensional code may not be read properly due to the cut. Therefore, the above-mentioned cut is provided in a place other than the part where the main board QR code 421 of the main board seal 420 is printed to prevent erroneous reading by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) described later and prevent illicit exchange and the like. can do.

A main board QR code 421 unique to the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) generated in the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10 is printed on the main board seal 420, and the main board seal 420 is the board of the main control device 110. It is attached to the right side of the front view of the box 100 (see FIG. 8).

The method of reading the above-mentioned board front QR code 401 and frame front QR code 411, the board back QR code 402 and frame back QR code 412, or the main board QR code 421 will be described later in FIG.

In this way, the board-side seal 400, the frame-side seal 410, and the main board seal 420 are attached to the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6), and the seals 400, 410, and 420, respectively. In addition, the board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402, the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412, in which the game machine serial number (that is, the game board number, the frame number and the main board number) are two-dimensionally coded. , And the main board QR code 421 (hereinafter, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, frame front QR code 411, frame back QR code 412 and main board QR code 421 are collectively referred to as "each QR code 401". Etc.) are printed, and the QR code 401 and the like described above are read and collated by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) described later, so that the game board 13 or the main is correct for the inner frame 12. Whether or not the control device 110 is attached can be instantly determined. Therefore, it is easier to confirm the pachinko machine 10 while preventing the occurrence of confirmation errors, as compared with the case where each game machine serial number is visually confirmed by a worker in the factory or the manager of the game hall at the time of manufacturing. Can be transformed into.

Further, when the front frame 14 is opened from the inner frame 12, the board surface QR code 401 of the board side seal 400 and the frame table QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 are readablely exposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10. It is configured to do. With this configuration, when only the game board 13 is newly purchased and the game board 13 is attached to the inner frame 12 already installed in the game hall, the front frame 14 will be opened and described later. The reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) makes it possible to immediately read the board table QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411, and the matching work between the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 can be easily performed, and the work efficiency. Can be improved.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. An upper clamp 12a and a lower clamp 12b for fixing the game board 13 are provided on the upper right side and the lower right side of the inner frame 12 in front view, respectively. The upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b are fixtures for fixing the game board 13 to the inner frame 12, and are a fixing position for fixing the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) and a release for releasing the fixing. It is configured to be displaceable to the position (see FIG. 4).

The upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b are configured to be inoperable by the front frame 14 in the closed (locked) state of the front frame 14, and can be operated in the state where the front frame 14 is open. Therefore, when the manager or the like of the game hall wants to remove the game board 13 from the pachinko machine 10, the front frame 14 is opened first, and then the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b are operated from the fixed position to the release position. As a result, the gaming board 13 fixed to the inner frame 12 is removed toward the front side of the inner frame 12.

Here, a state in which the game board 13 is removed from the inner frame 12 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in a state where the game board 13 is removed from the state of FIG.

As described above, the game board 13 is configured to be removable from the inner frame 12 by operating the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b in a state where the front frame 14 is opened from the inner frame 12. Therefore, when newly purchasing only the game board 13 and changing the model of the pachinko machine 10, the manager or the like of the game hall first opens the front frame 14 from the inner frame 12 to bring the state shown in FIG. Then, in that state, the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b are operated from the fixed position to the release position, and the game board 13 is removed from the inner frame 12, and the state shown in FIG. 4 is obtained. In this state, only the frame-side sticker 410 attached to the inner frame 12 remains in the pachinko machine 10.

Next, when the newly purchased game board 13 is attached to the inner frame 12, first, the left side of the newly purchased game board 13 in front view (see FIG. 5) is provided on the upper and lower sides of the left side of the inner frame 12 in front view. It is brought into contact with the spring portion 12c. Then, with the left side of the game board 13 in contact with the leaf spring portion 12c, the entire game board 13 is rotated toward the inner frame 12 with the left side of the game board 13 as the base, and the game board 13 is rotated. The lower part of the front view of the above is placed on the mounting portion 12d provided on the inner frame 12. From this state, by pushing the game board 13 toward the inner frame 12, the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b, which were the release positions, change to the fixed positions and lock the game board 13, respectively, thereby locking the inner frame. The game board 13 is attached and fixed to the twelve.

Next, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a front view of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. 5, the game board 13 has a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in front view, a large number of nails and windmills for ball guidance and rails 61, 62, a general winning opening 63, and a first. It is configured by assembling a ball entry port 64, a variable winning device 65, a variable display device unit 80, and the like.

The general winning opening 63, the first winning opening 64, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in the through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and are wood screws from the front side of the game board 13. It is fixed by etc. Further, the front central portion of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14.

An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and a strip-shaped metal plate is placed inside the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in 1 is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13, and the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1) surround the front and back, so that the front surface of the game board 13 is surrounded by a ball. A game area in which the game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is a substantially circular area (a winning opening or the like is arranged and the fired ball is arranged) formed on the front surface of the game board 13 by being divided by two rails 61 and 62 and an arc member 70. The area where it flows down).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 2) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left portion in FIG. 5) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide passage. Will be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right part in FIG. 5) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight portion of the ball, and the ball launched with a predetermined momentum hits the return rubber 69 and has momentum. Is dampened and bounced back toward the center. Further, a resin arc member 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side is used as a base between the lower right tip of the inner rail 61 and the upper right tip of the outer rail 62. It is fixed by driving it into the plate 60.

A first symbol display device 37 (hereinafter, "special symbol display device 37") provided with a plurality of LEDs 37a as light emitting means and a 7-segment display 37b on the upper right side of the game area in front view (upper right side in FIG. 5). ”) Is arranged. The first symbol display device 37 is a variable display of the first symbol according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) described later (hereinafter, the variable display of the first symbol is referred to as “dynamic display”). The game status of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly displayed.

The plurality of LEDs 37a perform dynamic display by indicating by the lighting state whether or not the ball is changing due to the ball entering the first ball opening 64 (starting winning), or after the dynamic display ends. As the stop symbol of, a symbol corresponding to the result of the lottery performed for the start winning is shown by the lighting state, or among the balls entered in the first entrance 64, the dynamic display is not executed. The number of reserved balls, which is the number of (held balls), is indicated by the lighting state. The 7-segment display 37b displays the number of rounds during the jackpot and an error. The LED 37a is configured so that the emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue) of the LEDs are different, and the combination of the emission colors can suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs.

In the game area, a plurality of general winning openings 63 are arranged in which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls are won. Further, a variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is a liquid crystal display that performs a variation effect of the third symbol while synchronizing with the dynamic display in the first symbol display device 37, triggered by the entry of a ball into the first entry port 64 (starting prize). The third symbol display device 81 composed of a display (hereinafter simply abbreviated as "display device") and the second symbol are fluctuated and displayed (hereinafter, the fluctuation of the second symbol) triggered by the passage of a ball at the second entry port 67. A second symbol display device 83 (hereinafter, may be referred to as "ordinary symbol display device 83") composed of LEDs for displaying (referred to as "variable display") is provided. Further, in the variable display device unit 80, a center frame 86 is arranged so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81.

The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large 17-inch size liquid crystal display, and by controlling the display contents by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 9) described later, for example, left, middle, and right. Three symbol rows (not shown) are displayed.

The second symbol display device 83 displays a variable display in which the “○” symbol and the “×” symbol as the display symbol (second symbol) are alternately lit each time the ball passes through the second entry port 67. It is something to do. In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device 83 is stopped at a predetermined symbol (in the present embodiment, the symbol “○”), the electric accessory 64a of the first entry port 64 operates for a predetermined time. It is configured to be in a state (opened).

The number of reserved balls in the second entry port 67 is reserved up to four times, and the number of reserved balls is displayed by the first symbol display device 37 described above and the second symbol hold lamp 84 (hereinafter, "ordinary symbol display device"). It may also be referred to as "83"). Four second symbol holding lamps 84 are provided for the maximum number of holding lamps, and are symmetrically arranged above the third symbol display device 81. Then, the number of holds is displayed according to the number of lights of the second symbol hold lamp 84.

The variable display of the second symbol is performed by switching the lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device 83 as in the first embodiment, and the first symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 37 or the third. It may be performed by using a part of the symbol display device 81. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp 84 may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of reserved balls is not limited to 4 times as in the case of the 1st ball entry port 64, and the number of times of passing through the second ball entry port 67 is 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example). , 8 times). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol display device 37, the lighting display may not be performed by the second symbol hold lamp 84.

Below the variable display device unit 80, a first ball entry port 64 into which a ball can enter is arranged. When a ball enters the first ball entry port 64, the first ball entry port switch (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the first ball entry port switch is turned on. A big hit lottery is made by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6). Then, the display according to the lottery result is indicated by the LED 37a of the first symbol display device 37, and the variation effect is executed by the third symbol display device 81. The first entry slot 64 is also one of the winning openings in which five balls are paid out as prize balls when a ball enters.

The first ball entry port 64 is provided with an electric accessory 64a having two blades covering the opening through which the ball enters the first ball entry port 64. The electric accessory 64a opens and closes the two blades to bring the first ball entry port 64 into an open state (expanded state) or a closed state (reduced state). In the normal state, the first ball entry port 64 is in a closed state in which the blades of the electric accessory 64a are closed (the blades stand upright), and the ball cannot enter the first ball entry port 64, or , It is difficult to enter the ball.

On the other hand, when the variable display on the second symbol display device 83 is stopped at the symbol of "◯", the electric accessory 64a of the first ball entry port 64 is operated for a predetermined time. From the state where the blades of the electric accessory 64a stand upward while the electric accessory 64a is operated. It is in a state of being movable in a substantially V shape (inverted C shape), and the first entry port 64 is in an open state. When the first ball entry port 64 is opened, the ball can enter the first ball entry port 64, or the ball is more likely to enter the ball than in the closed state. That is, as a result of the variable display on the second symbol display device 83, the ball stops at the symbol "○" and hits, and when the first entry port 64 is opened, the ball moves to the first entry port 64. It is possible to enter a ball and make it possible to perform many big hit lottery.

A variable winning device 65 is arranged below the first ball opening 64, and a horizontally long rectangular large winning opening (large opening) 65a is provided in a substantially central portion thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the lottery in the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) becomes a big hit, after a predetermined time (variable time) elapses, the LED 37a of the first symbol display device 37 is set so as to be a stop symbol of the big hit. Along with turning on the lights, the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the jackpot. After that, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. As this special game state, the large winning opening 65a, which is normally closed, is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds elapse or until 10 balls are won).

The large winning opening 65a is closed after a lapse of a predetermined time, and after the closing, the large winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the large winning opening 65a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening / closing operation is performed is a form of a special gaming state (big hit state) that is advantageous for the player, and the player is given a game value (game value) in a larger amount than usual. Prize balls will be paid out.

Specifically, the variable winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate that covers the large winning opening 65a, and a large winning opening solenoid (not shown) for driving the opening / closing forward with the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis. And have. The large winning opening 65a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the opening and closing plate is tilted downward in the front by driving the big winning opening solenoid to temporarily form an open state in which the ball can easily win the big winning opening 65a, and the open state and the normal closing state are formed. It operates so as to alternate between the state and the state.

The special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. A large opening that opens and closes separately from the large winning opening 65a is provided in the game area, and when the LED 37a corresponding to the big hit is turned on in the first symbol display device 37, the large winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, and the large winning opening is opened. A special gaming state is a game state in which a large opening port provided separately from the large winning opening 65a is opened a predetermined number of times for a predetermined time when the ball wins a prize in the large winning opening 65a while the opening 65a is open. It may be formed.

A second entry port 67 is provided on each of the left and right sides of the variable display device unit 80. The second entry port 67 is provided with a through hole (not shown) for the ball to pass through in the vertical direction. When the ball launched into the game area passes through the second entry port 67, the second entry port switch (not shown) provided in the through hole is turned on, and the main control device 110 is caused by the on. (See FIG. 6), a winning lottery for the second symbol (also referred to as a normal symbol) is performed.

As a result of the lottery of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) performed on the ball that has passed through the second entrance 67, if it is determined to be a hit, the variable display on the second symbol display device 83 is followed by "○". After the symbol "" is stopped and displayed, the electric accessory 64a of the first ball entry port 64 is activated. As a result, the blades of the electric accessory 64a, which makes it difficult for the ball to enter the first ball entry port 64, can move from a state in which the blades of the electric accessory 64a stand up substantially vertically to a substantially V shape (inverted C shape) for a predetermined time. Only the ball can enter the first ball entry port 64, or the ball is easier to enter than in the closed state.

Further, the game board 13 is provided with an out port 66. A ball that has not entered any of the winning openings (entrance openings) 63, 64, 65a is guided to a ball discharge path (not shown) through the out opening 66. A large number of nails are planted on the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (accessories) such as a windmill are arranged.

A sticking space K1 for sticking a certificate stamp, an identification label, or the like is provided in the lower right corner of the game board 13, and the certificate stamp or the like attached to the sticking space K1 is a small window of the front frame 14. It can be visually recognized through 35 (see FIG. 1).

A board-side sticker 400 is stuck on the right side of the sticking space K1 on the right side, and the entire board surface QR code 401 is provided at a position readable from the front side of the game board 13. As described above, in the board side seal 400, the board front QR code 401 is located on the front side of the game board 13, and the board back QR code 402 is located on the back side (back side) of the game board 13. , Attached at the manufacturing stage of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10). With this configuration, the game board number of the game board 13 can be read by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) from either the front side or the back side of the game board 13, and the manager of the game hall or the like can read it. The game board number collation work can be easily performed.

Next, the rear configuration of the pachinko machine 10 and the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 to 8. FIG. 6 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, a rear view of the game board 13, FIG. 7 is a rear view of the game board 13, and FIG. 8 is a front view of the board box 100 of the main control device 110. Is.

As shown in FIG. 6, the control board units 90 and 91 and the back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control device 110), a voice lamp control board (voice lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

In the back pack unit 94, the back pack 92 forming the protective cover portion and the payout unit 93 are unitized. In addition, each control board has a micro-processing unit (hereinafter abbreviated as "MPU") as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for contacting various devices, and various lottery. A random number generator used for the above, a clock pulse generation circuit used for time counting and synchronization, etc. are installed as needed.

The main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the launch control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 103, respectively. .. The board boxes 100 to 103 include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base, and the box base and the box cover are connected to each other to house each control device and each board.

Further, in the board box 100 (main control device 110) and the board box 102 (payout control device 111 and launch control device 112), the box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing unit (not shown) so as not to be opened (not shown). It is connected by a caulking structure). Further, a sealing sticker (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover, respectively, over the box base and the box cover. This sealing sticker is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing sticker is to be peeled off in order to open the board boxes 100 and 102, or if the board boxes 100 and 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are used. Cut to the side. Therefore, by checking each sealing unit or each sealing seal, it is possible to know whether or not the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened. The board box 100 of the main control device 110 will be described later in FIG.

The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the uppermost portion of the back pack unit 94 and opened upward, a tank rail 131 connected below the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side and a payout device 133 provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and paying out balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of a payout motor 216 (see FIG. 7) are provided. ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and the required number of balls is appropriately paid out by the payout device 133.

Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, and the main control device 110 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to clear the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 7). The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when it is desired to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

An external terminal plate 300 that electrically connects the pachinko machine 10 and the hall computer 500 (see FIG. 9) of the game hall, which will be described later, at the uppermost part of the payout unit 93 on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Is provided. The external terminal plate 300 has a plurality of output terminals (for example, jackpot information, game status information, winning information for the first entry port 64, etc.) for outputting game information in the pachinko machine 10 to the hall computer 500. (Not shown) is provided, and by connecting the output terminal to the hall computer 500, it is possible to grasp the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 by the hall computer.

Here, as shown in FIG. 6, a frame-side sticker 410 is attached to the back surface of the inner frame 12 on the left side of the payout control device 111 when viewed from the rear. The frame side sticker 410 is attached to the frame side seal 410 at the manufacturing stage of the pachinko machine 10 so that the frame back QR code 412 is located on the back side (back side) of the pachinko machine 10.

Further, as shown in FIG. 7, a board-side sticker 400 is attached to the lower left side of the game board 13 when viewed from the back, and the entire back-board QR code 402 can be read from the back side of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10). It is provided at the position. The board side sticker 400 is attached to the board side sticker 400 at the manufacturing stage of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) so that the board back QR code 402 is located on the back side (back side) of the game board 13.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8, a main board seal 420 is attached to the slightly right side of the upper surface of the board box 100 of the main control device 110, and the entire main board QR code 421 is the back side of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10). It is provided at a position that can be read from. As described above, the main board seal 420 is in the manufacturing stage of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) so that the main board QR code 421 is located on the back side (back side) of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10). It is pasted with.

With this configuration, from the back side of the pachinko machine 10, the game board number of the game board 13, the frame number of the inner frame 12, and the main board number of the main control device 110 will be described later in the reading device 600 (FIG. 9), and the game board number, frame number, and main board number can be easily collated by the game hall manager or the like at the time of installation in the game hall. Further, even in the manufacturing stage of the pachinko machine 10, by collating the backside QR code 402, the backside QR code 412, and the main board QR code 421 located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, for example, the pachinko machine in the manufacturing line. At the time of transporting the pachinko machine 10, the game board number, the frame number and the main board number can be collated by the reading device from the back side of the pachinko machine 10, so that the production efficiency can be improved and the equipment cost can be reduced. Can be done.

Further, conventionally, illegal replacement of the game board 13 and the main control device 110 is performed by replacing the game board 13 or the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 installed in the game hall, or newly to the game hall. This may be done by replacing the main control device 110 in the distribution process before installing the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13.

Therefore, the manager of the game hall or the like installs the pachinko machine 10, the game board 13, or the main control device 110 set (installed) in the game hall in the game hall as a countermeasure against fraud. It is necessary to check regularly after installation in the game hall, and in particular, whether or not the main control device 110 having a main control board (not shown) that controls the game such as adding game value is illegally replaced. The confirmation work is an important countermeasure against fraud.

However, in the game hall, a large number of game machines including the pachinko machine 10 (more than 1000 in many cases) are installed, and there is a possibility that the work load due to the above confirmation work will increase.

Therefore, when the entire pachinko machine 10 is newly installed in the game hall, or when only the game board 13 is newly installed, the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) described later is used to obtain each QR code 401 or the like. The pachinko machine 10 is read, and the game machine serial number indicated by each read QR code 401 or the like is collated with the board frame compatible data (see FIG. 11) stored in the reading device 600 (hall computer 500) described later. Alternatively, it is determined (certified) whether or not the game board 13 is a genuine product and whether or not the installation location in the game hall is appropriate. As a result, even if the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is replaced with an illegal product during the transportation of the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13, each QR code 401 or the like is read by using the reading device 600 described later. This makes it easier to determine the fraudulent product.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500 communicably connected to the pachinko machine 10, and the reading device 600 communicably connected to the hall computer 500. , The electrical configuration of the hall computer 500 and the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC will be described.

FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600, and is a block diagram mainly showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 500. It is a block diagram which shows the electrical structure of the reading device 600.

First, as shown in FIG. 9, the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a read-only memory (Read Only Memory; hereinafter abbreviated as “ROM”) 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 201, and controls stored in the ROM 202. Random access memory (Random Access Memory; hereinafter abbreviated as "RAM") 203, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing a program, and other interrupt circuits and timer circuits. Various circuits such as a data transmission / reception circuit are built-in.

In order to instruct the operation of the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113, various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit. Such a command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device in only one direction.

An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 includes a payout control device 111, a voice lamp control device 113, a first symbol display device 37 (see FIG. 6), a second symbol display device 83 (see FIG. 6), and a second symbol hold lamp 84 (FIG. 6). 6), a large winning opening solenoid for driving the opening and closing of the large winning opening (not shown) forward with the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis, and an electric combination for driving the electric accessory 64a (see FIG. 6). A solenoid (not shown) including a physical solenoid or the like is connected, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input / output port 205.

Further, various switches (not shown) including a switch group and a sensor group (not shown) and a RAM erasing switch 122 are connected to the input / output port 205, and the MPU 201 is a signal output from the various switches and a RAM erasing switch. Various processes are executed based on the RAM erase signal SG2 output from 122. The MPU 201 of the main control device 110 clears the backup data stored in the RAM 203 when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, and the backup data stored in the RAM 213 of the payout control device 111. A payout initialization command for clearing the above is transmitted to the payout control device 111.

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rented balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 211, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as, I / O, etc. are stored. The RAM 213 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured so that the power failure signal SG1 is input from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU211, an NMI interrupt process (not shown) as a power failure process is immediately executed.

An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the launch control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting the paid out prize balls is connected to the payout control device 111. The prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111, but is not connected to the main control device 110.

When the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch a ball, the launch control device 112 has a ball launch unit 112a and a ball feed unit 112b so as to have a ball launch strength according to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. (See FIG. 2) is controlled. As described above, the ball launching unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the operation handle is detected by the touch sensor 51a that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited in response to the amount of rotation of 51, and the ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

The audio lamp control device 113 is an audio output in an audio output device (speaker, etc. not shown) 226, an output of lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (illumination units 29 to 33, indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227, variable effect, and continuous operation. It controls the setting of the display mode of the effect performed by the third symbol display device 81 such as the advance notice effect.

The arithmetic unit MPU 221 has a ROM 222 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 221 and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.

An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. A main control device 110, a display control device 114, an audio output device 226, a lamp display device 227, a frame button 22, and the like are connected to the input / output port 225, respectively. In the first embodiment, the command is configured to be transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 in only one direction, and the command cannot be transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 to the main control device 110. ing. On the other hand, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 are configured so that commands can be transmitted and received to each other.

Further, the voice lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 may be changed. The audio output device 226 and the lamp display device 227 are controlled so as to change the rear image such as the "super reach" effect mode, and the display control device 114 is displayed on the display control device 114 based on the pressing of the frame button 22. Instruct the display device 81 to display.

In the display control device 114, the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81 are connected, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, the variation effect of the third symbol in the third symbol display device 81 and the variation effect of the third symbol are performed. It controls the continuous advance notice production.

The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, and a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure or the like. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies the required operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in an AC 24 volt voltage supplied from the outside, and has a 12 volt voltage for driving various switches such as various switches 208, a solenoid such as a solenoid 209, and a motor. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are supplied to each control device 110 to 114 and the like.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable 24 volt voltage, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251 and determines that a power failure (power failure, power failure) has occurred when this voltage becomes less than 22 volts. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the NMI terminals of the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process (not shown). The power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient period of time to execute the NMI interrupt process even after the voltage of DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

The external terminal plate 300 is connected to the input / output port 205 of the main control device 110 so that an output signal from the main control device 110 can be input. Further, the external terminal plate 300 has the above-mentioned various output terminals (not shown), and the various output terminals are connected to the hall computer 500 of the game hall, respectively. The external terminal plate 300 is configured to be able to output an output signal input from the main control device 110 to the hall computer 500 via various output terminals. That is, the main control device 110 is configured to output various information related to the game, such as a change in the game state, to the hall computer 500 via the external terminal plate 300, and the hall computer 500 is configured to output various types of input information to the hall computer 500. By discriminating the output signal, it is possible to grasp the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 and monitor whether or not an illegal gaming or the like is being performed.

The hall computer 500 is wiredly connected to the reading device 600 so that it can communicate in both directions. The connection between the hall computer 500 and the reading device 600 is not limited to the wired connection, and may be performed by wireless communication using infrared rays, wireless LAN, or the like.

The reading device 600 is configured to be able to read each of the above-mentioned QR codes 401 and the like, and is configured to be able to output an error signal based on the determination result of the information of each of the read QR codes 401 and the like to the hall computer 500. The details of the hall computer 500 and the reading device 600 will be described later in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 9, the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113, the display control device 114, and the devices (parts) related to the respective control devices 110, 113, 114 are mounted on the game board 13. .. Further, the payout control device 111, the power supply device 115, and the devices (parts) related to the above-mentioned devices 111, 115 are mounted on the inner frame 12.

Next, as shown in FIG. 10, the hall computer 500 in the game hall is equipped with the MPU 501 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 501 is a ROM 502 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 501, and a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 502 is executed. A certain RAM 503 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are built in.

Further, an input / output port 505 is connected to the MPU 501 of the hall computer 500 via a bus line 504 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 505 includes a non-volatile hard disk drive (Hard Disk Drive; hereinafter abbreviated as "HDD") 506 for storing the calculation result calculated by the MPU 501, and an external terminal plate 300 (external terminal plate 300 of the pachinko machine 10 described above). In addition to being connected to the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), it is also connected to the data servers 701 to 703 (see FIG. 11) of the manufacturers MA to MC.

The HDD 506 of the hall computer 500 has the game board number of the game board 13 installed and the inner frame installed with respect to the installation position of the game machine (that is, the pachinko machine 10 and the slot machine) installed in the game hall. A corresponding data storage unit 506a for storing the corresponding data (hereinafter, referred to as "board frame corresponding data") associated with the 12 frame numbers and the main board number of the installed main control device 110 is provided. There is.

In the corresponding data storage unit 506a of the hall computer 500, data regarding the installation position in the game hall (hereinafter, may be referred to as "installation position data"), the game board number transmitted from each manufacturer MA to MC, It is a non-volatile storage unit that stores the correspondence with the data related to the combination of the frame number and the main board number (hereinafter, may be referred to as “combination data”). When the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is purchased, the corresponding data storage unit 506a transmits the combination data from the manufacturers MA to MC of the purchase source, and stores the combination data in association with the installation position data. To.

Here, with reference to FIG. 11, the installation position in the game hall and the pachinko machine 10 (game) stored in the corresponding data storage unit 506a of the hall computer 500 (the same applies to the corresponding data storage unit 603a of the reading device 600 described later). The correspondence relationship with the panel 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110) will be described. FIG. 11 is a diagram schematically showing an example of the above-mentioned board frame corresponding data.

As shown in FIG. 11, the board frame corresponding data is provided with an identification number (hereinafter, referred to as “installation position number”) at the installation position of the game hall, which is the installation position data on the left side of the column. Then, the game board number, which is the identification number of the game board 13, the frame number, which is the identification number of the inner frame 12, and the main board number, which is the identification number of the main control device 110, correspond to the installation position number. It is attached.

Specifically, for example, for the installation position number "1", the game board number "AA (identification symbol indicating the manufacturer. The same shall apply hereinafter) -B (identification symbol indicating the board / frame board. The same shall apply hereinafter." ) 111111 "is associated, and the frame number" AA-Y (identification symbol indicating the frame of the board / frame. The same applies hereinafter) 900001 "is associated, and the main board number" AA-B 111111 "corresponds. It is attached. Further, the game board number "AA-B 111112" is associated with the installation position number "2", the frame number "AA-Y 9000002" is associated with the installation position number "2", and the main board number "AA-B 111112" is further associated with the installation position number "2". "Is associated with it. ... Then, the game board number "XX-B 111xxx" is associated with the installation position number "n (n is a natural number)", and the frame number "YY-Y 900yyy" is associated with the installation position number "n". The main board number "XX-B 111xxx" is associated with it. At the time of new purchase, in principle, the game board number and the main board number are shipped to be the same, but after installation in the game hall, only the main control device 110 is shipped due to a failure of the main control device 110 or the like. If replaced, the game board number and the main board number may be different.

In the first embodiment, the combination data (that is, the game board number, the frame number, and the main board number) transmitted from each manufacturer MA to MC is transmitted from each manufacturer MA to MC in an encrypted state. At the same time, the combination data is stored in the encrypted state even in the state of being stored in the corresponding data storage unit 506a. Then, the installation position data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 506a, the encrypted combination data, and the board frame compatible data are transmitted to the reading device 600 and stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a of the reading device 600. ..

Then, at the time of purchasing the pachinko machine 10, the manufacturers MA to MC directly store the decryption information for combining the combined data with the decryption key 603b of the reading device 600 without going through the hall computer 500. In that state, when each QR code 401 or the like is read by the reading device 600, the combination data is decoded by the decoding information stored in the decoding key 603b, and it is possible to collate with each read QR code 401 or the like. It becomes.

Therefore, the hall computer 500 cannot recognize the contents of the combination data transmitted from the manufacturers MA to MC, and cannot properly decode the combination data when the combination data is modified (tampered with) in the game hall. , Modification (falsification) of combination data by the game hall is virtually impossible. With this configuration, when a fraudulent act such as replacement of the game board 13 (main control device 110) led by the game hall is performed, the fraudulent act can be easily performed by reading each QR code 401 or the like. Can be recognized. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the reading work of each QR code 401 etc. by the reading device 600 on a regular basis by the regulatory agency or the like, it is possible to detect fraudulent acts by the game hall at an early stage, and it is sound. You can build a game environment.

Returning to FIG. 10, the description will be continued. The reading device 600 is equipped with an MPU 601 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 601 has a ROM 602 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 601, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 603 that is used as a work memory and the like.

Similar to the RAM 503 of the hall computer 500, the RAM 603 of the reading device 600 is provided with a corresponding data storage unit 603a for storing board frame corresponding data composed of installation position data and combination data, and the corresponding data storage unit 603a. A decryption key 603b capable of storing the decryption information for decrypting the encrypted combination data stored in the data is provided.

The corresponding data storage unit 603a of the reading device 600 is a storage unit that stores the board frame corresponding data of the installation position data and the combination data, like the corresponding data storage unit 506a of the hall computer 500. When the corresponding data storage unit 603a of the hall computer 500 stores the board frame compatible data in the corresponding data storage unit 603a at the time of purchasing the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13, the board frame compatible data is stored in the hall computer 500. Is transmitted to the reading device 600 and stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a.

The decryption key 603b is a memory for storing decryption information for decrypting the encrypted combination data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a. When the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is purchased, the decoding key 603b entrusts the reading device 600 itself to the manufacturers MA to MC of the purchase source, and the manufacturers MA to MC directly use the reading device 600 without going through the hall computer 500. The decryption information is stored (written) as the decryption key 603b. Further, the decryption key 603b is configured to be able to store the decryption information corresponding to each manufacturer MA to MC. With this configuration, it is possible to individually manage the decryption information written by each manufacturer MA to MC.

The encryption and decryption algorithms are arbitrary. For example, a common key cryptosystem such as an AES system or a DES system, a public key system such as an RSA cryptosystem or an elliptic curve cryptosystem, and the like are exemplified.

An input / output port 605 is connected to the MPU 601 of the reading device 600 via a bus line 604 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 605 is connected to an operation unit 610 that can be operated by the operator of the reading device 600 and a display unit 611 that can display the reading result and the like by the reading device 600.

The operation unit 610 is provided with a lever (not shown) that can be operated by the operator of the reading device 600. When the lever of the reading device 600 is operated by the operator, the QR code reading process is executed by the first QR scanning unit 607 and the second QR scanning unit 609, which will be described later (see S206 in FIG. 14). In the first embodiment, when the operation unit 610 is operated and the QR code 401 or the like of 2 is read by the first QR scan unit 607 and the second QR scan unit 609 described later, the decoding stored in the above-mentioned decoding key 603b The combination data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a is decoded by the conversion information, and a process of determining whether or not the read information and the content stored in the combination data match is executed (S208 in FIG. 14). reference).

The display unit 611 is a display device that displays the discrimination result of the discrimination process (see S208 of FIG. 14) based on the content read by the reading process (see S206 of FIG. 14). If the read content is normal, a display indicating that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is normal (for example, a message display of "combination normal") is displayed, but if the read content is abnormal. , A display indicating that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is abnormal (for example, a message display of "combination abnormality") is made.

Further, in the MPU 601 of the reading device 600, the first QR scanning unit 607 is connected via the first QR scanning circuit 606, and the second QR scanning unit 609 is connected via the second QR scanning circuit 608.

The first QR circuit 606 and the first QR scan unit 607 perform the function of reading the QR code of 1, and the second QR circuit 608 and the second QR scan unit 609 read the QR code other than the above 1 QR code. The function is fulfilled. Specifically, the MPU 601 first inputs a reading start signal to the first QR circuit 606 and the second QR circuit 608 in response to the operation of the operation unit 610, and first, the first QR scan unit 607 and the second QR. Allows each of the scanning units 609 to read the QR code. In this case, the QR code is read in a non-contact state with the first QR scan unit 607 and the second QR scan unit 609 in close proximity to the second QR code. Then, various information (game board number, frame number, etc.) indicated by each QR code read by the first QR scan unit 607 and the second QR scan unit 609 is passed through the first QR circuit 606 or the second QR circuit 608, respectively. Is input to MPU601.

Here, with reference to FIG. 12, the confirmation work in the game hall when the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is newly purchased will be described. FIG. 12 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of a game hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines 10 and 1 hall computers 500 are installed, and manufacturers MA to MC.

As described above, the hall computer 500 of the game hall is electrically connected to the data servers 701 to 703 provided in the respective manufacturers MA to MC. Then, the game hall creates installation position data based on the purchase information (manufacturer information and model name information), and based on the purchase information, the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC Request the transmission of combination data. At this time, the decryption key 603b of the reading device 600 stores the decryption information based on the purchase information.

When the data servers 701 to 703 of the manufacturers MA to MC receive the combination data transmission request from the hall computer 500, the data servers 701 to 703 transmit the combination data encrypted according to the purchase information to the hall computer 500.

The hall computer 500 that has received the combination data generates board frame corresponding data by associating the received combination data with the installation position data in an encrypted state, and the corresponding data storage unit 506a of the hall computer 500 (FIG. 10). The data corresponding to the board frame is transmitted to the reading device 600 while being stored in (see). Then, the reading device 600 that has received the board frame corresponding data stores the board frame corresponding data in the corresponding data storage unit 603a of the reading device 600.

Next, as a confirmation work at the time of new purchase of the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13, when the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is installed at each installation position, for example, when the confirmation work is performed from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. First, with the front frame 14 (see FIG. 2) open, the reading device 600 reads the board QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411. Then, when the two QR codes 401 and 402 are correctly read by the reading device 600, the combination data among the board frame corresponding data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a by the decoding key 603b in the reading device 600 is decoded. Then, it is determined whether or not the decrypted combination data and the combination indicated by the QR codes 401 and 402 of 2 read by the reading device 600 are correct.

As a result of the above determination, if the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is correct, that fact is displayed on the display unit 611 (see FIG. 10) of the reading device 600. On the other hand, if the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is not correct, that effect is displayed on the display unit 611 and an error signal is output to the hall computer 500. Upon receiving the error signal, the hall computer 500 performs error processing such as displaying an error on the monitor and outputting an alarm sound, and informs the manager of the game hall that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is not appropriate. Make it understandable.

In this way, when the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is newly purchased and the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is installed in the game hall, the reading device 600 is read on the board QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411, or , The board front QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411 can be read by the reading device 600 by simply operating the operation unit 610 once by approaching the board back QR code 402 and the frame back QR code 412, and the inner frame. It is possible to accurately grasp whether or not the combination of the 12 and the game board 13 is appropriate. Therefore, it is possible to confirm the game machine serial number of the inner frame 12 and the game board 13 with a minor work, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a confirmation error.

Further, at the time of reading by the reading device 600, the encrypted combination data is decrypted so that it can be discriminated from the reading result, and the combination data cannot be modified (falsified) by the hall computer 500. With this configuration, when an illegal act such as replacement of the game board 13 (main control device 110) led by the game hall is performed, the above-mentioned illegal act can be easily performed by reading each QR code 401 or the like. Can be recognized. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the reading work of each QR code 401 etc. by the reading device 600 on a regular basis by the regulatory agency or the like, it is possible to detect fraudulent acts by the game hall at an early stage, and it is sound. You can build a game environment.

In the first embodiment, when each QR code or the like 401 is read by the reading device 600, the installation position in the game hall is not determined. This is because in the game hall, new machines are frequently replaced, and the installation position of the pachinko machine 10 and the like may be changed at any time. Therefore, the installation position matches the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 of the pachinko machine 10. This is because if the sex is performed at any time, the load of the collation work and the like will increase, and the work load may increase.

Next, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 501 in the hall computer 500, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing this main process. The main process in the hall computer 500 is configured to be repeatedly executed after the power of the hall computer 500 is turned on.

In the main process of the hall computer 500, when a new pachinko machine 10 or the like is purchased, a transmission request for combination data of the purchased pachinko machine 10 or the like is made to the data servers 701 to 703 of the manufacturers MA to MC. Further, when the combination data is received from the data servers 701 to 703 of the manufacturers MA to MC, the process of transmitting the combination data to the reading device 600 while storing the combination data in the hall computer 500 is executed. Further, when an error signal output from the reading device 600 when the reading result and the decoded combination data are different is received, processing based on the error signal is executed.

In the main processing of the hall computer 500, first, it is determined whether or not the processing in the new purchase of the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 should be executed (S101). As a result of the determination, if the processing timing is at the time of new purchase (S101: Yes), then the pachinko machine 10 or the game board purchased for each manufacturer MA to MC who newly purchased the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 The transmission request of the combination data corresponding to 13 is performed (S102), and the processing is shifted to S103. This transmission request only needs to inquire to the manufacturers MA to MC whether or not there is combination data to be transmitted, and the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC request transmission from the hall computer 500. Is received, it is determined whether or not there is combination data to be transmitted based on the purchase history, etc., and if there is combination data to be transmitted, the combination data is transmitted to the hall computer 500. It is configured. On the other hand, if it is not the processing timing at the time of new purchase (S101: No), the processing of S102 is skipped and the processing is shifted to S103.

In the processing of S103, the combination showing the correspondence between the game board 13 (main control device 110) and the inner frame 12 regarding the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 purchased from the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC. It is determined whether or not the data has been received (S103). As a result of the determination, if the combination data is received (S103: Yes), the installation position data (that is, the installation position number, etc.) independently created based on the purchase information in the game hall and the received combination data (that is, that is). , The game board number, the frame number, and the main board number), and the board frame corresponding data composed of the associated installation position data and the combination data is stored in the corresponding data storage unit 506a (S104). Then, the board frame corresponding data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 506a is transmitted to the reading device 600 (S105), and the processing shifts to S106. On the other hand, in the process of S103, if it is determined that the combination data has not been received from the data servers 701 to 703 (S103: No), the processes of S104 and S105 are skipped and the process is shifted to S106.

In the process of S106, it is determined whether or not the error information (error signal) is input from the reading device 600 (S106). As a result of the determination, if error information is input from the reading device 600 (S106: Yes), the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is incorrect on the monitor (not shown) provided in the hall computer 500. An error process for displaying an error display indicating that the information is displayed or outputting an alarm sound is executed (S107), the process is transferred to S101 (the beginning of the main process), and the main process is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, in the process of S106, if no error information is input (S106: No), the process of S107 is skipped and the process is transferred to S101.

Next, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 601 in the reading device 600, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing this main process. The main process in the reading device 600 is configured to be repeatedly executed after the power of the reading device 600 is turned on.

In the main process of the reading device 600, when the board frame corresponding data is received from the hall computer 500, the board frame corresponding data is stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a of the reading device 600. Further, when the decoding information is input by each manufacturer MA to MC, the decoding information is stored in the decoding key 603b of the reading device 600. Further, when the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600 is operated, each QR code (that is, the board front QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411, or the board back QR) is operated by the first QR scan unit 607 and the second QR scan unit 609. Code 402 and QR code 412 on the back of the frame. The same shall apply hereinafter.) Read processing such as 401 is performed. Then, when the two QR codes 401 and the like are read, the combination data is decoded among the board frame corresponding data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a using the decoding key 603b, and the data read from each QR code 401 and the like. It is determined whether or not the combined data decoded and the data match, and if the data does not match, error processing is performed.

In the main process of the reading device 600, first, it is determined whether or not the board frame corresponding data is received from the hall computer 500 (S201). As a result of the determination, if the board frame corresponding data is received (S201: Yes), the received board frame corresponding data is stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a of the reading device 600 (S202), and the processing is shifted to S203. On the other hand, in the processing of S201, if the board frame corresponding data is not received (S201: No), the processing of S202 is skipped and the processing is shifted to S203.

Next, in the process of S203, it is determined whether or not the decoding information has been input (S203). If the decoding information is input as a result of the determination (S203: Yes), the input decoding information is stored in the decoding key 603b for each manufacturer MA to MC (S204), and the process is shifted to S205. On the other hand, in the process of S203, if the decoding information is not input (S203: No), the process of S204 is skipped and the process is shifted to S205.

Here, the decoding information is configured to be different for each manufacturer MA to MC. That is, the combination data of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 and the decryption information when the combination data is encrypted are uniquely generated for each manufacturer MA to MC, and are generated in one manufacturer MA to MC. The encrypted combination data is configured so that it cannot be decrypted by the decryption information generated by other manufacturers MA to MC. With such a configuration, the security performance of the encrypted combination data can be improved, and falsification of the combination data can be suppressed.

Next, in the process of S205, it is determined whether or not the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600 has been operated by the manager or the like of the game hall (S205). As a result of the determination, if the operation unit 610 is not operated (S205: No), the process is shifted to S201 (the beginning of the main process) and the main process is repeatedly executed, while the operation unit 610 is operated. (S205: Yes), the processes from S206 to S210 are performed, the QR code is read and decoded, and the match determination is performed.

In the process of S206, the first QR scan unit 607 and the second QR scan unit 609 executed the reading process of the QR code 401 and the like of 2 (S206), and then whether both of the read QR codes 401 and the like were read normally. Whether or not it is determined (S207). As a result of the determination, when the QR code 401 or the like of 2 is not read normally (S207: No), that is, at least one QR code 401 or the like cannot be read normally due to dirt or damage of any of the QR codes 401 or the like. In that case, the subsequent processing is skipped, the processing is shifted to S201 (the beginning of the main processing), and the main processing is repeatedly executed. In this case, the fact that each QR code or the like could not be read normally is displayed on the display unit 611 of the reading device 600. On the other hand, when the QR code 401 or the like of 2 is read normally (S207: Yes), the combination data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a is decoded based on the decoding information stored in the decoding key 603b (S207: Yes). S208) Then, it is determined whether or not the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 read from the QR code 401 or the like of 2 and the decoded combination data match (S209).

The reading and determination of the main board sticker 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 is performed within a predetermined time after the reading process by the board-side sticker 400 and the frame-side sticker 410 is performed by the reading device 600. By reading the main board seal 420 independently (for example, within 10 seconds), the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 can be collated. Specifically, for example, even if the QR code 421 of the main board seal 420 is used alone by the reading device 600 within 10 seconds after the reading process by the board side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410 is performed. It becomes readable, and it is possible to determine whether or not the QR code read within 10 seconds matches the contents of each QR code 401 or the like read before that. Then, if they match, notification and / or communication indicating that they are normal is performed, while if they do not match, notification and / or communication indicating that a combination abnormality has occurred is performed.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 of the first embodiment, the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 have their respective game machine serial numbers (that is, The game board number, frame number, and main board number) are two-dimensionally coded, and the board side seal 400, frame side seal 410, and main board seal 420 are combined with the board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, and frame table QR code. 411, the QR code 412 on the back of the frame and / or the QR code 421 on the main board are printed, and the QR code 401 and the like are read by the reading device 600 to collate the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110. Therefore, it is possible to instantly determine whether or not the correct game board 13 or main control device 110 is attached to the inner frame 12. Therefore, as compared with the case where the game machine serial number is visually confirmed by a person such as the manager of the game hall, the pachinko machine 10 can be confirmed accurately and easily while preventing the occurrence of confirmation errors.

Further, when the front frame 14 is opened from the inner frame 12, the board surface QR code 401 of the board side seal 400 and the frame table QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 are readablely exposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10. It is configured to do. With this configuration, when only the game board 13 is newly purchased and the game board 13 is attached to the inner frame 12 already installed in the game hall, the front frame 14 will be opened and described later. The reading device 600 makes it possible to immediately read the board table QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411. That is, without opening the inner frame 12 and checking the back surface of the pachinko machine 10, the collation work between the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 can be easily performed from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the work efficiency. Can be improved.

Further, even in the manufacturing stage of the pachinko machine 10, by collating the backside QR code 402, the backside QR code 412, and the main board QR code 421 located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, for example, only one side of the manufacturing line is collated. A reading device can be provided in the machine to perform a collation process of the game board number, the frame number, and the main board number, and the production efficiency can be improved and the equipment cost can be reduced.

Further, in the game hall, when the entire pachinko machine 10 is newly installed or when only the game board 13 is newly installed, each QR code 401 or the like is read and read by using the reading device 600. The game machine serial number indicated by each QR code 401 or the like is collated with the board frame compatible data stored in the reader 600, and whether the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is a genuine product and whether the installation location in the game hall is appropriate. Whether or not it is judged (authenticated). As a result, even if the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 is replaced with an illegal product during the transportation of the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13, each QR code 401 or the like can be read by using the reading device 600. , It becomes easy to judge the fraudulent product.

Further, at the time of reading by the reading device 600, the combined data encrypted on the condition that the QR code 401 or the like of 2 is read normally is decrypted so that it can be discriminated from the reading result. If the QR code 401 or the like cannot be read normally, the combination data is not decoded. That is, the combination data cannot be modified by the hall computer 500. With this configuration, when an illegal act such as replacement of the game board 13 (main control device 110) led by the game hall is performed, the above-mentioned illegal act can be easily performed by reading each QR code 401 or the like. Can be recognized. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the reading work of each QR code 401 etc. by the reading device 600 on a regular basis by the regulatory agency or the like, it is possible to detect fraudulent acts by the game hall at an early stage, and it is sound. You can build a game environment.

Further, the board side seal 400 or the frame side seal 410 includes a board surface QR code 401 or a frame table QR code 411 located on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 and a back side (back side side) of the pachinko machine 10 on the seal 1. ) Is printed on the back of the board QR code 402 or the back of the frame QR code 412, respectively. With this configuration, if you want to attach a QR code indicating the game machine manufacturing number, etc. to the front side and the back side of the pachinko machine 10, the board side sticker 400 or the frame side sticker 410 of 1 can be attached to the pachinko machine 10. By sticking the sticker from the lower right side of the front view to the lower left side of the rear view, it is possible to prevent the pachinko machine 10 from having a wrong sticker on the front side and the back side.

Further, when the board-side sticker 400, the frame-side sticker 410, and the main board sticker 420 are to be peeled off from the places where the seals 400, 410, 420 are attached, the seals 400, 410, 420 are partially used. There is a cut (perforation) that tears in. With this configuration, when the attached stickers 400, 410, 420 are to be peeled off from the attachment location, they are torn by the above-mentioned cut, so that the stickers 400, 410, 420 can be peeled off cleanly. Instead, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the stickers 400, 410, and 420 with other pachinko machines.

Further, the cuts of the seals 400, 410, and 420 are configured so as not to be applied to the portion where the two-dimensional code is written. This is because if a cut is provided in the portion where the two-dimensional code is written, the content of the two-dimensional code may be changed or the two-dimensional code may not be read properly due to the cut. Therefore, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as unauthorized exchange while preventing misreading by the reading device 600 by providing the above-mentioned cut in a portion other than the portion where each QR code 401 or the like of each sticker 400, 410, 420 is printed. ..

Further, by providing the board front QR code 401 and the frame front QR code 411, or the board back QR code 402 and the frame back QR code 412 in close proximity (adjacent), the reading device 600 collectively performs each QR code 401 and the like. Can be read, and confirmation work by the manager of the game hall or the like can be efficiently performed.

<Second Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 15 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of the game hall in which the hall computers 500 of the plurality of pachinko machines 10 and 1 according to the second embodiment are installed, and the manufacturers MA to MC.

As shown in FIG. 15, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the board side sticker 400 is attached to the upper right side of the front view of the game board 13, and the frame side sticker 410 is attached to the upper right side of the front view of the inner frame 12. It is affixed to.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the board side stickers 400 are attached to the lower right side of the front view and the lower left side of the back view of the game board 13, and the frame side stickers are attached to the lower right side of the front view and the lower left side of the back view of the inner frame 12. The 410 was attached so that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 could be read by the reading device 600 from the front side and the back side of the pachinko machine 10.

Here, when the game board 13 is installed by being fitted into the inner frame 12 from the front side, the front view of the game board 13 is provided on the leaf spring portions 12c provided on the upper and lower sides of the left side of the front view of the inner frame 12. With the left side in contact and the left side of the game board 13 in contact with the leaf spring portion 12c, the entire game board 13 is rotated toward the inner frame 12 with the left side of the game board 13 in front view as the base. , The lower part of the front view of the game board 13 is placed on the mounting portion 12d provided on the inner frame 12. Then, from this state, by pushing the game board 13 toward the inner frame 12, the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b, which were the release positions, change to the fixed positions and fix the game board 13, thereby fixing the inner frame. The game board 13 is attached and fixed to the twelve.

In this case, since the game board 13 is pushed against the inner frame 12 with the game board 13 mounted on the mounting portion 12d of the inner frame 12, the lower part and the inner side of the game board 13 are pushed by the load of the game board 13 itself. Since the frame 12 is rubbed while being in contact with the mounting portion 12d, the board-side seal 400 and the frame-side seal 410 may be damaged.

Therefore, in the second embodiment, the board-side sticker 400 is attached to the upper right side of the front view of the game board 13, and the frame-side sticker 410 is attached to the upper right side of the inner frame 12 in front view. Further, the inner frame 12 has a slight gap between the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 when the game board 13 is fixed to the inner frame 12 so that the game board 13 can be fitted. It is configured as follows. Therefore, when the game board 13 is fitted into the inner frame 12, the game board 13 is fitted into the inner frame 12 in a state where the load of the game board 13 is not applied to the board side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410. This makes it possible to prevent the board-side seal 400 and the frame-side seal 410 from rubbing against each other, and to prevent the seals 400 and 410 from being damaged.

Further, the positions of the board surface QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411 are set at the height of the line of sight of a person in a state where the front frame 14 is opened by being installed in the island equipment (not shown) of the game hall. This makes it easier for the manager of the game hall or the like to recognize each QR code 401 or the like, and improves the work efficiency of the confirmation work.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the second embodiment have the same effects as those in the first embodiment.

<Third Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600a according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 18.

In the first embodiment, 1 QR code 401 or the like is provided on the game board 13 side, 1 QR code 411 or the like is provided on the inner frame 12 side, and 2 QR codes 401, 411 or the like can be read at the same time. The QR codes 401, 411 and the like were read by the reading device 600, and it was determined whether or not the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 was normal.

In this case, a dedicated reading device 600 that can read the QR codes 401, 411, etc. of 2 at the same time must be prepared in advance, and the purchase cost of the reading device 600 is required.

In addition, it is necessary to determine whether or not the QR codes 401 and 411 of 2 have been read normally at the same time, which may complicate the control process during the reading operation.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600a of the third embodiment, a partial (upper half) QR code in which the game board number of the game board 13 is encoded is on the front side of the game board 13. The QR code 401a on the upper side of the board surface is provided, and the QR code on the lower side of the frame table constituting the partial (lower half) QR code in which the frame number of the inner frame 12 is encoded is provided on the front side of the inner frame 12. A code 411a is provided. Then, by combining the QR code 401a on the upper side of the board and the QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame, the QR code of 1 is formed.

Similarly, on the back side of the game board 13, a QR code 402a on the back side of the board forming a partial (upper half) QR code in which the game board number of the game board 13 is encoded is provided, and an inner frame is provided. On the back surface side of 12, a frame back lower side QR code 412a constituting a partial (lower half) QR code in which the frame number of the inner frame 12 is encoded is provided. Then, by combining the QR code 402a on the upper side of the back of the board and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the back of the frame, the QR code of 1 is formed.

With this configuration, the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 can be read by a general-purpose reading device 600a capable of reading the QR code of 1, so that the QR code of 2 can be read. No need for a dedicated reader. Further, since it is possible to recognize whether or not the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is normal by reading the QR code of 1, complicated control such as reading the QR code of 2 at the same time becomes unnecessary and reading. The control load on the device 600a can be reduced.

Here, the board-side seal 400a and the frame-side seal 410a of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 16A is a front view of the board-side sticker 400a in the third embodiment, and FIG. 16B is a front view of the frame-side sticker 410a in the third embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 16A, the board-side sticker 400a of the third embodiment is a board constituting the upper half of the QR code in which unique information such as the game board number peculiar to the game board 13 is represented by a two-dimensional code. The front upper QR code 401a and the back upper QR code 402a are printed respectively.

The QR code 401a on the upper side of the board and the QR code 402a on the upper side of the board are the same two-dimensional code, and the above-mentioned game board number (for example, AA-B 111111) or the manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A) , Model name (for example, ○○○○), etc. are encoded, and are combined with the QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame table or the QR code 412a on the lower side of the frame back, which will be described later, to form a QR code of 1. As a result, each of the above data can be read by a general-purpose reading device 600a (see FIG. 17) that reads the QR code of 1.

Further, on the board-side sticker 400a, when the board-side sticker 400a is attached to the game board 13, the QR code 401a on the front side of the board located on the front side of the game board 13 and the back side (back side) of the game board 13 The QR code 402a on the upper back side of the board located on the side) is printed on the sticker 1. With this configuration, if you want to attach a partial QR code indicating the game board number to the front side and the back side of the game board 13, respectively, you can attach the board side sticker 400a of 1 to the lower right side of the front view of the game board 13. It can be realized by sticking the sticker from the lower left side (not shown) of the rear view, and it is possible to prevent the sticker from being mistakenly stuck on the front side and the back side of the game board 13.

Next, as shown in FIG. 16B, the frame-side seal 410a of the third embodiment constitutes the lower half of the QR code in which unique information such as the frame number unique to the inner frame 12 is represented by a two-dimensional code. The QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame front and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the back of the frame are printed respectively.

The QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame front and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the frame back are the same two-dimensional code, and the above-mentioned frame number (for example, AA-Y 900001) and the manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A) are used. ), Frame name (for example, XX frame), etc. are encoded, and by combining with the above-mentioned QR code 401a on the upper side of the board or QR code 402a on the upper side of the board to form 1 QR code. , The general-purpose reading device 600a (see FIG. 17) is configured to be able to read each of the above data.

When the frame-side sticker 410a is attached to the inner frame 12, the frame-side sticker 410a has a QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame surface located on the front side of the inner frame 12 and a back side (back side) of the inner frame 12. The QR code 412a on the lower back side of the frame located at) is printed on the sticker of 1. With this configuration, if you want to attach a partial QR code indicating the frame number to the front side and the back side of the inner frame 12 (pachinko machine 10), respectively, the frame side sticker 410a of 1 is attached to the inner frame 12. It can be realized by sticking from the lower right side of the front view to the lower left side of the rear view (not shown), and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of mistaken sticker sticking on the front side and the back side of the inner frame 12. be able to.

Next, with reference to FIG. 17, the confirmation work when the pachinko machine 10 or the game board 13 in the third embodiment is newly purchased will be described. FIG. 17 is a schematic view showing an example of the configuration of the game hall in which the hall computers 500 of the plurality of pachinko machines 10 and 1 according to the third embodiment are installed, and the manufacturers MA to MC.

As shown in FIG. 17, in the third embodiment, the QR code 401a on the upper side of the board surface of the board side sticker 400a attached to the game board 13 and the QR code on the lower side of the frame surface of the frame side sticker 410a attached to the inner frame 12 A QR code of 1 is formed with 411a, and the QR code is configured to be readable by a reading device 600a having only a function of reading the QR code of 1. Therefore, the game board number of the game board 13 and the frame number of the inner frame 12 are read by the reading device 600a capable of reading the QR code of 1 without using a dedicated reading device such as reading the QR code of 2 at the same time. It becomes possible.

Next, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 601 in the reading device 600a of the third embodiment, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the main process of the third embodiment. In the main process of the reading device 600a of the third embodiment, when the operating unit 610 of the reading device 600a is operated, the QR code of 1 (that is, the QR code 401a on the upper side of the panel) and the QR code 401a of 1 are operated by the scanning unit (not shown). The reading process of 1 QR code composed of the frame front lower side QR code 411a or 1 QR code composed of the board back upper side QR code 402a and the frame back lower side QR code 412a) is performed. Then, when the QR code of 1 is read, the combination data among the board frame corresponding data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a is decoded by using the decoding key 603b, and the data read from the QR code is decoded. It is determined whether or not the combination data matches, and if the data does not match, error processing is performed.

In the main process of the reading device 600a of the third embodiment, the processes of S201 to S205 are performed as in the first embodiment. Then, in the process of S205, it is determined whether or not the operation unit 610 is operated by the manager or the like of the game hall (S205). As a result of the determination, if the operation unit 610 is not operated (S205: No), this main process is terminated, while if the operation unit 610 is operated (S205: Yes), the scan unit of 1 (not shown). ), The QR code reading process of 1 is executed (S206). Then, based on the decoding information stored in the decoding key 603b, the combination data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a is decoded (S208), and then the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 read from the QR code of 1 are used. It is determined whether or not the combination of the game machine serial number and the decoded combination data match (S209). In this way, since it is possible to recognize whether or not the combination of the game machine serial number of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is normal by reading the QR code of 1, it is complicated to read the QR code of 2 at the same time. Control is not required, and the control load on the reading device 600a can be reduced.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600a of the third embodiment, the game board number of the game board 13 is encoded on the front side (back side) of the game board 13. The QR code 401a on the upper side of the board (the QR code 402a on the upper back of the board) that constitutes the partial (upper half) QR code is provided, and the frame of the inner frame 12 is provided on the front side (back side) of the inner frame 12. A QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame table (QR code 412a on the lower side of the back of the frame) that constitutes a partial (lower half) QR code in which the numbers are encoded is provided. Then, by combining the QR code 401a on the upper side of the board and the QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame (the QR code 402a on the upper side of the board and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the frame), one QR code is formed.

With this configuration, a special reading device such as reading the QR code of 2 becomes unnecessary, and the reading device 600a capable of reading the QR code of 1 eliminates the need for the QR code 401a on the upper surface of the game board 13 and the QR code 401a on the upper side of the game board 13. It is possible to read the QR code composed of the QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame surface or the QR code 402a composed of the QR code 402a on the upper side of the back of the board and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the back of the frame. Therefore, the cost for preparing a special reading device can be reduced.

Further, since it is possible to recognize whether or not the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is normal by reading the QR code of 1, complicated control such as reading the QR code of 2 at the same time becomes unnecessary and reading. The control load on the device 600a can be reduced.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600a in the third embodiment have the same effects as those in the first or second embodiment.

<Fourth Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG.

In the reading device 600 of the first embodiment, each game machine serial number of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is read, and it is determined whether or not the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 matches. It was.

On the other hand, in the reading device 600 of the fourth embodiment, when it is determined that the serial numbers of the gaming machines 13 and the inner frame 12 match, the main board number of the main control device 110 continues. Is read, and if the main board number does not match the game board number, an error signal is output to the hall computer 500. With this configuration, it is determined whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 is appropriate, and the correct game board 13 and the main control device 110 are attached to the inner frame 12. It becomes possible to instantly determine whether or not the control has been performed. Therefore, even if the main control device 110 is illegally replaced with respect to the game board 13, the illegal act against the pachinko machine 10 can be detected at an early stage.

Here, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 19, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 601 in the reading device 600 of the fourth embodiment, will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing the main process of the fourth embodiment. In the main process of the reading device 600 of the fourth embodiment, it is determined whether or not the contents of the read QR code and the decoded combination data match, and if they match, then the main board is used. It is confirmed whether or not the QR code 421 has been read, and when the main board QR code 421 is read, it is determined whether or not the read main board number and the previously read game board number match. If the data do not match, error processing is performed.

In the main process of the reading device 600 of the fourth embodiment, the processes of S201 to S209 are performed as in the first embodiment. Then, in the process of S209, when it is determined that the combination of the game board 13 read from the QR code of 2 and the inner frame 12 matches the decoded combination data (S209: Yes), the game board Since the combination of 13 and the inner frame 12 is normal, it is then determined whether or not the main board QR code 421 has been read (S211). Here, the main board QR code 421 includes main board information indicating that it is the main control device 110, and is configured to be distinguishable from the QR code corresponding to the game board 13. Then, in the process of S211, a predetermined time (for example, "20 seconds") is waited until the main board QR code 421 can be read, and if the main board QR code 421 is read during that time (S211: Yes), the reading is performed. It is determined whether or not the main board number indicated by the main board QR code 421 and the game board number read in the process of S206 match (S212). If the predetermined time is exceeded, for example, by configuring the error signal to be output without omission, the validity of the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 is ensured. Can be done.

As a result of the processing of S212, if the main board number indicated by the read main board QR code 421 and the game board number read in the processing of S206 match (S212: Yes), the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 Since the combination with the main control device 110 is normal, the process of S210 is not performed, the process is shifted to S201, and the main process is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if the main board number indicated by the read main board QR code 421 and the game board number read in the process of S206 do not match (S212: No), the combination of the game board 13 and the main control device 110 is Since it is incorrect, an error signal is transmitted to the hall computer 500 (S210), and the process shifts to S201.

In this way, when any combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the read pachinko machine 10 is incorrect, the reading device 600 transmits an error signal to the hall computer 500. In the hall computer 500, it is possible to immediately recognize an error in the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the fourth embodiment have the same effects as those in the first to third embodiments.

<Fifth Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 to 42.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in a state where the front frame 14 of the pachinko machine 10 is opened from the inner frame 12, the board surface QR code 401 of the board side seal 400 attached to the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 The frame table QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 attached to the pachinko machine 10 is exposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the inner frame 12 is fixed to the outer frame 11 by the reading device 600. The board table QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411 can be read from the front side of the machine 10. Further, in a state where the inner frame 12 of the pachinko machine 10 is opened from the outer frame 11, the QR code 402 on the back of the board of the board side sticker 400 attached to the game board 13 and the frame side sticker attached to the inner frame 12 The QR code 412 on the back of the frame of 410 and the QR code 421 of the main board of the main board seal 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 are exposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the inner frame 12 In a situation where the back side of the inner frame 12 faces the front side of the pachinko machine 10 by rotating the inner frame 11 with respect to the outer frame 11, the reading device 600 allows the back board QR code 402 and the back frame QR from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The code 412 and the main board QR code 421 can be read.

In this case, in order to read the main board seal 420 to which the main control device 110 is attached, the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 are unlocked and the inner frame 12 is rotated with respect to the outer frame 11. In order to determine whether or not all the combinations of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 are correct, not only the unlocking of the front frame 14 but also the unlocking of the inner frame 12 is required. The lock must be unlocked, and it is possible to determine whether or not all the combinations of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 are correct only by unlocking the front frame 14. There wasn't.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the back surface viewing window portion 13a is formed on the game board 13. Further, on the main board seal 420 attached to the main control device 110, the main board front QR code 421a and the main board back QR code 422 (hereinafter, the main board front QR code 421a and the main board back QR code 422 are attached to the main board front QR code 421a. , 422 ”), and when attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110, as with the board-side seal 400 and frame-side seal 410, the QR code 421a on the main board table is the main control device 110. It is configured so that it is located on the back surface side (that is, the front side of the pachinko machine 10) and the QR code 422 on the back of the main board is located on the front surface side of the main control device 110 (that is, the back surface side of the pachinko machine 10). Then, in a state where the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11, the entire main board front QR code 421a of the main control device 110 installed on the back surface side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the back surface viewing window portion 13a. The main board seal 420 is attached to the position. With this configuration, the board table QR code 401, the frame table QR code 411, and the main board table QR code 421a can be read in a state where the front frame 14 is opened from the inner frame 12.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, the board surface QR code 401 or the board back QR code 402 of the board side seal 400 (hereinafter, the board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402 are collectively referred to as “board QR code 401,” (Sometimes referred to as "402"), the frame front QR code 411 or the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side seal 410, or the main board front QR code 421a or the main board back QR code 422 of the main board seal 420 (hereinafter, board). QR code 401, 402, frame QR code 411, 412 and main QR code 421a, 422 may be collectively referred to simply as "QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422"). Each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 was read by the reading device 600 so that the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is different. The encoding information of the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, and 422 is configured, respectively. Further, when each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is read, the display color displayed when the currently read QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is read is superimposed. (Additive color mixing) is performed so that it can be identified whether or not any QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is being read.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, in the vicinity of each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 (in the fifth embodiment, above each of the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422). , Game board number information 403 indicating the game board number, frame number or main board number of each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, frame number information 413 and main board number information 423 (hereinafter, game board number). Information 403, frame number information 413, and main board number information 423 may be collectively referred to as "number information 403, 413, 423") to be printed (displayed), respectively. Further, the reading device 600 is configured to read each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and simultaneously read the number information 403, 413, 423 by one operation on the operation unit 610. There is. Then, if either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read normally, that is, even if the number information 403, 413, 423 cannot be read. If the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is read, or if the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is not read, the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read. In that case, the processing is executed assuming that the game board number, the frame number, or the main board number has been read normally.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, the reading device 600, etc. in the fifth embodiment are mainly different from the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, the reading device 600, etc. in the first to fourth embodiments. explain. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fourth embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, the configuration of the front side of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 to 22. FIG. 20 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in a state where the front frame 14 is opened from the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 in the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 21 is a board side seal 400 and a frame side in the fifth embodiment. It is a front view of the seal 410 and the main board seal 420, and FIG. 22 is a front view of the game board 13 of the fifth embodiment. The fifth embodiment differs from the first to fourth embodiments mainly in that the game board 13 is provided with the back surface viewing window portion 13a and from the back surface viewing window portion 13a. The main board front QR code 421a attached to the main control device 110 is configured to be visible from the front side of the pachinko machine 10.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, when the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12, the front frame 14 has a window at a position corresponding to the back surface visual viewing window portion 13a of the game board 13, which will be described later. A covering portion 14d is provided. When the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12 by the window covering portion 14d, the back surface viewing window portion 13a is configured to be invisible or difficult to see from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, while the front frame 14 Is configured to be visible from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 when the back surface viewing window portion 13a is unlocked and released from the inner frame 12.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the game board 13 is made of a transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate). A predetermined decoration is printed or arranged on the entire front surface side of the game board 13 (that is, the front side of the pachinko machine 10), and the back surface side of the game board 13 is configured to be difficult or impossible to see.

On the other hand, no decoration is printed or arranged on the lower right portion of the game board 13 when viewed from the front, and a back surface viewing window portion 13a is formed so that the back surface side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized. When the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 (that is, the front frame 14 is closed), the back surface viewing window portion 13a is covered by the lower portion of the front frame 14 to be a pachinko machine. The back surface viewing window portion 13a is configured so as not to be visible from the front side of the 10. On the other hand, in a state where the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 and the front frame 14 is rotated from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 (that is, the front frame 14 is open), the back surface is visually recognized. Since the window portion 13a is exposed and can be visually recognized from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, the back surface side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized by the back surface viewing window portion 13a. As a result, by making each QR code 401, 411, 421a invisible to the player playing the game, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10, and the person in charge of the manufacturer or the game hall. At the time of confirmation by a person concerned, the back side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the back side viewing window 13a.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, as the arrangement on the back surface side of the game board 13, the main board seal 420 attached to the main control device 110 is provided at a position corresponding to the position of the back surface viewing window portion 13a. It is configured so that the QR code 421a on the main board table and the main board number information 423 (see FIG. 21C) described later are located. Therefore, in a state where the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 and rotated, the main board front QR code 421a and the main board number information 423 can be visually recognized from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the reading device. The main board table QR code 421a and the main board number information 423 can be read by 600.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above, when the main board QR code 421 of the main board seal 420 attached to the main control device 110 is to be read by the reading device 600, the inner frame 12 is solved from the outer frame 11. The QR code 421 of the main board cannot be read unless the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (game board 13) is exposed by locking.

On the other hand, in the fifth embodiment, with the inner frame 12 locked to the outer frame 11 (that is, without unlocking the inner frame 12 from the outer frame 11), the main board surface is viewed from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. Since the QR code 421a (and the main board number information 423) can be read, only the front frame 14 is unlocked (without unlocking the inner frame 12), and the board surface QR code 401, The frame table QR code 411 and the main board table QR code 421a (and the main board number information 423) can be read, and whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate. The confirmation work can be made more efficient.

Further, the main board surface QR code 421a of the main board seal 420, which is attached to the main control device 110 and can be seen from the back surface viewing window 13a, is attached to the game board 13 and the board surface QR of the board side seal 400. The frame table QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 attached to the code 401 and the inner frame 12 (hereinafter, the board table QR code 401, the frame table QR code 411, and the main board table QR code 421a are collectively referred to as " It may be referred to as "Table QR Code 401, 411, 421a") and is arranged so as to overlap with each other on a vertical line. As a result, when the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall performs the confirmation work with the inner frame 12 locked, the position of each table QR code 401, 411, 421a can be easily grasped and the confirmation work can be performed. Can be made more efficient.

Here, with reference to FIG. 21, the board-side seal 400, the frame-side seal 410, and the main board seal 420 of the fifth embodiment (hereinafter, the board-side seal 400, the frame-side seal 410, and the main board seal 420 are collectively referred to. , "Seals 400, 410, 420") will be described in detail. FIG. 21 (a) is a front view of the board-side sticker 400 before being attached to the game board 13 of the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 21 (b) is attached to the inner frame 12 of the fifth embodiment. It is a front view of the frame side seal 410 before being attached, and FIG. 21 (c) is a front view of the main board seal 420 before being attached to the main control device 110 (see FIG. 25) described later. The fifth embodiment differs from the first to fourth embodiments in that the main board seal 420 is provided with the main board front QR code 421a and the main board back QR code 422, and each seal. In 400, 410, and 420, game board number information 403, frame number information 413, and main board number information 423 indicating information on the attached parts are provided.

First, as shown in FIG. 21A, the board side sticker 400 has a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402 that represent unique information such as a game board number unique to the game board 13 in a two-dimensional code. Each is printed.

When the board QR codes 401 and 402 of the fifth embodiment are read by the reading device 600 described later as unique information, green is superimposed on the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 (additive color mixing). It contains coding information for making it. The details of the background color of the display unit 611 when the board QR codes 401 and 402 are read by the reading device 600 will be described later in FIG. 27.

Further, on the board side sticker 400, game board number information 403 indicating the game board number itself is printed in the vicinity of the board QR codes 401 and 402 (in the fifth embodiment, above each of the board QR codes 401 and 402). (Displayed). The game board number information 403 is above the board QR codes 401 and 402 so that when the board side sticker 400 is attached to the game board 13, the game board number information 403 can be seen straight when the game board 13 is viewed straight. It is printed near each side.

Next, as shown in FIG. 21B, the frame side seal 410 has a frame table QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412, which represent unique information such as a frame number unique to the inner frame 12 in a two-dimensional code, respectively. It is printed.

In the frame QR code 411, 412 of the fifth embodiment, blue is superimposed on the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 (additive color mixing) as unique information when the reading device 600 reads the information. Encoding information for making it is included. The details of the background color of the display unit 611 when the frame QR codes 411 and 412 are read by the reading device 600 will be described later in FIG. 27.

Further, on the frame side seal 410, similarly to the board side seal 400, the frame number itself is indicated in the vicinity of the frame QR codes 411 and 412 (in the fifth embodiment, above each of the frame QR codes 411 and 412). Information 413 is printed (displayed) respectively. The frame number information 413 is provided in the vicinity of the upper side of the frame QR code 411, 412 so that when the frame side sticker 410 is attached to the inner frame 12, the frame number information 413 can be viewed directly when the inner frame 12 is viewed. Is printed on each.

Next, as shown in FIG. 21C, the main board seal 420 has a main board front QR code 421a and a main board back QR that represent unique information such as the main board number unique to the main control device 110 in a two-dimensional code. Each code 422 is printed.

When the main QR codes 421a and 422 of the fifth embodiment are read by the reading device 600 described later as unique information, red is superimposed on the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 (additive color mixing). Encoding information for making it is included. The details of the background color of the display unit 611 when the main QR codes 421a and 422 are read by the reading device 600 will be described later in FIG. 27.

Further, the main board seal 420 has a main board number in the vicinity of the main QR codes 421a and 422 (in the fifth embodiment, above each of the main QR codes 421a and 422), similarly to the panel side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410. The main board number information 423 indicating itself is printed (displayed). The main board number information 423 includes the main QR codes 421a and 422 so that when the main board seal 420 is attached to the main control device 110, the main board number information 423 can be seen directly when the main control device 110 is viewed. It is printed near the upper side of.

Further, on the main board seal 420, similarly to the panel side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410, when the main board seal 420 attached to the main control device 110 is to be peeled off from the main control device 110, the main board is said to be the main board. A cut (perforation; dotted diagonal line in FIG. 21C) is provided in which the seal 420 is partially torn. With this configuration, when the main board seal 420 attached to the main control device 110 is to be peeled off from the main control device 110, the main board seal 420 is torn by the above-mentioned cut, so that the main board seal 420 is mainly used. It cannot be removed cleanly from the control device 110, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the main board seal 420 with another main control device 110.

Further, since the main board seal 420 is attached (straddling) the box base of the board box 100 of the main control device 110 and the box cover, it is attempted to remove the seal seal in order to open the board box 100. Or, if the board box 100 is forcibly opened, the main board seal 420 is cut into the box base side and the box cover side. Therefore, by checking the main board seal 420, it is possible to know whether or not the board box 100 has been opened. That is, the main board seal 420 also functions as a sealing seal. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately prepare a sealing sticker and attach it to the substrate box 100, and the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Number information 403, 413, 423 corresponding to each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 above each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 of the fifth embodiment, respectively. Each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is read by one operation on the operation unit 610 (see FIG. 26, respectively) of the reading device 600 that is printed (displayed) and will be described later, and each number information 403, It is configured so that 413 and 423 can be read at the same time. Then, if either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read normally, the game board number, the frame number, or the main board number can be read normally. It is configured so that the process can be executed as a thing. With this configuration, if either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is dirty or damaged and cannot be read normally, or in the game hall. Even if the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is difficult to read due to the dim influence of the lighting environment, the other number information 403,413,423 or the QR code 401, 402,411,421,421a , 422 can be read, and the game board number, frame number, or main board number can be read as if the game board number, frame number, or main board number can be read normally. It is possible to streamline the work of confirming whether or not the combination of 110 is appropriate.

The information that can read each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the information that can be read by each number information 403, 413, 423 may be configured to have the same contents. Specifically, various information encoded by each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 may be configured to be described in each number information 403, 413, 423, or each The information displayed in the number information 403, 413, 423 and the information encoded in each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 may be configured to have the same contents. ..

Next, as shown in FIG. 22, the game board 13 has a resin base plate 60 molded into a substantially square shape in front view, a large number of nails and windmills for ball guidance, rails 61, 62, and a general winning opening 63. , The first ball opening 64, the variable winning device 65, the variable display device unit 80, and the like are assembled.

As described above, in the game board 13 of the fifth embodiment, the back surface viewing window portion 13a is formed in the vicinity of the vertically upper side of the board side seal 400, which is the lower right portion of the game board 13 in the front view. There is. Since the back surface viewing window portion 13a is not decorated and is formed of transparent resin, the back surface viewing window portion 13a visually recognizes the back surface side of the game board 13 from the front side of the game board 13. can do. Then, on the back surface side of the game board 13, the main board front QR code 421a and the main board number information 423 of the main board seal 420 attached to the main control device 110 are located at the portion where the back side viewing window 13a is located. By arranging them so as to do so, from the front side of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10), the table QR codes 401, 411, 421a, as well as the game board number information 403, the frame number information 413, and the main board number information 423 (whichever). Also see FIG. 21), is configured to be readable by the reading device 600.

Further, the board surface QR code 401 of the board side sticker 400 attached to the game board 13 (and the frame table QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 attached to the inner frame 12) and the main control device 110 Since the QR code 421a on the main board surface of the attached main board seal 420 is in close proximity, the work of confirming whether the combination of the game board 13 (, the inner frame 12 and) the main control device 110 is appropriate is streamlined. can do.

Next, the configuration of the back side (back side) of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25. FIG. 23 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment, FIG. 24 is a rear view of the gaming board 13 according to the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 25 is a rear view of the gaming board 13 according to the fifth embodiment. It is a front view (when viewed from the back side of the pachinko machine 10) of the main control device 110 attached to the side. The fifth embodiment differs from the first to fourth embodiments in that the main board seal 420 is attached over the box base and the box cover of the board box 100 of the main control device 110. This is a point where the main control device 110 is located slightly to the left of the back surface of the game board 13.

As shown in FIGS. 23 to 25, a main control device 110 is arranged on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The main control device 110 in the fifth embodiment is arranged so as to be located slightly to the left of the game board 13 in the rear view from the main control device 110 in the first embodiment (see FIG. 23), and the main control device 110 The QR code 422 on the back of the main board of the main board seal 420 attached to the lower left side (see FIG. 25) of the front view (rear view of the pachinko machine 10) is on the lower left side of the back view (see FIG. 24) of the game board 13. The QR code 402 on the back of the board of the board-side sticker 400 attached and the QR code 412 on the back of the frame of the frame-side sticker 410 attached to the lower left side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the back (see FIG. 23) (hereinafter, the back of the board) The QR code 402, the frame back QR code 412, and the main board back QR code 422 are collectively referred to as "back QR code 402, 421, 422") and are arranged so as to overlap with each other on a vertical line. This makes it easier for the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall to grasp the positions of the back QR codes 402, 421 and 422 when the confirmation work is performed with the inner frame 12 open, and the game board. 13. The confirmation work of the inner frame 12 and the main control device 110 can be made more efficient.

Further, no parts are arranged in the back direction of the pachinko machine 10 between the back board QR code 402 of the board side seal 400 and the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side seal 410, and the back board QR code is displayed from the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The 402 and the QR code 412 on the back of the frame are arranged in an exposed state (see FIG. 23). As a result, each back QR code 402, 421, 422 can be read by the reading device 600 without removing other parts such as the cover, and the confirmation work of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 can be efficiently performed. Can be transformed into.

Next, with reference to FIG. 26, the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the hall computer 500 communicably connected to the pachinko machine 10, and the reading device 600 configured to be communicable with the hall computer 500. The electrical configuration of the hall computer 500 and the data servers 701 to 703 of the manufacturers MA to MC will be described. In the fifth embodiment, the difference from the first to fourth embodiments is that in the reading device 600, the game board number information 403 of the board side seal 400, the frame number information 413 of the frame side seal 410, and the main board seal. A numbering circuit 621 capable of reading the main board number information 423 of 420 and a number scanning unit 622 are provided.

The first QR scanning unit 607 is connected to the MPU 601 of the reading device 600 of the fifth embodiment via the first QR circuit 606, and the number scanning unit 622 is connected via the numbering circuit 621.

The first QR circuit 606 and the first QR scanning unit 607 provide the board QR codes 401 and 402 provided on the board side seal 400, the frame QR codes 411 and 412 provided on the frame side seal 410, or the main board seal 420. The reading function of the provided main QR codes 421a and 322 is fulfilled, and the reading function of the game board number information 403, the frame number information 413 or the main board number information 423 described above is fulfilled by the numbering circuit 621 and the number scanning unit 622. Is done.

In the fifth embodiment, the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a of 1 can be operated once by the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600. The process of simultaneously reading the number information 403, 413, 423 attached to (located in the vicinity of) 422 is executed. Then, in the reading process, when at least one of the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 is normally read, the MPU 601 has a normal reading process. The process based on the read game board number, frame number, or main board number (that is, the process of determining whether or not the read information and the content stored in the combination data match) is executed. ..

When the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall confirms the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110, the reading device 600 uses the reading device 600 to inside the game board 13 in the pachinko machine 10. When all of the frame 12 and the main control device 110 are read and the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12 and the main control device 110 is normal, it is assumed that the authentication work in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 is completed. The reading operation of the next pachinko machine (for example, the adjacent pachinko machine 10) is performed. Therefore, in the confirmation work of one pachinko machine 10, for example, when the next pachinko machine is read without reading at least one of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110. Since the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 is not normal, a reading error (combination error) occurs, and the reading operation of the pachinko machine 10 of 1 must be performed again. It doesn't become.

However, the sales person of the manufacturer and the person concerned with the game hall have forgotten which QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 was read in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 during the confirmation work. In this case, if the confirmation work of the next pachinko machine is performed in the middle of the confirmation work of the pachinko machine 10 (without being completed), a reading error may occur and the work efficiency may decrease.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, when the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403,413,423 is read by the reading device 600, the reading device 600 The background color of the display unit 611 is changed, and the background color of the display unit 611 is changed according to the combination of the read QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423. The coded information of each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the print contents of the number information 403, 413, 423 are set so as to be performed. Then, in the pachinko machine 10, the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 corresponding to the game board 13, the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 corresponding to the inner frame 12, and the main control device. When all of the main QR codes 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 corresponding to 110 are read normally, and the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in 1 pachinko machine 10 is normal. In the pachinko machine 10, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a specific color (“white” in the fifth embodiment), and the pachinko machine 10 is used by the business operator of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall. It is configured to be able to notify that the confirmation work has been completed.

Here, referring to FIG. 27, the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403, the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413, and the main QR code 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 The background color displayed on the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 when it is read by the reading device 600 will be described. FIG. 27 is read when the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403, the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413, or the main QR code 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 is read. It is a schematic diagram which showed an example of the display color displayed in the background color of the display unit 611 of the apparatus 600.

As shown in FIG. 27, the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 is read into the frame QR code 411, 412 and the frame number information 413 of the frame side seal 410 attached to the inner frame 12. When the device 600 reads normally, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a color including "blue" which is one of the three primary colors for displaying "white" by additive color mixing. As described above, the coding information and the frame number information 413 of the frame QR codes 411 and 412 are set.

Further, in the board QR code 401, 402 and the game board number information 403 of the board side seal 400 attached to the game board 13, the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 is read by the reading device 600. When it is read normally, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a color including "green" which is one of the three primary colors for displaying "white" by additive mixing. The coding information of the QR codes 401 and 402 and the game board number information 403 are set.

Further, the main QR code 421a, 422 and the main board number information 423 of the main board seal 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 include the main QR code 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423. Is normally read by the reading device 600, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a color including "red" which is one of the three primary colors for displaying "white" by additive color mixing. The coding information of the main QR codes 421a and 422 and the main board number information 423 are set so as to be performed.

That is, when each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or number information 403, 413, 423 is read by the reading device 600, the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is based on the read contents. The background color changes depending on the additive color mixture. Specifically, in a state where only the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 is read, the background color of the display unit 611 is displayed in "blue", and the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 is displayed. In the state of reading only, the background color of the display unit 611 is displayed as "green", and in the state of reading only the main QR code 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423, the background color of the display unit 611 is "". It is displayed in "red".

Further, in a state where the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 and the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 are read respectively, the background colors of the display unit 611 are "blue" and "green". Is displayed in "light blue" which is an additive color mixture in combination with "", and is displayed in a state where the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 and the main QR code 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 are read respectively. The background color of part 611 is displayed as "purple" by a combination of "blue" and "red" by additive mixing, and the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403, and the main QR code 421a, 422 or In the state where the main board number information 423 is read, the background color of the display unit 611 is displayed as "yellow" by a combination of "green" and "red" by additive mixing.

Then, in a state where the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413, the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403, and the main QR code 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 are all read. , The background color of the display unit 611 is displayed as "white" by a combination of "blue", "green", and "red" by additive mixing.

With this configuration, whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 is normal or not by the operator of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall by the reading device 600. By checking the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 when performing the confirmation work, the display unit indicates whether or not the confirmation work has been properly completed and whether or not any of the confirmation work has been completed or not executed. This is possible by checking the background color of 611. Therefore, for example, even if the reading device 600 does not have a function of displaying characters or the like, it is possible to make the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned in the game hall recognize the execution status of the confirmation work. The confirmation work can be made more efficient, and the configuration of the reading device 600 can be simplified.

In the above confirmation work, when the person in charge of the manufacturer confirms the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10, the mobile terminal (for example, a smartphone) owned by the manufacturer is used for manufacturing. The confirmation work is performed in a state where the site of the manufacturer's data server is accessed, the predetermined authentication information is entered at the site, and the user is logged in. In this case, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and number information 403, 413 are performed by a predetermined operation on the mobile terminal (for example, execution of reading processing while the site is displayed on the browser). , 423, when the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 are read by using the reading function of the reading device 600, the same as the display unit 611 of the reading device 600. The background color of the display unit (browser) of the mobile terminal is changed according to the read content. With this configuration, the above confirmation work can be performed only by operating the site on the data server without developing a dedicated application, and the above system can be constructed at low cost.

Next, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 601 in the reading device 600 in the fifth embodiment, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 28. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing this main process. In the main process of the reading device 600 in the fifth embodiment, when the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600 is operated, the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, or the number information 403, 413, respectively. The reading process (S206) of 423 is executed.

As shown in FIG. 28, in the process of S205, when the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600 is turned on (operated) (S205: Yes), each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, or , Each number information 403,413,423 is read, and each QR code 401,402,411,421,421a,422 read, or a reading process for performing control according to each number information 403,413,423 Is executed (S206), and then the process shifts to S209.

Here, the reading process (S206) executed in the main process will be described with reference to FIG. 29. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a reading process (S206) executed by the MPU 601 of the reading device 600 of the fifth embodiment. In the reading process (S206) of the fifth embodiment, when each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or each number information 403, 413, 423 is read, it has already been read at that time. Each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, or each number information 403, 413, 423 and each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, or each number information read this time. The background color of the display unit 611 is set based on 403, 413 and 423.

In the reading process (S206) of the fifth embodiment, first, it is determined whether or not the frame number has been read, that is, whether or not at least one of the frame QR code 411, 412 and the frame number information 413 has been read normally. (S251). If the frame number is not read as a result of the determination (S251: No), the process shifts to S259. On the other hand, if the frame number is read, that is, if at least one of the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 is read normally (S251: Yes), the other QR code 401, at the present time, The process proceeds to S252 in order to confirm whether or not 402, 421a, 422 or number information 403,423 has been read.

In the process of S252, it is determined whether or not the game board number has been read, that is, whether or not at least one of the board QR codes 401 and 402 and the game board number information 403 has been read normally (S252). As a result of the determination, if the game board number has not been read (S252: No), then whether or not the main board number has been read, that is, at least one of the main QR codes 421a and 422 or the main board number information 423. It is determined whether or not one of them has been read normally (S253). As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S253: No), only the frame number has been read at the present time, so the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in "blue". (S254), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, when the main board number has already been read (S253: Yes), since the frame number and the main board number have been read at this time, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is set to "blue". It is displayed in "purple" which is an additive color mixture of "red" and "red" (S255), the reading process (S206) is finished, and the process returns to the main process.

On the other hand, in the process of S252, when it is determined that the game board number has been read (S252: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the main board number has been read (S256). As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S256: No), the frame number and the game board number are currently being read, so the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is set to "blue". Is displayed in "light blue", which is an additive color mixture of "" and "green" (S257), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, when the main board number has already been read (S256: Yes), the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 at the present time have been read, so that the reading device 600 has been read. The background color of the display unit 611 is displayed as "white", which is an additive mixture of "blue", "green", and "red" (S258), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process. ..

The combination of the frame number read in the process of S251 and the game board number determined to have been read in S252, or the main board number determined to have been read in S253 or S256 is normal. Whether or not it is determined in S209 of the main process (see FIG. 28), and if the combination is not normal, an error signal is transmitted to the hall computer 500 and a reading error occurs in the display unit 611 of the reading device 600. A background color indicating that effect (for example, the background color is "gray") is displayed.

Next, in the process of S259, it is determined whether or not the game board number has been read, that is, whether or not at least one of the board QR codes 401 and 402 and the game board number information 403 has been read normally (S259). .. As a result of the determination, if the game board number is not read (S259: No), the process shifts to S267. On the other hand, if the game board number is read, that is, if at least one of the board QR codes 401 and 402 or the game board number information 403 is read normally (S259: Yes), the other QR code is currently read. In order to confirm whether or not 411, 421, 421 a, 422 or number information 413, 423 is read, the process proceeds to S260.

In the process of S260, it is determined whether or not the frame number has been read, that is, whether or not at least one of the frame QR codes 411 and 412 and the frame number information 413 has been read normally (S260). As a result of the determination, if the frame number has not been read (S260: No), then whether or not the main board number has been read, that is, at least one of the main QR codes 421a and 422 or the main board number information 423. Determines whether or not has been read normally (S261). As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S261: No), only the game board number has been read at the present time, so the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in "green". Then (S262), the reading process (S206) is finished, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, when the main board number has already been read (S261: Yes), since the game board number and the main board number have been read at this time, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is set to "green". Is displayed in "yellow", which is an additive color mixture of "" and "red" (S263), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process.

On the other hand, in the process of S260, when it is determined that the frame number has been read (S260: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the main board number has been read (S264). As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S264: No), the game board number and the frame number have been read at this time, so the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is set to "green". Is displayed in "light blue" which is an additive color mixture of "" and "blue" (S265), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, when the main board number has already been read (S264: Yes), the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 at the present time have been read, so that the reading device 600 has been read. The background color of the display unit 611 is displayed as "white", which is an additive mixture of "blue", "green", and "red" (S266), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process. ..

The combination of the game board number read in the process of S259 and the frame number determined to have been read in S260 or the main board number determined to have been read in S261 or S264 is normal. Whether or not it is determined in S209 of the main process (see FIG. 28), and if the combination is not normal, an error signal is transmitted to the hall computer 500 and a reading error occurs in the display unit 611 of the reading device 600. A background color indicating that effect (for example, the background color is "gray") is displayed.

Next, in the process of S267, it is determined whether or not the main board number has been read, that is, whether or not at least one of the main QR codes 421a and 422 and the main board number information 423 has been read normally (S267). .. As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S267: No), this reading process (S206) is terminated and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the main board number is read, that is, if at least one of the main QR codes 421a and 422 or the main board number information 423 is read normally (S267: Yes), the other QR code is currently read. The process proceeds to S268 in order to confirm whether or not 401, 402, 411, 412 or number information 403,413 can be read.

In the process of S268, it is determined whether or not the frame number has been read, that is, whether or not at least one of the frame QR code 411, 412 and the frame number information 413 has been read normally (S268). As a result of the determination, if the frame number has not been read (S268: No), then whether or not the game board number has been read, that is, at least one of the board QR codes 401 and 402 or the game board number information 403. Determines whether or not has been read normally (S269). As a result of the determination, if the game board number has not been read (S269: No), only the main board number has been read at the present time, so the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in "red". (S270), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the game board number has already been read (S269: Yes), the main board number and the game board number are currently being read, so the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is set to "red". Is displayed in "yellow", which is an additive color mixture of "" and "green" (S271), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process.

On the other hand, in the process of S268, when it is determined that the frame number has been read (S268: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the game board number has been read (S272). As a result of the determination, if the game board number has not been read (S272: No), the main board number and the frame number have been read at this time, so the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is set to "red". Is displayed in "purple", which is an additive color mixture of "" and "blue" (S273), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, when the game board number has already been read (S272: Yes), the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 at the present time have been read, so that the reading device 600 has read. The background color of the display unit 611 is displayed as "white", which is an additive mixture of "blue", "green", and "red" (S274), the reading process (S206) is terminated, and the process returns to the main process. ..

The combination of the main board number read in the process of S267 and the frame number determined to have been read in S268 or the game board number determined to have been read in S269 or S272 is normal. Whether or not it is determined in S209 of the main process (see FIG. 28), and if the combination is not normal, an error signal is transmitted to the hall computer 500 and a reading error occurs in the display unit 611 of the reading device 600. A background color indicating that effect (for example, the background color is "gray") is displayed.

In this way, the background color of the display unit 611 is identified according to the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 read by the reading device 600. When all the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or each number information 403, 413, 423 in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 are read normally, that fact is notified. It is configured to be identifiable. With this configuration, when checking whether the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is normal, the background of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is performed. By confirming the color, it is possible to confirm whether or not the confirmation work is properly completed and whether or not which confirmation work is completed or not executed by confirming the background color of the display unit 611. Therefore, it is possible to make the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned in the game hall recognize the execution status of the confirmation work, and the confirmation work can be made more efficient.

Next, with reference to FIG. 30, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 30 is a block diagram mainly showing an electrical configuration of the main control device 110.

As shown in FIG. 30, the main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 is a ROM 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 201, and a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are built in.

In order to instruct the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113 to operate, various control commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control devices 111 and 113 by the data transmission / reception circuit. The command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the payout control device 111 or the voice lamp control device 113 in only one direction.

In the main control device 110, a jackpot lottery, a special symbol display device 37 (hereinafter, may be referred to as "first symbol display device 37"), a setting of dynamic display and variation effect in the third symbol display device 81, and a normal symbol. The main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as the lottery of the display result of the variable display on the display device 83 (hereinafter, may be referred to as “second symbol display device 83”) is executed. The RAM 203 is provided with a counter buffer 203c for storing various counters for controlling these processes.

Further, the ROM 202 stores at least a jackpot random number table 202a, a jackpot type table 202b, a hold number table 202c, a stop pattern table 202d, and a fluctuation pattern table 202e. The main control device 110 executes the above-mentioned main control by the various counters stored in the RAM 203 and the various tables stored in the ROM 202.

Here, with reference to FIG. 31, a counter and the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 will be described. These counters and the like can be used for jackpot lottery, dynamic display setting of the special symbol display device 37, setting of variation effect of the third symbol display device 81, lottery of variable display display result on the normal symbol display device 83, and the like. To do so, it is used in the MPU 201 of the main controller 110. Further, in the description of the various counters, various tables stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 will also be described with reference to FIGS. 32 to 37.

For the jackpot lottery, the dynamic display setting of the special symbol display device 37, and the setting of the variation effect of the third symbol display device 81, the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery and the stop type of the jackpot symbol are used. The jackpot type counter C2 used for selection, the stop pattern selection counter C3 used for selecting the effect mode of the fluctuation effect, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 used for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the fluctuation pattern selection. The variable type counter CS1 used for is used.

Further, the counter C4 per normal figure is used for the lottery of the ordinary symbol display device 83, and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is used for setting the initial value of the counter C4 per normal figure. Each of these counters is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to "0".

Each counter is updated, for example, at "4 ms" intervals, which is the execution interval of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), and some counters are irregular in the main process (see FIG. 43). Is updated to, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the counter buffer 203c set in a predetermined area of the RAM 203. Although the details will be described later, the RAM 203 includes a first holding ball storage area 203d composed of four holding areas (first holding first to fourth areas) related to the first special symbol, and four holding areas related to the second special symbol. A second reserved ball storage area 203e composed of areas (second reserved first to fourth areas) is provided, and each of these areas has a first ball entry port or a second starting port (not shown). Each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 is stored according to the entry timing of the ball.

Each counter will be described in detail. The jackpot random number counter C1 is incremented by 1 in order within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 899") to reach the maximum value (for example, "899" in the case of a counter that can take a value of "0 to 899"). After reaching "0", it returns to "0". In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated once, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated from the initial value. Will be done.

The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the jackpot random number counter C1. That is, for example, when the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter capable of taking a value of "0 to 899", the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is also a loop counter in the range of "0 to 899". The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is updated once for each execution of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 43).

The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the first ball opening 64 (starting winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the first ball opening 64 (first special symbol). It is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first hold area of any of the first hold first to fourth areas. Further, at the timing when the ball wins the second starting port (not shown) (starting winning), the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the second starting port (second special symbol) It is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of the second hold area of any of the provided second hold first to fourth areas.

The value of the random number for which the jackpot random number counter C1 is a jackpot is set by the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110, and the jackpot stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1, 203e1 in the hold area. When the value of the random number counter C1 matches the value of the random number that becomes the jackpot set by the jackpot random number table 202a, it is determined to be a jackpot.

Here, the details of the jackpot random number table 202a will be described with reference to FIG. 32. FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot random number table 202a is used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a low probability state (a period other than the “probability fluctuation state”) of a special symbol that is a “normal gaming state” or a “time shortening state”. For the probability state and for the high probability state used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is the "probability fluctuation state (during probability change)", which is a high probability state of a special symbol with a higher probability of becoming a big hit than the low probability state. It can be divided into two types: Then, the number of big hit random numbers included in each of the low-probability state and the high-probability state is set differently. In this way, by making the number of random numbers to be a big hit different, the probability of being a big hit is changed between the low probability state and the high probability state.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values (big hit random number value) of the jackpot random number counter C1 that becomes a jackpot in the low probability state is three, and the value "7,307,582" is the jackpot random number. It is stored in the table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbol in the low probability state (that is, the "normal game state" and the "time reduction state") is set to be 3/900 = 1/300.

On the other hand, the number of random number values (big hit random number values) that are jackpots in the high probability state is 9, and the values "28,122,298,390,486,567,656,750,866" are It is stored in the jackpot random number table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbol in the high probability state (that is, the "probability fluctuation state") is set to be 9/900 = 1/100.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number value for the low probability state and the jackpot random number value for the high probability state stored in the jackpot random number table 202a are each jackpot random number value so as not to be duplicated. Is set. Here, if there is a value that becomes a jackpot random number regardless of the situation of the pachinko machine 10, the value can be easily predicted from the outside, so that there is a high possibility that the jackpot will be illegally assigned. On the other hand, as in the first embodiment, the jackpot is obtained by changing the value of the random number that becomes the jackpot according to the situation (that is, depending on whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability state or the low probability state). Since it is possible to make it difficult to predict the value of the random number, it is possible to suppress fraud.

Returning to FIG. 31, the description will be continued. The jackpot type counter C2 determines the jackpot type when a jackpot occurs, and is added one by one in order within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 99"), and the maximum value (for example, "0 to 99") is added. In the case of a counter that can take the value of "", it is configured to return to "0" after reaching "99"). The value of the jackpot type counter C2 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the first ball opening 64 (starting winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the first ball opening 64 (first special symbol). Of the first reserved first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first reserved area as the first reserved area. Further, at the timing when the ball wins the second starting port (not shown) (starting winning), the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the second starting port (second special symbol) Of the second reserved first to fourth areas provided, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the same second reserved area as the second reserved area.

Here, for example, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the hold area 1 in the first hold ball storage area 203d or the second hold ball storage area 203e is not a random number that is a jackpot, that is, it is lost. If it is a random number, the fluctuation pattern in the fluctuation effect and the type of the stop symbol (hereinafter referred to as "stop type") are the ones at the time of loss. On the other hand, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the 1 hold area in the 1st hold ball storage area 203d or the 2nd hold ball storage area 203e is a random number that becomes a jackpot, the fluctuation pattern or stop in the fluctuation effect. The type is the one at the time of big hit. In this case, the fluctuation pattern and the stop type at the time of the jackpot are determined according to the jackpot type indicated by the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the same holding area.

The value of the jackpot type counter C2 in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of "0 to 99". The jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type counter C2 and the jackpot type table 202b stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot type table 202b includes a jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 referred to in the first lottery game of the first special symbol, and a jackpot type for special figure 2 referred to in the second lottery game of the second special symbol. A table 202b2 is provided.

Here, the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 and the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 (a) and 33 (b). FIG. 33 (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 corresponding to the first special symbol stored in the ROM 202, and FIG. 33 (b) is also stored in the ROM 202. It is a figure which shows typically an example of the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 corresponding to the 2nd special symbol. As shown in FIGS. 33 (a) and 33 (b), the jackpot type table 202b associates the type of the special symbol, the jackpot type according to the type of the special symbol, and the value of the jackpot type counter C2. It is a table.

As for the jackpot type, as described above, after the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 10 rounds, the jackpot probability of the special symbol and the hit probability of the normal symbol are both high probabilities until the next jackpot occurs in the variation effect of the special symbol. "Probability change A" which is the state "10R probability change jackpot", and after the jackpot with the maximum number of rounds of 4 rounds, until the next jackpot occurs in the fluctuation production of the special symbol, the jackpot probability of the special symbol and the normal symbol "Probability variation B", which is a "4R probability variation jackpot" in which both hit probabilities are in a high probability state, and after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 10 rounds, until the special symbol variation effect is executed 100 times, the normal symbol The maximum hit probability is "10R time reduction jackpot", which shifts to the "time reduction state" where the jackpot probability of the special symbol is low probability state (so-called time reduction 100 times). After the jackpot of 4 rounds, the hit probability of the normal symbol is in the high probability state until the fluctuation effect of the special symbol is executed 50 times, but the jackpot probability of the special symbol is in the low probability state (so-called time saving). There is a "time reduction B" which is a "4R time reduction jackpot" that shifts to a "time reduction state" (50 times).

In the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 and the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2, each jackpot type is associated with a possible value of the jackpot type counter C2 for determining the jackpot type.

In the example of the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 of FIG. 33A, the value “0 to 19” of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the “probability variation A” which is the “10R probability variation jackpot”, and the same “10R probability variation jackpot”. The value "20 to 79" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the "probability variation B" which is the "4R probability variation jackpot", and the value "10" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the "time reduction B" which is the "4R time reduction jackpot". 80 to 99 ”are associated with each other.

In the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol in the first embodiment, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of any one of the first reserved ball storage areas 203d becomes a jackpot. If it is a value, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first holding area is determined from the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1.

For example, if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "15", the "probability variation A" corresponding to the "10R probability variation jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type, and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "35", the jackpot type counter C2 is a jackpot. As the type, "probability variation B" corresponding to "4R probability variation jackpot" is determined, and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "95", "time reduction B" corresponding to "4R time reduction jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type. To.

That is, when a jackpot is won in the first lottery game of the first special symbol (that is, a lottery based on the entry into the first entrance 64), the jackpot type of "probability change A" is 20%. It is configured so that the jackpot type of "probability variation B" is selected at a rate of 60%, and the jackpot type of "time saving B" is evenly selected at a rate of 20%. That is, in the first lottery game of the first special symbol, the jackpot type of "probability variation B" is most easily selected, while the jackpot type of "time saving A" cannot be selected.

Further, in the example of the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 of FIG. 33 (b), the value "0 to 79" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the "probability variation A" which is the "10R probability variation jackpot". The value "80 to 99" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the "time reduction A" which is the "10R time reduction jackpot".

In the winning / failing lottery of the second special symbol in the first embodiment, as in the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol, the jackpot random number stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of any of the holding areas of the second reserved ball storage area 203e When the value of the counter C1 is a jackpot value, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 in the same holding area is the jackpot type table for special figure 2. Determined from 202b2.

For example, if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "10", the "probability variation A" corresponding to the "10R probability variation jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type, and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "85", the jackpot type counter C2 is a jackpot. As a type, "time saving A" corresponding to "10R time saving jackpot" is determined.

That is, when a jackpot is won in the second lottery game of the second special symbol (that is, a lottery based on the entry into the second starting port), the jackpot type of "probability change A" is selected at a rate of 80%. , "Time saving A" jackpot type is configured to be selected at a rate of 20%. Therefore, in the second lottery game of the second special symbol, the jackpot type of "probability variation A" is most easily selected, while the jackpot type of "probability variation B" and "time saving B" cannot be selected. It is configured.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the lottery game with the second special symbol has a greater game value for the player than the lottery game with the first special symbol. A game of receiving a lottery with a special symbol, that is, whether to enter the ball into the second starting port 64b rather than entering the first ball opening 64 was born, and variations were provided in the game to enhance the interest of the game. There is.

The probability that each jackpot type will be selected in the event of a jackpot is appropriately set depending on the model. Then, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type is defined in the jackpot type table 202b according to the set probability. In particular, pachinko machines 10 having different jackpot probabilities and / and jackpot type selection probabilities may be sold by the same manufacturer, and only the game board 13 may be delivered to the game hall. It may be difficult to recognize the difference in probability. In such a case, the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, or whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 is normal is determined by the reading device 600 described above. By reading the number information 403, 413, 423, the efficiency of the confirmation work can be improved.

Further, the probability that the jackpot type is selected may be changed according to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In this case, the jackpot type table 202b corresponding to each game state may be prepared, and the number of values of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type may be changed in each jackpot type table 202b.

Returning to FIG. 31, the description of various counters will be continued. The stop pattern selection counter C3 is configured to, for example, add "1" in order within the range of "0 to 99", reach the maximum value (that is, "99"), and then return to "0".

In the first embodiment, the number of held fluctuation effects and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 determine the rough production mode of the fluctuation effects displayed on the third symbol display device 81 at the time of jackpot and loss. Be selected. Specifically, only the "non-reach (short)" production mode or the "non-reach (long)" production mode in which the "reach display" does not occur and the variable element of the "normal reach" as the "reach display" are executed. The "normal reach" production mode and the "super reach" production mode in which the variable element of the "normal reach" is executed and the variable element of the "super reach" is executed, and the "special reach" which is also developed from the variable element of the "normal reach". 5 production modes are selected with the "special reach" production mode in which the variable element of "" is executed.

Here, each effect mode will be described in detail. Among the effect modes, the "non-reach (short)" effect mode and the "non-reach (long)" effect mode are variations of "high-speed fluctuation" in each display area of the main display area of the third symbol display device 81. This is an effect mode in which the same third symbol does not stop in the left display area and the right display area after the element is performed, and "reach display" does not occur.

The fluctuation element of "high-speed fluctuation" is that the third symbol displayed in each symbol row is scrolled at high speed downward in the vertical direction of the display screen in the fluctuation effect performed in the main display area of the third symbol display device 81. A variable element that exists. In this "high-speed fluctuation", the third symbol is changed so that the player cannot clearly recognize the display content of the third symbol, and the stop result of the fluctuation effect displayed last time is irregularly mixed (shuffled). Is executed as.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the fluctuation element of "high-speed fluctuation" is performed, the fluctuation element of "low-speed fluctuation" is performed except for a specific production mode ("non-reach (short)" production mode). It is configured to be used. The "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element means that in the fluctuation effect performed in the main display area of the third symbol display device 81, after the above-mentioned "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element, the third symbol is slowed down at a speed visible to the player. A variable element that scrolls to. In the fluctuation element of this "low speed fluctuation", the third symbol is stopped and displayed in the order of the left symbol row → the right symbol row → the middle symbol row while allowing the player to recognize the display content of the third symbol. When the same third symbol stops in the left symbol row and the right symbol row, it develops into a variable element of "normal reach" as "reach display" occurs, while different third symbols in the left symbol row and the right symbol row. Is configured to stop and display the middle symbol sequence and end the variation effect (except when it develops into a "pseudo-ream" described later).

Therefore, in the "non-reach (long)" effect mode, after the "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is performed, the "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is performed, and each symbol sequence is stopped in order, and the fluctuation of 1 is performed. The production ends. On the other hand, in the "non-reach (short)" effect mode, the "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is not performed after the "high-speed fluctuation" is performed, and after the end of the "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element, each symbol sequence is simultaneously displayed. It stops and the variation effect of 1 ends.

Among the effect modes, the "normal reach" effect mode is a variable element of "normal reach" immediately after the same third symbol stops in the left symbol string and the right symbol string in the variation effect of each symbol row in the main display area. Is executed, that is, it is one of the production modes of "reach display" that does not develop into other "reach display", that is, a variable element of "super reach" or a variable element of "special reach". In this "normal reach" variable element, as described above, the third symbol that is stopped and displayed in the left symbol row (left display area) and the right symbol row (right display area) of the main display area is enlarged from the normal time. Is displayed. Further, the third symbol in the middle symbol row (middle display area) scrolls downward in the vertical direction of the display screen at a low speed, and the third symbol in the middle display area is displayed in a visible state by the player. Further, in this "normal reach" variable element, the sub display area is erased as the main display area is enlarged (not shown).

Among the production modes, the "super reach" production mode is one of the "reach display" production modes in which the variable element of "super reach" is executed by developing from the variable element of "normal reach". In this "super reach" effect mode, the cockpit display area was erased from the display state of the variable element of "normal reach" during execution of the variable element of "super reach", which was a cause of this "reach display". The reach-forming symbol of the third symbol is reduced and displayed in the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display of the main display area changes from the variable element of "normal reach", and a plurality of character symbols are displayed to perform "battle effect (for example, kickboxing)" (not shown).

In the first embodiment, it is configured to suggest the propriety of the variable production based on the result (win / loss) of the "battle production". Specifically, for example, in the above "battle effect", when the character symbol on the player side wins over the character symbol on the enemy side, it is suggested that the variable effect becomes the "big hit display", and the player When the character symbol on the side loses to the character symbol on the enemy side, it is configured to suggest that the variation effect is "missing display".

Among the production modes, the "special reach" production mode is one of the "reach display" production modes in which the variable elements of the "special reach" are executed by developing from the variable elements of the "normal reach". In this "special reach" effect mode, during execution of the variable element of "special reach", the cockpit display area is deleted from the display state of the variable element of "normal reach" as in the case of the variable element of "super reach". The reach-forming symbol of the third symbol, which was the cause of this "reach display", is reduced and displayed in the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display of the main display area changes from the variable element of "normal reach", and a plurality of characters different from the variable element of "super reach" are displayed to perform "competitive production (for example, car race)". (Not shown).

In the first embodiment, it is configured to suggest the propriety of the variable production based on the result (win / loss) of the "competitive production". Specifically, for example, in the above "competition effect", when the character symbol on the player side wins over the character symbol on the enemy side, it is suggested that the variable effect becomes the "big hit display", and the player When the character symbol on the side loses to the character symbol on the enemy side, it is configured to suggest that the variation effect is "missing display".

The value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the first ball opening 64 (starting winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the first ball opening 64 (first special symbol). Of the first reserved first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reserved area. Further, at the timing when the ball wins the second start opening (starting prize), the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the second starting opening (second special symbol) is provided. It is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second hold area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the hold first to fourth areas.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is referred to according to whether or not the variation effect is correct, the current gaming state, and the number of variation effects currently being held (number of reserved balls). The stop pattern table 202d is configured to be different. That is, a plurality of types of stop pattern tables 202d are provided, and are configured to be selected according to the number of fluctuation effects during standby (number of reserved balls) and the like.

Further, in the first embodiment, when determining a detailed variation pattern of the variation effect, first, based on the hold number table 202c provided in the ROM 202, whether or not the variation effect is appropriate, the current gaming state, and the current gaming state are determined. Any stop pattern table 202d corresponding to the number of variable effects (number of reserved balls) is selected. Then, a rough effect mode of the variation effect is selected based on the selected stop pattern table 202d and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3. After that, a detailed fluctuation pattern (fluctuation time) of the fluctuation effect is determined based on the selected effect mode and the value of the variation type counter CS1 described later.

The plurality of types of stop pattern tables 202d are set so that the range of random values of the stop pattern selection counter C3 in which the effect mode is selected for each stop pattern table 202d is different. A plurality of the stop pattern tables 202d are prepared in order to change the selection ratio of the effect mode of the variation effect according to the success or failure of the variation effect, the game state, and the number of reserved balls. That is, (1) a big hit occurs in the fluctuation effect of the acquired third symbol, or (2) the current gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is "probability fluctuation state", "time reduction state", or "normal game state". This is because the selection ratio of the effect mode is changed according to whether or not there is (3) how many balls are reserved for the variable effect.

This is because, as the first reason, the degree of expectation that becomes a big hit is changed for each production mode. That is, the ratio of selecting the "non-reach" production mode, the "normal reach" production mode, the "super reach" production mode, and the "special reach" production mode depending on whether the jackpot lottery is won or lost. By configuring so as to be different, the degree of expectation that becomes a big hit is changed for each production mode. Specifically, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won, the "super reach" production mode and the "special reach" production mode are easily selected, and when the jackpot lottery is not won, the "non-reach" production is performed. It is configured so that the mode and the "normal reach" production mode can be easily selected. With this configuration, the "super reach" production mode and the "special reach" production mode can be easily hit, and the "normal reach" production mode and the "non-reach" production mode are difficult to hit. It can be a production or a production that does not make a big hit, and the degree of expectation of a big hit can be differentiated for each production mode. Therefore, when a production that is easy to hit a big hit appears in a variable production, it is suggested to the player that a big hit is likely to occur while the production that is easy to hit is being performed, and the interest of the game is enhanced. There is.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the acquired lottery result is a big hit, it is easy to select an effect that is easy to win a big hit, and it is difficult to select an effect that is hard to hit a big hit. It is configured to select the production mode of. On the other hand, when the acquired lottery result is lost, the stop pattern table 202d is configured so that it is difficult to select an effect that is easy to win a big hit and it is easy to select an effect that is hard to hit a big hit. As a result, when notifying the player of the lottery result of the third symbol in the variable effect, if an effect that is easy to hit is executed, a big hit is likely to occur in the variable effect, and an effect that is difficult to hit is executed. If this is the case, it is difficult for a jackpot to occur in the variable effect, and by providing a difference in the expected value of the jackpot for each effect mode, it is possible to enhance the interest of the game during the execution of the variable effect.

Further, as the second reason, the number of times of waiting for the first special symbol variation effect is the number of times of entering the first ball opening 64 or the number of times of waiting for the second special symbol variation effect when the upper limit is reached. This is to reduce as much as possible wasted balls (so-called no lottery due to overflow winning) based on entering the second starting port in a state where the upper limit has been reached. Specifically, the number of times of waiting for the variation effect of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is set to a maximum of 4 times, respectively, and the variation effect is executed for at least a certain period of time. In the gaming state in which the ball easily enters the second starting port in the "variable state", it is easy to reach the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol. In these gaming states, if a fluctuation effect with a long fluctuation time is selected, balls entering the second starting port frequently occur when the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol has been reached, and the ball enters the second starting port frequently. Despite entering the ball, the lottery opportunity for the second special symbol cannot be obtained. In addition, even in the "normal game state", if a variation effect with a long fluctuation time is selected while the maximum number of reserved balls of the first special symbol has been reached, the first special symbol is reserved during the execution of the variation effect. Since the number of balls is not digested, even if a ball enters the first ball entrance 64 during that time, the lottery opportunity for the first special symbol cannot be obtained. In such a state, the player determines that the game value cannot be obtained even if the ball is put into the first ball entrance 64, and the variation effect is digested so that the number of reserved balls can be obtained again. The ball will stop firing until it becomes, and the game will be interrupted. If the game is interrupted, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 will decrease, which will affect the management of the game hall.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the gaming state in which the maximum number of reserved balls of the third symbol (first special symbol or the second special symbol) can be easily reached, or the number of reserved balls is close to (or matches) the maximum number of reserved balls. The number of reserved balls is configured to select the effect mode of the variation effect based on the stop pattern table 202d, which makes it easy to select a relatively short variation time. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball from entering the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting ball when the maximum number of reserved balls of the third symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) has been reached. it can.

Further, the third reason is that the execution time is set to be long and the end of the variation effect is delayed, so that the state in which the variation effect is executed is maintained for a long time. Specifically, when the number of reserved balls in the variable effect is small (not present), a new ball is inserted into either the first entry port 64 or the second start port within the variable time of the variable effect being executed. If the ball is not made, the next variation effect cannot be started, and the demo screen or the like must be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. If the player does not perform the variable effect on the third symbol display device 81 even though the ball is fired and the game is played, the player can obtain the interest related to the jackpot lottery that the player is looking for. Instead, I get excited about the game. Further, the player recognizes that the pachinko machine 10 is difficult for the ball to enter the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port because the variation effect is not performed on the third symbol display device 81. There is a risk that the pachinko machine 10 will stop playing on the pachinko machine 10 because it is determined that it is difficult to obtain the game value.

Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to select the effect mode of the variation effect based on the stop pattern table 202d, which makes it easy to select a relatively long variation time when the number of reserved balls for the variation effect is small. Has been done. As a result, the situation in which the variation effect is not performed in the third symbol display device 81 is unlikely to occur, and the execution state of the variation effect in the third symbol display device 81 can be maintained for a long time.

Here, the details of the hold number table 202c will be described with reference to FIG. 34. FIG. 34 is a diagram schematically showing the hold number table 202c. As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the variation effect is performed based on the ball entering the first ball entry port 64 or the second start port, the propriety of the variation effect and the appropriateness of the variation effect are determined. Refer to the holding number table 202c based on the gaming state at that time and the total number of holdings of the variation effects of special figures 1 and 2 at that time, and select one of the stop pattern tables 202d1 to 202d3. It is configured in. Then, a rough effect mode of the variation effect is determined based on any one of the selected stop pattern tables 202d1 to 202d3 and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3.

Specifically, as shown in the hold number table 202c of FIG. 34, when the total number of hold balls is "1 to 3" at the time of extracting the loss in the "normal game state" in which the left-handed game is performed. Alternatively, when the total number of reserved balls is "1" at the time of extracting the loss in the "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state" in which the right-handed game is performed, the A table 202d1 of the stop pattern table 202d (FIG. 35 (a)) is selected.

In addition, when the number of reserved balls is "4 to 8" at the time of extracting the loss in the "normal game state" in which the left-handed game is performed, or in the "probability fluctuation state" or "time" in which the right-handed game is performed. When the number of reserved balls is "2 to 8" at the time of extracting the loss in the "shortened state", the B table 202d2 of the stop pattern table 202d (see FIG. 35B) is selected.

Furthermore, at the time of winning the jackpot, which game state (that is, "normal game state", "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state") and which number of reserved balls (that is, 1 to 8) Even if there is, the C table 202d3 (see FIG. 35C) of the stop pattern table 202d is selected.

That is, if any of the jackpots is won, the stop pattern table 202d (C table 202d3) is selected based only on the type of jackpot regardless of the number of reserved balls and the game state at that time, and the jackpot is won. Only when there is no such (that is, at the time of loss), the stop pattern table 202d (A table 202d1 or B table 202d2) is selected based on the number of reserved balls and the game state at that time.

Even when a big hit is won, the stop pattern table 202d may be configured to be different depending on the number of reserved balls. For example, when the number of reserved balls is large when a big hit is won, a relatively short fluctuation pattern is easily selected in the stop pattern table 202d (for example, a "super reach" production mode in which the fluctuation element of "high-speed fluctuation" is 5 seconds or "super reach". It may be configured so that the "special reach" effect mode, etc.) can be selected.

In this case, in each effect mode in which the "reach display" is executed, it is configured to select an effect mode in which only the time of the variable element portion of the "high-speed fluctuation" is changed from 10 seconds to 5 seconds. With this configuration, for example, when the fluctuation effect is started with the maximum number of reserved balls of the first special symbol being four times, even if the fluctuation element of "high-speed fluctuation" is performed in 5 seconds. At the time when the fluctuation element of the "high-speed fluctuation" for 5 seconds ends (when it is recognized as the fluctuation element of the "high-speed fluctuation" for 5 seconds), "reach display" may occur in the fluctuation production. Therefore, even when the fluctuation element of the "high-speed fluctuation" for 5 seconds is performed, the production mode in which the "reach display" is executed other than the "non-reach (short)" production mode is executed. By doing so, at the time of executing the fluctuation element of the "high-speed fluctuation" for 5 seconds, it is possible to know whether the fluctuation effect is a big hit or a loss.

Here, each stop pattern table 202d will be described with reference to FIG. 35. FIG. 35 (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of A table 202d1 of the stop pattern table 202d, and FIG. 35 (b) schematically shows an example of B table 202d2 of the stop pattern table 202d. FIG. 35 (c) is a diagram schematically showing an example of C table 202d3 of the stop pattern table 202d.

As shown in FIG. 35A, in the A table 202d1 of the stop pattern table 202d, the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to each “non-reach (long)” effect mode is set to “0” to “74”. , The range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "normal reach" effect mode is set to "75" to "94", and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "super reach" effect mode is "95" to "95". It is set to "97", and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "special reach" effect mode is set to "98" and "99". In the A table 202d1, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is not assigned to the "non-reach (short)" effect mode, and the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is set not to be selected. ing.

Next, as shown in FIG. 35B, in the B table 202d2 of the stop pattern table 202d, the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the “non-reach (short)” effect mode is “0” to “74”. The range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "normal reach" effect mode is set to "75" to "94", and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "super reach" effect mode is "95". The range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "special reach" effect mode is set to "98,99". In the B table 202d2, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is not assigned to the "non-reach (long)" effect mode, and the "non-reach (long)" effect mode is set not to be selected. ing.

That is, in the A table 202d1, the "non-reach (long)" production mode is 75%, the "normal reach" production mode is 20%, the "super reach" production mode is 3%, and the "special reach" production mode is 2%. It is set to be a selection ratio. Further, in the B table 202d2, the "non-reach (short)" production mode is 75%, the "normal reach" production mode is 20%, the "super reach" production mode is 3%, and the "special reach" production mode is 2%. It is set to be a selection ratio.

Therefore, in the A table 202d1, the "non-reach (long)" effect mode is selected, and in the B table 202d2, the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is selected instead of the "non-reach (long)" effect mode. It is configured as follows.

Therefore, it can be said that the A table 202d1 tends to have a relatively long variation time of the selected variation effect as compared with the B table 202d2. In other words, it can be said that the B table 202d2 tends to have a shorter variation time of the selected variation effect than the A table 202d1.

The selection ratios of the "normal reach" effect mode, the "super reach" effect mode, and the "special reach" effect mode with the A table 202d1 and the B table 202d2 are set to be the same.

In this way, when the lottery result of the loss is extracted, the effect mode of the variation effect is selected based on the number of reserved balls of the variation effect on hold. For example, when the number of reserved balls for the variable effect is large, the “non-reach (short)” effect mode in which the variable effect time is short is selected. As a result, when the number of reserved balls for the variable effect is large, the execution time of the variable effect to be executed is shortened and the number of times the variable effect is executed is increased, so that the execution efficiency of the variable effect can be improved.

Further, for example, when the number of reserved balls in the variable effect is small, in order to secure the ball entry time to the first entry port 64 or the second start opening, the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is used. Select a "non-reach (long)" effect mode with a long variable effect time. As a result, the "non-reach (long)" effect mode, which has a longer variable effect time than when the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is selected, can be performed. The situation in which the variation effect is executed by making it easier to secure the ball entry time to the ball and increasing the possibility that a new start winning prize will occur during the execution time of the variation effect in the third symbol display device 81. Can be maintained.

In the first embodiment, the stop pattern table 202d selected based on the number of reserved balls in the variation effect is configured to be different in the selection of the effect mode in the variation effect of the loss, but the first entry port So that substantially the same effect mode is selected between the determination of the variation effect based on the entry of the ball at the 64 or the second starting port and the determination of the variation effect based on the start of the variation effect based on the entry. It is configured.

Specifically, in the case of the variable effect of loss, either one of the A table 202d1 and the B table 202d2 is selected based on the number of reserved balls in the variable effect, but the A table 202d1 And the B table 202d2, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 assigned to the "non-reach (long)" effect mode or the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is the same, and is assigned to another effect mode. The values of the stopped pattern selection counters C3 are also set to be the same.

That is, the only difference is whether the "non-reach (long)" effect mode is selected or the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is selected based on the number of reserved balls in the variable effect. The same production mode is selected. Therefore, the effect mode selected at the start winning and the effect mode selected at the start of the fluctuation are substantially the same even when the game state changes (for example, the number of reserved balls increases). Is selected. As a result, even if the look-ahead notice is given based on the effect mode selected at the time of the start winning, the change effect that is the target of the look-ahead notice does not cause a discrepancy with the content of the look-ahead notice. Can be executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 35 (c), in the C table 202d3 of the stop pattern table 202d, the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the “normal reach” effect mode is set to “0” to “4”. The range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "super reach" effect mode is set to "5" to "39", and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "special reach" effect mode is "40" to "40" to "". It is set to "99". In the C table 202d3, the stop pattern table 202d is selected at the time of a big hit, and the "reach display" always occurs, so that each "non-reach" effect mode is not selected.

That is, in the C table 202d3, the selection ratio is set so that the "normal reach" effect mode is 5%, the "super reach" effect mode is 35%, and the "special reach" effect mode is 60%.

Therefore, in the variable production at the time of winning the jackpot, the selection ratio is high in the order of "special reach" production mode> "super reach" production mode> "normal reach" production mode, and in the variable production at the time of loss, the "normal reach" production mode> The selection ratio is set to increase in the order of "super reach" effect mode> "special reach" effect mode. Therefore, it is highly possible that the jackpot display result will appear in the order of "special reach" production mode> "super reach" production mode> "normal reach" production mode for the jackpot expectation at the time of appearance of each "reach display". It is configured to be. As a result, the player can be shown the degree of expectation for the jackpot depending on the type of the effect mode of the variable effect, and the player can enjoy the uplifting feeling of the jackpot according to the effect mode of the variable effect executed by the player.

From the above, the situation in which the game is performed by determining the effect mode of the variable effect to be executed based on the success or failure of the variable effect, the game state at that time, and the number of reserved balls of the variable effect at that time. By shortening the execution time of the variation effect and increasing the number of executions of the variation effect based on the above, it is possible to select an effect mode that enhances the execution efficiency of the variation effect.

When "reach display" is selected when the number of reserved balls for the fluctuation effect is large (for example, "4"), the stop pattern in which the effect element of the "high-speed fluctuation" of each "reach display" is shortened. A table 202d may be provided. Further, when the number of reserved balls for the variation effect is large, the stop pattern table 202d may be provided in which the effect element of "low speed variation" is omitted in each effect mode. Further, a stop pattern table 202d may be provided in which the selection rate of each effect mode is completely different depending on the number of reserved balls of the variable effect. However, if the selection rate of each effect mode differs depending on the number of reserved balls in the variable effect, the number of reserved balls at the time of the pre-reading notice execution decision and the pre-reading notice are applied when the pre-reading notice is given. The number of reserved balls at the time of executing the variation effect may be different. In such a case, a process for maintaining consistency between the content of the pre-reading notice and the content of the variable effect is required, which complicates the process.

Returning to FIG. 31, the description will be continued. The variation type counter CS1 is configured to be added by "1" in order within the range of "0 to 9", and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value (that is, "9"). The value of the variation type counter CS1 is updated once each time the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) described later is executed, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the main process (see FIG. 43). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the first ball opening 64 (starting winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the first ball opening 64 (first special symbol). Of the first reserved first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the variable type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reserved area. Further, at the timing when the ball wins the second start opening (starting prize), the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the second starting opening (second special symbol) is provided. Of the first to fourth reserved areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the variable type counter storage area 203e4 of the second reserved area.

This fluctuation type counter CS1 is used to determine a detailed fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation effect. That is, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is detailed by the value of the variation type counter CS1 and the variation pattern table 202e stored in the ROM 202 in the effect mode selected by the stop pattern table 202d and the stop pattern selection counter C3. Determine the variation pattern. The determination of the variation pattern is specifically the determination of the variation time of the variation effect. The voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 have a reach type and detailed symbols of the third symbol displayed by the third symbol display device 81 based on the fluctuation pattern (variation time) determined by the fluctuation type counter CS1. The variation mode is determined, and whether or not the advance notice effect is executed and the execution mode of the advance notice effect are determined.

In this way, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 selects a rough fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation effect and determines only the fluctuation time. With such a configuration, it is not necessary to control the detailed advance notice lottery or the like necessary for executing the variation effect in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, so that the processing of the MPU 201 related to the variation effect can be reduced. it can. Further, it is not necessary to prepare the command of the total variation pattern of the variation effect in the main control device 110, and the ROM capacity of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

Further, in the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the variation effect is performed by determining the detailed variation pattern in the variation effect based on the variation time (rough variation pattern) determined by the main control device 110. You can increase the degree of freedom in choosing. Further, in the pachinko machine 10 whose game state changes from moment to moment, it is possible to select or change the effect content of the variable effect at any time in response to the change, and it is possible to execute an appropriate effect according to the game state. it can.

Here, the details of the variation pattern table 202e will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 and 37. The pachinko machine 10 uses the variation pattern table 202e1 as the variation pattern table 202e1 for loss, which is commonly used in all gaming states when the first special symbol and the second special symbol are lost, and the first special symbol and the first special symbol. A variable pattern table 202e2 for jackpots, which is commonly used in all gaming states at the time of jackpots of the second special symbol, is prepared.

Specifically, as the production mode at the time of loss, the "E0: non-reach (long)" production and the "non-reach (short)" production, which are referred to when the "non-reach (long)" production mode is determined, are used. "E1: Non-reach (short)" that is referred to when the mode is determined, "E2: Normal reach" that is referred to when the "normal reach" effect mode is determined, and "super reach" effect mode. It is divided into "E3: Super Reach", which is referred to when is determined, and "E4: Special Reach", which is referred to when the "Special Reach" production mode is determined. Further, as the effect mode at the time of a big hit, "E5: for normal reach" referred to when the "normal reach" effect mode is determined, and "E6: super" referred to when the "super reach" effect mode is determined. It is divided into one for "reach" and one for "E7: special reach" which is referred to when the "special reach" production mode is determined. Then, the value of the variable type counter CS1 is associated with each of the divided groups.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the holding area having the first holding ball storage area 203d corresponding to the first special symbol or the second holding ball storage area 203e corresponding to the second special symbol. If the value is not a jackpot value (big hit random number value), that is, if it is a lost value, refer to the hold number table 202c, the game state at that time, and the hold ball at that time. The stop pattern table 202d is selected based on the number, and the effect mode is selected based on the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the same holding area and the stop pattern table 202d. Then, the group (group) to be referred to in the loss variation pattern table 202e1 is determined based on the selected effect mode. In the group (group) of the fluctuation pattern table 202e1 for loss, the fluctuation pattern (variation time) associated with the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 stored in the holding area is used in the fluctuation effect held in the holding area. Determined as a variation pattern.

Here, each fluctuation element constituting the fluctuation pattern will be described. The variable element constitutes a part of the variable effect of 1, and each variable element is combined to form the variable effect of 1. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, as the fluctuation elements, the fluctuation elements of "high-speed fluctuation", "low-speed fluctuation", "pseudo-variation", "normal reach", and "super reach" Variable elements, "special reach" variable elements and "re-variable" variable elements are provided.

The variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" is a variable element that scrolls and fluctuates at high speed so that the content of the third symbol cannot be clearly recognized by the player. When the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is selected, the variable element of this "high-speed fluctuation" is performed for "5 seconds" at the beginning of the variable effect, and the variable element other than "non-reach (short)" ( For example, when the “non-reach (long)”) effect mode is selected, “10 seconds” is performed at the beginning of the variable effect. When the fluctuation element of the "high-speed fluctuation" ends, the fluctuation element of the "low-speed fluctuation" described later is started (executed), or the fluctuation effect ends as it is.

The "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is started after the execution of the "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element of "10 seconds", and whether or not the third symbol is visibly scrolled to generate "reach display" is determined. It is a variable factor to show. The variable element of this "low speed fluctuation" is not executed when the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is selected, and the effect mode other than the "non-reach (short)" effect mode (for example, "non-reach (long)" effect mode is not executed. ) ”Production mode) is selected, it is performed for“ 5 seconds ”after the fluctuation element of“ high-speed fluctuation ”. That is, in the "non-reach (short)" effect mode, after the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" is performed, each symbol sequence in the main display area stops rapidly without passing through the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation" ( It is configured to stop so-called bitterness. When the variable element of this "low-speed fluctuation" ends, whether the variable element of "pseudo-variation" described later is started (executed) or the variable element of "normal reach" described later is started (executed). Alternatively, it is configured so that the variation effect ends as it is.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "non-reach (long)" effect mode has a variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" of "10 seconds" and a variable element of "low-speed fluctuation" of "5 seconds". The fluctuation effect is composed of the fluctuation pattern including. Further, in the "non-reach (short)" effect mode, the variation effect is configured by the variation pattern of only the variation elements of the "high-speed variation" of "5 seconds".

The "pseudo-variation" variation element is a variation element in which the start of the variation effect occurs a plurality of times (pseudo-stop once) in one variation effect. Specifically, the fluctuation element of "high-speed fluctuation" is started in each symbol row of the third symbol display device 81 and switched to the fluctuation element of "low-speed fluctuation", and then the fluctuation effect in all the symbol rows is completed. It is a variable element in which a unit effect of displaying a predetermined stop result (for example, the pseudo-continuous chance eye “677”) is performed. The variable element of this "pseudo-variation" is as if the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" starts again from the stop result when the above-mentioned predetermined stop result is stopped after the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation". The effect is executed as if the variable effect was started.

As for the variable element of this "pseudo-variation", a predetermined stop result (so-called pseudo-continuous chance) appears after the execution of the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation", and the variable element of the second "high-speed fluctuation" is executed again. After that, it is a variable element that develops into a variable element of "normal reach". That is, as the variable element of the "pseudo-variation", a pseudo-variation stop (hereinafter referred to as "pseudo-stop") in which the pseudo-continuous chance is displayed is performed once, and then a predetermined stop result is obtained in the pseudo-stop. It is a variable element that appears and starts the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" again. The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to always develop into at least a "normal reach" variable element after the end of the "pseudo-variable" variable element. The variable element of this "pseudo-variation" is performed "10 seconds" after the variable element of the "low-speed fluctuation".

In the first embodiment, in the variable element of "pseudo-variation", the number of pseudo-stops is set to 1, but the variable element of "pseudo-variation" in which the number of pseudo-stops is performed twice or more is executed. It may be configured. Further, before the occurrence of the "pseudo-variation" fluctuation element, a fluctuation element (so-called "pseudo-gase" fluctuation element) for producing whether or not the pseudo-continuous chance eye is stopped may be performed. .. In the variable element of this "pseudo-gase", an effect of whether or not a predetermined stop result appears after the execution of the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation" (for example, the symbol forming the predetermined stop result is on the effective line. It is also possible to perform an effect of whether or not to stop by reciprocating fluctuation) so that the above-mentioned predetermined stop result does not appear in the effect and does not develop into a variable element of "pseudo-variation". By providing the variable element of this "pseudo-gase", after the end of the variable element of the "pseudo-gase", it develops into the variable element of "normal reach", or "missing display" appears (for example, "687"). ”), And it is possible to give a game property as to whether the variation effect ends as it is.

The variable element of "normal reach" is a general term for the variable element of "low speed fluctuation" or the variable element of "pseudo fluctuation" (hereinafter, the variable element of "low speed fluctuation" or the variable element of "pseudo fluctuation"", and is "low speed". It is a fluctuation element that shows whether or not a big hit will occur depending on the fluctuation result of the middle symbol row when the reach formation symbol is stopped and displayed in the left symbol row and the right symbol row. .. This "normal reach" variable element is performed "5 seconds" after the "low speed variation, etc." variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "normal reach" is executed, the pattern of directly displaying "loss display", the pattern of directly displaying "big hit display", and the pattern of "super reach" There are a pattern that develops into a variable element, a pattern that develops into a variable element of "special reach", and a pattern that once makes a temporary "loss display" appear and then executes the variable element of "re-variation". Has been done.

The variable element of "Super Reach" is developed and executed when the "Loss display" does not stop in the variable element of "Normal reach" and the fluctuation of the middle symbol sequence is continued, and the "Battle effect" is executed in the main display area. It is a variable factor that shows whether or not a big hit will occur. This "super reach" variable element is performed "10 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "super reach" is executed, a pattern in which the "loss display" is directly displayed and a pattern in which the "big hit display" is directly displayed are temporarily provided. A pattern is prepared in which the variable element of "re-variation" is executed after the "loss display" is displayed.

The variable element of "special reach" is developed and executed when the variable element of "normal reach" does not stop the "missing display" and the fluctuation of the middle symbol sequence is continued, and the "competitive effect" is executed in the main display area. It is a variable factor that shows whether or not a big hit will occur. This "special reach" variable element is performed "20 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of the "special reach" is executed, a pattern that directly displays the "loss display" and a pattern that directly displays the "big hit display" are temporarily provided. There is a pattern that "re-variates" after the "loss display" appears.

It should be noted that, after the execution of the variable element of "normal reach", it is configured to develop into the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach". When the symbol is stopped, it may be configured to suddenly develop into a "super reach" variable element or a "special reach" variable element without going through the "normal reach" variable element. Further, the variable element of "special reach" may be configured to be executed after the variable element of "super reach" is executed.

The variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that develops and is executed after the "loss display" appears once in any of the "reach display", and the "big hit display" appears. The variable element of this "re-variation" is performed for "5 seconds" after any "reach display".

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a pattern in which the “big hit display” appears after the execution of the fluctuation element of the “re-variation” is prepared.

In addition, the variable element of this "re-variation" is configured to occur only when the jackpot is won. That is, in the case of "loss display", the variable element of "re-variation" is not executed. This is because the variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that changes the temporarily stopped "loss display" to one of the "big hit displays", so in the case of "loss display" that has not won the jackpot. If you go to, there will be a discrepancy in the production. Therefore, the fluctuation element of this "re-variation" is selected only in the fluctuation pattern table 202e for big hits, and is not selected in the fluctuation pattern table 202e for loss.

As shown in FIG. 36, in the loss variation pattern table 202e1 referred to at the time of loss, “E0: non-reach (long)” means “high-speed fluctuation (long)” with an overall fluctuation time of “15 seconds”. One fluctuation pattern (fluctuation time. Hereinafter, it is naturally possible to replace "fluctuation pattern" with "fluctuation time") of "variation element of" + "variation element of" low-speed fluctuation "). Hereinafter, in the description of each variation element relating to the variation pattern of FIGS. 36 and 37, the term “variation element” will be omitted for convenience of explanation.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E0: non-reach (long)" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation". It is set to 0 to 9, and only "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" can be selected.

That is, when the "non-reach (long)" effect mode is selected in the loss pattern table 202e1 that is referred to when the variation effect is executed in any game state at the time of the loss lottery, all the values that the variation type counter CS1 can take. "" High-speed fluctuation (long) "+" low-speed fluctuation "" is associated with ("0-9"). That is, in the case of the "non-reach (long)" effect mode in the variation effect, "high speed variation (long)" + "low speed variation" is always selected as the variation pattern.

As shown in FIG. 36, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the “low speed fluctuation” is the first half of the “pseudo fluctuation”, the chance eye development symbol appears, and the chance eye symbol further appears. It is configured to be the same as the fluctuation time of the "pseudo-ream" effect that indicates whether or not it appears, and it is possible to replace "low-speed fluctuation" with "pseudo-variation" on the voice lamp control device 113 side. There is.

Specifically, for example, when "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" is selected in the main control device 110 and that fact is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113, the voice lamp control device In the fluctuation effect of the third symbol display device 81, 113 performs "" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" low-speed fluctuation "" or "" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" pseudo-variation "" as transmitted. It is configured so that it can be selected and executed. With this configuration, it is possible to execute an effect that is greater than or equal to the type of variation time selected by the main control device 110, and while increasing the variation of the effect, the number of variation hours stored in the main control device 110 is reduced. However, the storage capacity of the ROM 202 can be reduced.

Next, in the fluctuation pattern table 202e1 for loss, one fluctuation pattern of "only" high-speed fluctuation (short) "" with a total fluctuation time of "5 seconds" is prepared for "E1: non-reach (short)". ing.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in “E1: non-reach (short)” and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is “0 to 9” with respect to “only“ high-speed fluctuation (short) ””. It is set so that only "high-speed fluctuation (short)" can be selected.

That is, when the "non-reach (short)" effect mode is selected in the loss pattern table 202e1 that is referred to when the variation effect is executed in any game state at the time of the loss lottery, all the values that the variation type counter CS1 can take. ("0-9") is associated with "only" high-speed fluctuation (short) "". That is, in the case of the "non-reach (short)" effect mode in the variation effect, "only" high-speed variation (short) "is always selected as the variation pattern".

Next, in the fluctuation pattern table 202e1 for loss, "E2: normal reach" includes "" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" low-speed fluctuation "+" normal reach "" with a total fluctuation time of "20 seconds". Two fluctuation patterns of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo fluctuation" + "high speed fluctuation (short)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" with a fluctuation time of "30 seconds" can be selected. The value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with each fluctuation pattern.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E2: normal reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "normal reach". 0-6 ”,“ high-speed fluctuation (long) ”+“ pseudo fluctuation ”+“ high-speed fluctuation (short) ”+“ low-speed fluctuation ”+“ normal reach ”” is “7-9”.

That is, in the "normal reach" production mode at the time of loss, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" is 70%, and "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo fluctuation". The fluctuation pattern of + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" is set to be selected at a ratio of 30%. Therefore, in the fluctuation effect including the effect element of "normal reach" selected at the time of loss, the variation pattern of "" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" low-speed fluctuation "+" normal reach "" is easily selected (70%). There is.

Next, in the fluctuation pattern table 202e1 for loss, "E3: Super Reach" includes "" High-speed fluctuation (long) "+" Low-speed fluctuation "+" Super reach "" with a total fluctuation time of "30 seconds". Two fluctuation patterns of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo fluctuation" + "high speed fluctuation (short)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "super reach" with the total fluctuation time of "40 seconds" are selected. It is prepared as possible, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with each fluctuation pattern.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 in the “E4: Super Reach” effect mode is ““ High-speed fluctuation (long) ”+“ Low-speed fluctuation ”+“ Super reach ””. "0-7", "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo-variation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" "8,9", It has become.

That is, in the "super reach" production mode at the time of loss, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "super reach" is 80%, and "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo". The fluctuation pattern of "fluctuation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" is set to be selected at a ratio of 20%. Therefore, in the "super reach" effect mode selected at the time of loss, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "super reach" is easily selected.

Next, in the fluctuation pattern table 202e1 for loss, "E4: special reach" includes "" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" low-speed fluctuation "+" special reach "" with an overall fluctuation time of "40 seconds". Two fluctuation patterns of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo fluctuation" + "high speed fluctuation (short)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "special reach" with the total fluctuation time of "50 seconds" are selected. It is prepared as possible, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with each fluctuation pattern.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E4: special reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is for "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "special reach". "0-8", "9" for "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo-variation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "special reach" ..

That is, in the "special reach" production mode at the time of loss, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "special reach" is 90%, and "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo". The fluctuation pattern of "variation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "pseudo-variation" + "special reach" is set to be selected at a ratio of 10%. Therefore, in the "special reach" effect mode selected at the time of loss, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "special reach" is easily selected.

Although the fluctuation pattern at the time of loss is selected by using only the fluctuation type counter CS1, a plurality of fluctuation type counters may be used in combination and selected (presence or absence of a notice display or the like is selected).

Next, the jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 will be described with reference to FIG. 37. FIG. 37 is a diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 is divided into groups based on the selected production mode.

Specifically, as the production mode, "E5: for normal reach" referred to when the "normal reach" production mode is determined, and "E6: super" referred to when the "super reach" production mode is determined. It is divided into one for "reach" and one for "E7: special reach" which is referred to when the "special reach" production mode is determined. Then, the value of the variable type counter CS1 is associated with each of the divided groups.

When the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is a value that becomes a jackpot (big hit random number value), the jackpot type corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the same holding area and the game state at the time of the start winning. The stop pattern table 202d is selected based on the above, and the effect mode is selected based on the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the same holding area and the stop pattern table 202d. Then, the group (group) to be referred to in the jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 is determined based on the effect mode. In the group (group) of the jackpot fluctuation pattern table 202e2, the fluctuation pattern associated with the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 stored in the holding area is determined as the fluctuation pattern in the fluctuation effect held in the holding area. Will be done.

In the jackpot fluctuation pattern table 202e2, "E5: normal reach" includes "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" with a total fluctuation time of "20 seconds", and the total fluctuation time. Is "25 seconds" "" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" low-speed fluctuation "+" normal reach "+" re-variation "" and "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "30 seconds" overall fluctuation time "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Low speed fluctuation" + "Normal reach" "and" High speed fluctuation (long) "+" Pseudo fluctuation "+" High speed "with the total fluctuation time of" 35 seconds " Four fluctuation patterns of "variation (short)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" + "re-variation" are prepared so that they can be selected, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with each fluctuation pattern. There is.

In the example shown in FIG. 37, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E5: normal reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "normal reach". 0 ”,“ high-speed fluctuation (long) ”+“ low-speed fluctuation ”+“ normal reach ”+“ re-variation ”, while“ 1, 2 ”,“ high-speed fluctuation (long) ”+“ pseudo fluctuation ”+“ "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" "" 3-5 "," high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" pseudo-variation "+" high-speed fluctuation (short) "+" low-speed fluctuation " "+" Normal reach "+" Re-fluctuation "" is "6-9".

That is, in the "normal reach" production mode at the time of a big hit, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" is 10%, and "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation". + 20% fluctuation pattern of "normal reach" + "re-variation", "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo-variation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" fluctuation The ratio of the pattern is 30%, and the fluctuation pattern of "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo-variation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" + "re-variation" is 40%. It is set to be selected by.

Therefore, in the "normal reach" production mode selected at the time of a big hit, "" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" pseudo-variation "+" high-speed fluctuation (short) "+" low-speed fluctuation "+" normal reach "+" re-variation "" Fluctuation pattern is easy to select (40% of the total). However, "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "normal reach", "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" + "re-variation", "high-speed fluctuation" By configuring so that "(long)" + "pseudo fluctuation" + "high speed fluctuation (short)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "normal reach" are also selected, you can expect a big hit from any fluctuation pattern. Can be provided.

In the jackpot fluctuation pattern table 202e2, "E6: Super Reach" includes "" High-speed fluctuation (long) "+" Low-speed fluctuation "+" Super reach "" with a total fluctuation time of "30 seconds". "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" + "re-variation" with a fluctuation time of "35 seconds" and "high-speed fluctuation (long)" with an overall fluctuation time of "40 seconds" ) ”+“ Pseudo-variation ”+“ High-speed fluctuation (short) ”+“ Low-speed fluctuation ”+“ Super reach ”” and “High-speed fluctuation (long)” + “Pseudo-variation” with an overall fluctuation time of “45 seconds” ”+“ High-speed fluctuation (short) ”+“ Low-speed fluctuation ”+“ Super reach ”+“ Re-variation ”” can be selected, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is prepared for each fluctuation pattern. Are associated with each other.

In the example shown in FIG. 37, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E6: Super Reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is for "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach". For "0,1", "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" + "re-variation", "2-4", "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + " "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Low speed fluctuation" + "Super reach" "5, 6", "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" ) ”+“ Low speed fluctuation ”+“ Super reach ”+“ Re-variation ”” is “7-9”.

That is, in the "super reach" production mode at the time of a big hit, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "super reach" is 20%, and "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed". The fluctuation pattern of "fluctuation" + "super reach" + "re-variation" is 30%, "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo-variation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" The fluctuation pattern of "" is 20%, and the fluctuation pattern of "" High-speed fluctuation (long) "+" Pseudo-variation "+" High-speed fluctuation (short) "+" Low-speed fluctuation "+" Super reach "+" Re-variation "" It is set to be selected at a rate of 30%.

Therefore, in the "super reach" effect mode selected at the time of big hit, the variation pattern including the effect element of "re-variation" (that is, "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" + "re-variation" "Fluctuation" "or" High-speed fluctuation (long) "+" Pseudo-variation "+" High-speed fluctuation (short) "+" Low-speed fluctuation "+" Super reach "+" Re-variation "") is easy to select (overall) 60%). However, fluctuation patterns that do not include the effect element of "re-fluctuation" (that is, "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" "or" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+" pseudo-variation " By configuring so that + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach") is also selected, it is possible to provide playability in which a big hit can be expected from any fluctuation pattern.

In the jackpot fluctuation pattern table 202e2, "E7: Special Reach" includes "" High-speed fluctuation (long) "+" Low-speed fluctuation "+" Special reach "" with a total fluctuation time of "40 seconds". "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "special reach" + "re-variation" with a fluctuation time of "45 seconds" and "high-speed fluctuation (long)" with an overall fluctuation time of "50 seconds" ) ”+“ Pseudo-variation ”+“ High-speed fluctuation (short) ”+“ Low-speed fluctuation ”+“ Special reach ”” and “High-speed fluctuation (long)” + “Pseudo-variation” with an overall fluctuation time of “55 seconds” ”+“ High-speed fluctuation (short) ”+“ Low-speed fluctuation ”+“ Special reach ”+“ Re-variation ”” can be selected, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is prepared for each fluctuation pattern. Are associated with each other.

In the example shown in FIG. 37, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E7: special reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is for "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "special reach". "0-2", "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Low-speed fluctuation" + "Special reach" + "Re-variation" "3, 4", "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + " "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Low speed fluctuation" + "Special reach" "5 to 7", "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" ) ”+“ Low speed fluctuation ”+“ Special reach ”+“ Re-variation ”” is “8,9”.

That is, in the "special reach" production mode at the time of a big hit, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "special reach" is 30%, and "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed". The fluctuation pattern of "fluctuation" + "special reach" + "re-variation" is 20%, "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo-variation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "special reach" The fluctuation pattern of "" is 30%, and the fluctuation pattern of "" High-speed fluctuation (long) "+" Pseudo-variation "+" High-speed fluctuation (short) "+" Low-speed fluctuation "+" Special reach "+" Re-variation "" It is set to be selected at a rate of 20%.

Therefore, in the "super reach" effect mode selected at the time of a big hit, a variation pattern that does not include the effect element of "re-variation" (that is, "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" "or , "" High-speed fluctuation (long) "+" Pseudo-variation "+" High-speed fluctuation (short) "+" Low-speed fluctuation "+" Super reach "") is easy to select (60% of the total). However, a fluctuation pattern that includes the effect element of "re-fluctuation" (that is, "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" + "re-variation" "or" high-speed fluctuation (long) "+ By configuring so that "pseudo-variation" + "high-speed fluctuation (short)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "super reach" + "re-variation") are also selected, a game in which a big hit can be expected from any fluctuation pattern. Can provide sex.

In this way, when a jackpot is won, by configuring it so that a relatively long fluctuation pattern can be easily selected, the entertainment of the game is improved by enhancing the production content of the fluctuation production in which the jackpot occurs. be able to. In addition, if the jackpot is not won, that is, if there is a loss, by configuring the configuration so that a relatively short fluctuation pattern can be easily selected, the effect content of the variation effect at the time of loss can be shortened and the variation effect can be achieved. Can be digested efficiently.

The fluctuation pattern at the time of a big hit is determined by using only the fluctuation type counter CS1, but it may be configured to be determined by using a plurality of other fluctuation type counters. For example, whether or not to add a notice effect for notifying the start of a jackpot or "reach display" before or during the fluctuation effect may be determined by another fluctuation type counter, or when the reach is established. , The number of symbols to be shifted and stopped (for example, the front-back loss of one symbol) may be determined by another variable type counter.

Further, in the jackpot variation pattern table 202e2, a variation pattern common to the variation pattern that can be selected in the loss variation pattern table 202e1 can be selected, but the unique variation pattern table 202e2 that is selected only in the jackpot variation pattern table 202e2. It may be configured to provide a variation pattern. In addition, although the fluctuation pattern can be selected regardless of the jackpot type, a unique fluctuation pattern that is selected only in a predetermined jackpot type (for example, a jackpot type that can generate a "probability fluctuation state") is provided. It may be configured as follows.

Further, among the effect modes selected by the main control device 110, an effect mode in which the variable element of the "pseudo-variation" in which the pseudo stop count (chance symbol symbol stop count) is performed twice or more may be provided. .. Further, the variable element of the "pseudo-variation" may not be executed, and the chance symbol may appear in the variable element of the "slow-speed fluctuation" to develop into a "pseudo-ream" effect.

Returning to FIG. 31, the description will be continued. The counter C4 per normal figure is configured as a loop counter that is incremented by 1 in order within the range of "0 to 99", reaches the maximum value (that is, "99"), and then returns to "0". Further, when the counter C4 per normal figure makes one round, the value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the counter C4 per normal figure.

The second initial value random number counter CINI2 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the counter C4 per normal figure (value = "0 to 99"), and is 1 for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). It is updated several times and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 43).

The value of the counter C4 per normal figure is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38)), and the ball is inserted into the second entry port 67 (hereinafter, “through gate”). At the timing when it is detected that the ball has passed 67 ”), it is placed in any of the normal drawing holding areas 1 to 4 provided in the normal drawing holding ball storage area 203g of the RAM 203. Stored. Then, the data is sequentially shifted to the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h in the order of being stored in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203g, and the value of the counter C4 per normal figure stored in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h is obtained. Make a hit judgment.

The value of the random number that hits the normal symbol is set by the random number table (not shown) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 for each game state (for example, "1/10" in the low probability state, It is "9/10" in a high probability state), and the value of the counter C4 per normal figure stored in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h is the value of the random number that is the hit set by the random number table per normal figure. If it matches, it is judged as a hit. Then, the variable display time (not shown) of the normal symbol stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 is referred to according to the game state, and the variable display time of the normal symbol (for example, "3 seconds" or "0.5 seconds"). ”) Is set, and after the variable display time elapses on the normal symbol display device 83, a symbol“ ○ ”is lit and displayed as a stop symbol (ordinary symbol). After that, the ordinary electric service opening table (not shown) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 is referred to according to the game state, and may be referred to as an electric accessory 64a (hereinafter, "ordinary electric service 64a"). ), The opening time of the rotating plate (for example, "0.5 seconds" or "5 seconds") is set, and the rotating plate rotates during the opening time, during which the upper surface of the rotating plate is pressed. The sphere is configured to be rollable.

On the other hand, if the value of the normal figure counter C4 stored in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h does not match the value of the hit random number set by the random number table per normal figure, it is determined to be a loss. .. Then, the variable display time (for example, "3 seconds" or "0.5 seconds") is set by referring to the normal figure fluctuation table according to the game state, and after the lapse of the variable display time on the normal symbol display device 83. , The symbol "x" is lit and displayed as a stop symbol (normal symbol).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, variations of the hit / fail probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the opening time of the rotating plate of the normal electric service 64a are configured to be different according to each gaming state. .. Specifically, for example, in the "normal game state" which does not have the "time saving function", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbol is low, the variable display time of the normal symbol is long, and the rotating plate The opening time is set to be short. Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state" having the "time function", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbol is high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the rotating plate is opened. The time is set to be long.

As described above, the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 is provided with various counters and the like, and the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 is provided with various tables. In the main control device 110, the values of the counters and the like are provided. Pachinko machines such as jackpot lottery, setting of dynamic display and variation effect in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results in the normal symbol display device 83 according to the above-mentioned tables 202a to 202e. Ten major processes can be performed.

Returning to FIG. 30, the description will be continued. In addition to the counter buffer 203c shown in FIG. 9, the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, and various flags. It also has a work area (work area) in which values such as a counter and an input / output (Input / Output; hereinafter abbreviated as "I / O") are stored. The RAM 203 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..

When the power supply is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power failure (including the time when the power failure occurs; the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including power on due to power failure elimination; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. The writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (see FIG. 43) when the power is cut off, and the restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed in the start-up process (see FIG. 42) when the power is turned on. The non-maskable interrupt (Non-Mascapable Interrupt; hereinafter abbreviated as "NMI") terminal of the MPU201 is designed so that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 44) as the power failure process is immediately executed.

The RAM 203 further includes a first reserved ball number counter 203a, a second reserved ball number counter 203b, a first reserved ball storage area 203d, a second reserved ball storage area 203e, a reserved ball execution area 203f, and a normal drawing reserved ball storage area 203g. , It has at least 203h of the holding ball execution area.

The first reserved ball number counter 203a enters the first ball entry port 64 (hereinafter, referred to as “ball”) detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) that is periodically executed every “4 milliseconds”. Dynamic display of the first special symbol (third) performed by the special symbol display device 37 based on the entry of the ball into the first entry port 64 or the second start opening is sometimes referred to as “starting prize”). It is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (the number of waiting times) of the third symbol (variation effect of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol) performed by the symbol display device 81 up to four times.

The first reserved ball number counter 203a is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 (S1713 in FIG. 42) after the power is turned on. Then, every time the start winning prize to the first entry port 64 is detected and the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the first special symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4" (Fig.). See S1203 of 39). On the other hand, the first reserved ball number counter 203a is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variation effect) of the first special symbol is executed (see S1308 in FIG. 40).

Like the first reserved ball number counter 203a, the second reserved ball number counter 203b has a second start detected in a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) that is periodically executed every "4 milliseconds". Dynamic display of the second special symbol performed by the special symbol display device 37 (variation effect of the third symbol corresponding to the second special symbol performed by the third symbol display device 81) based on the start winning to the mouth. It is a counter that counts the number of held balls (number of waiting times) up to 4 times.

Similar to the first reserved ball number counter 203a, the second reserved ball number counter 203b is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (S1713 in FIG. 42). Then, every time the start winning prize to the second starting port is detected and the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the second special symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4" (FIG. 39). See S1207). On the other hand, the second reserved ball number counter 203b is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variation effect) of the second special symbol is executed (see S1305 in FIG. 40).

The value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (that is, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol) or the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (that is, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol) is the reserved ball number command. Notifies the voice lamp control device 113 (see S1210 in FIG. 39). The hold ball number command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 every time the start winning is detected and the first hold ball number counter 203a or the second hold ball number counter 203b is incremented by 1. Command.

By receiving the hold ball number command from the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 holds the hold ball for the dynamic display (variation effect) of the first special symbol or the second special symbol held in the main control device 110. You can get the value of the number itself. As a result, the voice lamp control device 113 can manage the number of times the dynamic display (variation effect) of each special symbol is held without accessing the main control device 110. In addition, each time a start winning prize is detected, the main control device 110 sends a hold ball number command to the voice lamp control device 113 to dynamically display (variate) each special symbol managed by the voice lamp control device 113. Even if the number of reserved balls in the effect) deviates from the actual number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (variable effect) held in the main control device 110 due to the influence of noise or the like, the next received hold is received. The deviation can be corrected by the ball count command.

The voice lamp control device 113 transmits a display hold ball number command for notifying the display control device 114 each time the hold ball number managed internally changes. The display control device 114 displays the reserved symbol in the cockpit display area of the third symbol display device 81 based on the number of reserved balls notified by the display reserved ball number command.

Further, in the first embodiment, when the main control device 110 transmits a hold ball number command to the voice lamp control device 113, the first hold ball number counter 203a or the first hold ball number counter 203a is added by 1 in the hold ball number command. 2 Counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 31) due to the above-mentioned start winning that triggered the addition of not only the value of the reserved ball number counter 203b but also the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b. Each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 acquired from the above is also included.

That is, when there is a start winning, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the main control device 110 is a hold ball. It is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113 by several commands.

In the voice lamp control device 113, the fluctuation effect based on each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 transmitted by the hold ball number command is executed. Before the command is executed, it is determined what will happen to the fluctuation effect (whether it will be a big hit, what will happen to the fluctuation time, etc.). Then, based on the judgment result by the pre-reading, it is possible to decide the execution of various effects, and to determine the effect contents and the execution time (timing) of the "pending change notice".

It should be noted that the hold ball number command indicating the number of hold balls of the fluctuation effect and the command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the like may be separately transmitted. As a command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the like, which is different from the reserved ball number command, the held ball number command is generated at the timing of the ball entering the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port, and the hold ball number command is generated. A command similar to the fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command based on the ball entry (pre-variation pattern command and pre-stop type command) may be generated and transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. In this case, with respect to the program for generating the pre-variation pattern command and the pre-stop type command, the program can be easily created by diverting the program of the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

As described above, the first reserved ball storage area 203d includes a jackpot random number counter C1, a jackpot type counter C2, and a stop pattern selection counter acquired from the counter buffer 203c when the start winning prize is detected in the first entry port 64. It is a memory for storing each value of C3 and the variation type counter CS1 respectively. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has won a prize (starting prize) in the first ball opening 64 in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are set from the counter buffer 203c. Is acquired and stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. In the first holding ball storage area 203d, four holdings are made so that the data (each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1) corresponding to the start winning of one of the first special symbols can be stored (held) up to four times. It has areas (first reserved first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 31).

As described above, the second reserved ball storage area 203e includes the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the stop pattern selection counter C3, which are acquired from the counter buffer 203c when the start winning prize is detected in the second starting port. This is a memory for storing each value of the variation type counter CS1. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has won the second starting port (starting winning) in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), the MPU 201 acquires the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 from the counter buffer 203c. Then, it is stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e. In the second holding ball storage area 203e, four holdings are made so that the data (each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1) corresponding to the start winning of one of the second special symbols can be stored (held) up to four times. It has an area (second reserved first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 31).

As described above, the reserved ball execution area 203f is used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol being executed, or the movement of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. It is a memory for storing data (each value of counters C1 to C3 and CS1) to be referred to in processing such as setting of target display and fluctuation effect.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variation effect of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the special symbol display device 37, and the third symbol display Data corresponding to each start winning prize stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e described above in order to execute processing such as dynamic display of the device 81 and setting of fluctuation effect ( When the data corresponding to the start prize related to the second special symbol is stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e among the counters C1 to C3 and CS1), it corresponds to one start prize of the data. The data is shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, the data corresponding to the start prize related to the second special symbol is not stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the data corresponding to the start prize related to the first special symbol is stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. If so, the data corresponding to one of the starting prizes of the data is shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f.

That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the dynamic display (variable effect) relating to the second special symbol is preferentially executed, and the dynamic display (variable effect) relating to the first special symbol relates to the second special symbol. It is configured to be executed on the condition that the dynamic display (variable effect) is not held. The shift in the first embodiment means moving the data stored in one area to another area.

Here, with reference to FIG. 31 again, the details of the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f will be described. The first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f are used for a jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol and the movement of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. It is used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to set the target display and the variation effect.

As described above, the jackpot random number counter used for the jackpot lottery is used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and the setting of the variation effect. A jackpot type counter C2 used for determining the jackpot type, a stop pattern selection counter C3 used for determining the effect mode of the variation effect, and a variation type counter CS1 used for determining the variation pattern are used. The first reserved ball storage area 203d stores the respective values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball wins the first ball opening 64 (starting winning). The second reserved ball storage area 203e stores the respective values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball wins the second starting port (starting winning).

The first reserved ball storage area 203d is composed of four reserved areas (first reserved first to fourth areas). In each of the four holding areas (first holding first to fourth areas), the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 for storing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter storage area for storing the value of the jackpot type counter C2 are stored. 203d2, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a variation type counter storage area 203d4 for storing the value of the variation type counter CS1 are provided.

Further, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is composed of four reserved areas (second reserved ball storage areas 1 to 4) like the first reserved ball storage area 203d. Similar to the first hold ball storage area 203d, the four hold areas (second hold first to fourth areas) have a jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 for storing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and a jackpot type counter C2. A jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 for storing the value of, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a variation type counter storage area 203e4 for storing the value of the variation type counter CS1 are provided. Has been done.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1, 203e1, the jackpot type counter storage areas 203d2, 203e2, the stop pattern selection counter storage areas 203d3, 203e3, and the variable type counter storage areas 203d4, 203e4 are set to 1. Although they are collectively provided in each of the reserved ball storage areas 203d and 203e, a plurality of reserved ball storage areas may be provided for each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1.

As described above, in the first reserved ball storage area 203d, a maximum of 4 data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) acquired at the timing when the ball wins the first ball opening 64 (starting winning). Data is stored up to the batch, but in that case, data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the vacant areas of the 4 holding areas (1st holding 1st to 4th areas). Is memorized. That is, the smaller the area number, the more data corresponding to the start winning to the first ball opening 64, which is older in time, is stored, and the first reserved first area is the oldest first ball opening in time. The data corresponding to the start winning prize to 64 will be stored.

Further, in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) acquired at the timing when the ball wins the second starting port (starting winning) is stored up to four times. However, in that case, data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the vacant areas of the 4 holding areas (2nd holding 1st to 4th areas). .. That is, the smaller the area number, the more data corresponding to the start winning to the second start port, which is older in time, is stored, and in the second hold first area, the start to the second start port, which is the oldest in time, is stored. The data corresponding to the winning will be stored.

On the other hand, the reserved ball execution area 203f is composed of only one area. Similar to the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the reserved ball execution area 203f includes a jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 for storing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and a jackpot type counter C2. A jackpot type counter storage area 203f2 for storing values, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a variation type counter storage area 203f4 for storing the value of the variation type counter CS1 are provided. There is.

When the MPU 201 determines that the execution start timing of the variation effect has come, data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) is stored in the second hold first area of the second hold ball storage area 203e. In this case, the data stored in the second reserved first area is shifted to the respective areas 203f1 to 203f4 of the reserved ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, in the MPU 201, when the execution start timing of the variation effect is reached, the data is not stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the first of the first reserved ball storage area 203d. When the data is stored in the hold first area, the data stored in the first hold first area is shifted to the respective areas 203f1 to 203f4 of the hold ball execution area 203f.

Then, the data shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f is referred to in the fluctuation start processing (see FIG. 41), the jackpot lottery is performed based on the reference data and the game state, and the fluctuation pattern corresponding to the lottery result is performed. And determine the stop type. In the special symbol display device 37, dynamic display is performed based on the determined fluctuation pattern and stop type under the control of the main control device 110.

Further, the fluctuation pattern and the stop type determined here are notified to the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by the fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command. Then, under the control of the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the third symbol display device 81 performs a variation effect based on the variation pattern and the stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

The details of the data shift will be described. When the MPU 201 determines that the execution start timing of the variation effect has come, it determines whether or not the data is stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. As a result of the judgment, when it is determined that the data is stored in the second reserved first area, the random number value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 in the second reserved first area is used as the jackpot random number in the reserved ball execution area 203f. Shift to the counter storage area 203f1. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 in the second hold first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 in the second hold first area is changed. The stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 is shifted, and the random value of the variation type counter storage area 203e4 in the second hold first area is shifted to the variation type counter storage area 203f4.

Then, when the data shift to the hold ball execution area 203f is completed, the second hold ball first area becomes vacant, so that the data is stored (held) in each area (second to fourth) of the second hold ball storage area 203e. ) Is packed into the area (1st to 3rd) that is one smaller than the area number. In the first embodiment, in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the data is shifted only in the second reserved area (first to fourth) in which the data is stored (held).

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the second holding ball storage area 203e will be described. For example, the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b when the start determination of the fluctuation effect is made is "4", and the data is stored in all the areas (first to fourth) of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. It is assumed that it has been done. In this state, when the data in the second hold first area is shifted to the hold ball execution area 203f and the second hold first area becomes empty, the MPU 201 has data in other areas (second to fourth). Is shifted to the area (1st to 3rd) which is one smaller than the area number. That is, the data in the second hold second area is shifted to the second hold first area, the data in the second hold third area is shifted to the second hold second area, and the data in the second hold fourth area is shifted. To the second hold third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b when the start determination of the variation effect is made is "2", the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the second reserved second area to the second reserved second area. Shifts to one area and ends the data shift. As described above, in the first embodiment, the data shift processing is not performed in the second hold area (third to fourth) in which the data is not stored (held), so that the number of data shifts is reduced. It is possible to reduce the control burden.

Regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the second reserved area (second to fourth) may be configured to shift to an area in which the area number is one smaller. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether or not the data is stored (held) in the second holding area (second to fourth), so that the program can be easily created.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the data is not stored in the second hold first area of the second hold ball storage area 203e when the execution start timing of the variation effect is reached, the MPU 201 then holds the first hold. It is determined whether or not data is stored in the first reserved first area of the sphere storage area 203d. As a result of the determination, if the data is stored in the first reserved first area, the random number value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first reserved first area is used as the jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 of the reserved ball execution area 203f. Shift to. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 in the first hold first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 in the first hold first area is changed. The stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 is shifted, and the random value of the variation type counter storage area 203d4 in the first hold first area is shifted to the variation type counter storage area 203f4.

Then, when the data shift to the hold ball execution area 203f is completed, the first hold ball first area becomes empty, so that the data is stored (held) in each area (second to fourth) of the first hold ball storage area 203d. ) Is packed into the area (1st to 3rd) that is one smaller than the area number. In the first embodiment, in the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the data is shifted only in the first reserved area (first to fourth) in which the data is stored (held).

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the first holding ball storage area 203d will be described. For example, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a when the start determination of the fluctuation effect is made is "4", and the data is stored in all the areas (first to fourth) of the first reserved ball storage area 203d. It is assumed that it has been done. In this state, when the data in the first hold first area is shifted to the hold ball execution area 203f and the first hold first area becomes empty, the MPU 201 has data in other areas (second to fourth). Is shifted to the area (1st to 3rd) which is one smaller than the area number. That is, the data in the first hold second area is shifted to the first hold first area, the data in the first hold third area is shifted to the first hold second area, and the data in the first hold fourth area is shifted. To the first hold third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a at the time when the start determination of the fluctuation effect is made is "2", the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the first reserved second area to the first reserved ball number. Shifts to one area and ends the data shift. As described above, in the first embodiment, the data shift processing is not performed for the first hold area (third to fourth) in which the data is not stored (held), so that the number of data shifts is reduced. It is possible to reduce the control burden.

Regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the first reserved area (second to fourth) may be configured to shift to an area having an area number smaller by one. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether or not the data is stored (held) in the first holding area (second to fourth), so that the program can be easily created.

Next, the details of the normal figure holding ball storage area 203g and the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h will be described. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203g and the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h are used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 in order to perform a winning lottery for the normal symbol, a variable display setting of the normal symbol display device 83, and the like.

The normal figure holding ball storage area 203g is a memory for storing the normal figure per counter C4 acquired from the counter buffer 203c when the passage of the ball to the through gate 67 is detected. When the MPU 201 detects that the sphere has passed through the through gate 67 in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), it acquires the value of the counter C4 per normal figure from the counter buffer 203c and stores the normal figure holding ball. Store in area 203g. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203g has four holding areas (normal drawing) so that data corresponding to one holding ball of a normal symbol (value of counter C4 per normal figure) can be stored (held) up to four times. It has reserved first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 31).

The normal figure holding ball execution area 203h is a memory for storing data (value of counter C4 per normal figure) to be referred to in the process of winning lottery or variable display of a normal symbol being executed or starting execution. is there.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variable display of the normal symbol, the above-mentioned normal symbol holding ball is executed in order to execute processing such as a winning lottery for the normal symbol and setting of the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. One of the data (value of the counter C4 per normal figure) stored in the storage area 203g is shifted to the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h. The shift in the first embodiment means moving the data stored in one area to another area.

As described above, the normal symbol hit counter C4 used for the normal symbol winning lottery is used for setting the normal symbol winning lottery and the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203g stores the value of the counter C4 per normal figure acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball passes through the through gate 67.

Further, as described above, the data (value of the counter C4 per normal figure) acquired at the timing when the ball passes through the through gate 67 is stored in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203g for up to four times. In this case, data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the vacant areas of the 4 holding areas (1st to 4th areas for holding the normal drawing). That is, the smaller the area number, the more data corresponding to the passage of the sphere to the old through gate 67 in time is stored, and the first area on hold of the normal figure stores the sphere to the oldest through gate 67 in time. The data corresponding to the passage will be stored.

On the other hand, the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h is composed of only one area. Similar to the normal figure holding ball storage area 203g, the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h is provided with a random number counter storage area (not shown) for storing the value of the normal figure holding counter C4.

When the MPU 201 determines that the execution timing of the variable display of the normal symbol has come, the data stored in the normal figure hold ball storage area 203 g of the normal figure hold ball storage area 203 g is transferred to the normal figure hold ball execution area 203h. shift.

Then, the data shifted to the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h is referred to in the normal figure variation processing (see S1111 in FIG. 38), and based on the reference data and the game state, a winning lottery is performed and a variable display is performed. Determine the content of. In the ordinary symbol display device 83, variable display is performed based on the determined content under the control of the main control device 110.

The details of the data shift will be described. When the MPU 201 determines that the execution start timing of the variable display of the normal symbol has come, the random number value of the random number counter storage area (not shown) per the normal figure of the normal figure hold first area of the normal figure hold ball storage area 203 g. Is shifted to the random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal figure in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203h.

Then, when the data shift to the normal figure reservation ball execution area 203h is completed, the normal figure reservation first area becomes empty, so that the data is stored in each area (second to fourth) of the normal figure reservation ball storage area 203g. Shift processing is performed to pack the (held) data into the areas (first to third) where the area number is one smaller. In the first embodiment, the data is shifted only in the normal map holding area (1st to 4th) in which the data is stored (held) in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203g.

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the normal drawing holding ball storage area 203g will be described. For example, when the start determination of the variable display of the normal symbol is made, the number of reserved normal symbols is 4, and the data is stored in all the areas (1st to 4th) of the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203g. Suppose you are. In this state, when the data in the first area for holding the normal figure is shifted to the execution area 203h for holding the normal figure and the first area for holding the normal figure becomes empty, the MPU 201 moves to another area (second to fourth). Each of the data is shifted to the area (1st to 3rd) which is one smaller than the area number. That is, the data in the second area for holding the normal figure is shifted to the first area for holding the normal figure, the data in the third area for holding the normal figure is shifted to the second area for holding the normal figure, and the data in the fourth area for holding the normal figure is shifted. Is shifted to the third area where the data is reserved.

Further, for example, if the number of hold of the normal symbol is 2 when the start determination of the variable display of the normal symbol is made, the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the normal symbol hold 2 area to the normal symbol hold 1 area. Shift and end the data shift. As described above, in the first embodiment, the data shift processing is not performed for the normal map holding areas (third to fourth) in which the data is not stored (held), so that the number of data shifts is reduced. It is possible to reduce the control burden.

Regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the normal drawing holding area (second to fourth) may be configured to shift to an area in which the area number is one smaller. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether or not the data is stored (held) in the normal drawing holding area (second to fourth), so that the program can be easily created.

Next, each control process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 38 to 44. The processing of the MPU 201 is roughly divided into a start-up process (see FIG. 42) that is started when the power is turned on, a main process (see FIG. 43) that is executed after the start-up process, and a periodic (fifth embodiment). Then, there are a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) that is activated in a “4 ms” cycle) and an NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 44) that is activated by inputting a power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. Here, for convenience of explanation, the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) is first described, and then the start-up process (see FIG. 42), the main process (see FIG. 43), and the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 44) are performed. explain.

FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing a timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The timer interrupt process is, for example, a periodic process that is repeatedly executed every "4 milliseconds". When the MPU 201 executes this timer interrupt process, various processes to be executed periodically are performed.

In this timer interrupt process, first, an external output process is executed (S1101). In the timer interrupt process and the main process, commands and the like to be transmitted to the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, and the like are generated based on various processes and temporarily stored in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203. .. In the external output process of S1101, the output data such as commands stored in the command transmission ring buffer is transmitted to each control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side.

For example, the hold ball number command set in the start winning process (see FIG. 39), which will be described later, is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, the fluctuation pattern command, the stop type command, the confirmation command, etc. set in the special figure fluctuation processing (see FIG. 40) and the fluctuation start processing (FIG. 41), which is one of the special figure fluctuation processing, are transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. Send. In addition, a ball launch signal set when launching a ball in the launch control process of S1112, which will be described later, is transmitted to the launch control device 112 via the payout control device 111.

Next, the prize ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S1102), and then the hit process for executing the process at the time of a big hit based on the first special symbol or the second special symbol is executed. (S1103).

Next, the ordinary electric service control process for executing the drive control process for the rotating plate of the ordinary electric service 64a is executed (S1104). Briefly, the normal symbol display device 83 performs variable display of the normal symbol on the condition that the sphere has passed through the through gate 67, and as a result of the variable display of the normal symbol, the winning symbol of the normal symbol (for example, " When the "○" symbol) appears and becomes a hit state, the rotating plate of the ordinary electric service 64a is driven to open for a predetermined time.

Next, the reading process of various winning switches is executed (S1105). That is, the states of the first start port switch, the second start port switch, the grand prize opening switch, and various switches 208 connected to the main control device 110 are read, and the state of the switch 208 is determined to detect information. Save (winning detection information). Further, a prize ball command corresponding to the number of acquired balls to be transmitted to the payout control device 111 based on the prize detection information is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203. As a result, the prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 111 by the process of S1101 of the timer interrupt process executed next.

Next, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S1106). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (“899” in the fifth embodiment), it is cleared to “0”. Then, the updated value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203. Similarly, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (“99” in the fifth embodiment), it is cleared to “0” and the second initial value is cleared. The updated value of the random number counter CINI2 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Further, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the variation type counter CS1 and the normal figure hit counter C4 are updated (S1107). Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the variation type counter CS1 and the normal figure per counter C4 are each added by 1, and their counter values are the maximum values (fifth embodiment). Then, when they reach "899", "99", "99", "199", "99"), respectively, they are cleared to "0" respectively. When the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal figure hit counter C4 makes one round, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 or the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is used as the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal figure hit counter C4. Is read as the initial value of, and the initial value is set in the jackpot random number counter C1 or the normal figure per counter C4. Then, the updated values of the counters C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Next, the start winning process associated with winning the first ball entrance 64 or the second starting port is executed (S1108), and then, as the ball passes through the through gate 67, the pass / fail of the normal symbol and the variable display are displayed. The gate passing process for determining the content and the like is executed (S1109). The details of the start winning process will be described later with reference to FIG. 39.

After the gate passage process (S1109) is executed, the process for dynamically displaying the special symbol by the special symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81 based on the process content of the start winning process (S1108) is performed. The special figure variation process for setting the variation pattern of the third symbol is executed (S1110). The details of the special figure variation processing (S1110) will be described later with reference to FIG. 40.

Next, a normal symbol variation process is executed (S1111), which executes a process for variable display of the normal symbol by the normal symbol display device 83 based on the processing content of the gate passage process (S1109). In the normal figure variation processing (S1111), the lottery probability of the ordinary symbol is performed with either a high probability (for example, 9/10) or a low probability (1/10) according to the value of the time reduction counter described later.

After executing the normal figure variation processing (S1111), the firing control processing is executed (S1112), and other processing to be executed periodically is executed (S1113) to end the timer interrupt processing. The launch control process (S1112) is provided on the condition that the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51 and the stop switch 51b for stopping the launch is not operated. It is a process of determining whether to turn on / off the firing of a ball. Then, when the ball launch is on, the information of the ball launch signal is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 in order to transmit the ball launch signal to the launch control device 112. As a result, the ball launch signal is transmitted to the launch control device 112 via the payout control device 111 by the process of S1101 of the timer interrupt process that is executed next.

Next, the start winning process (S1108), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 39. FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing this start winning process (S1108). The start winning process is a ball to the first ball entry port 64 or the second start port (hereinafter, the first ball entry port 64 and the second start port may be collectively referred to as a "start port 64"). If there is a prize, the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e corresponding to the winning start port 64. Execute (hold) processing. In addition, a process for transmitting the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 to be held together with the number of held balls to the voice lamp control device 113 is executed.

In this start winning process (S1108), first, it is determined whether or not the ball has won a prize (starting prize) in the first ball opening 64 (special figure 1 winning opening) (S1201). Here, based on the output signal of the first start port switch (not shown) that detects the entry (winning) into the first entry port 64, which is read in the switch reading process (see S1105 in FIG. 38). The ball entering the first ball entry port 64 is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 38).

When it is determined that the ball has won the first ball opening 64 (there was a start winning) (S1201: Yes), then the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (held in the main control device 110). It is determined whether or not the operation-holding ball number N1) of the dynamic display (variation effect) of the first special symbol is less than the upper limit value (“4” in the fifth embodiment) (S1202). Then, even if there is a prize in the first ball entry port 64, if the number of balls on hold for operation is not N1 <4 (S1202: No), this start winning process (S1108) is terminated and the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). ) Return.

On the other hand, if the number of reserved balls N1 <4 (S1202: Yes), the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a (number of pending balls N1) is added by 1 (S1203). Then, since it is a prize to the first ball entry port 64 corresponding to the first special symbol this time, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination of each random number values C1 to C3 and CS1 (S1204). The process shifts to S209.

In the process of S1201, when it is determined that the ball has not won the first entrance 64 (S1201: No), then it is determined whether or not the ball has won the second starting opening (starting winning). (S1205). Here, as in the case of the first ball entry port 64, the second start port switch (not shown) that detects the ball entry (winning) to the second start port read in the switch reading process (see S1105 in FIG. 38). Based on the output signal of, the ball entering the second starting port is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 38).

When it is determined that the ball has won the second starting port (there was a starting prize) (S1205: Yes), then the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the second held in the main control device 110). It is determined whether or not the operation holding ball number N2) of the dynamic display (variation effect) of the special symbol is less than the upper limit value (“4” in the fifth embodiment) (S1206). Then, if there is no winning in the second starting port (S1205: No), or if there is a winning in the second starting port but the number of pending balls N2 <4 (S1206: No), this starting winning is achieved. The process (S1108) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

On the other hand, if the number of reserved balls N2 <4 (S1206: Yes), the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b (number of reserved balls N2) is added by 1 (S1207). Then, since it is a prize to the second starting port corresponding to the second special symbol this time, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination of each random number values C1 to C3 and CS1 (S1208), and the processing is performed. Move to S1209.

In the processing of S1209, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 is read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 31) and set as the storage destination in S1204 or S1208. Of the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the first reserved ball storage area 203e provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e, or the second reserved ball storage area 203d, the first reserved ball storage area 203d When specified as the storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1, the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2, the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3, and the variation type counter in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the first reserved ball counter 203a. Each is held (stored) in the storage area 203d4 (S1209). When the second reserved ball storage area 203e is designated as the storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 and the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the second reserved ball counter 203b are stopped. It is held (stored) in the pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 and the variation type counter storage area 203e4, respectively (S1209).

Specifically, for example, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination in the processing of S1204 based on the winning of the first ball opening 64, and the first reserved ball after addition by the processing of S1203. If the value of the number counter 203a is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are held in each storage area of the first holding first area. If the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a after addition is "2", the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a after addition is "3" in each storage area of the first reserved second area. If there is, counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the first reserved third area, and if the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a after addition is "4", counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the first reserved fourth area. , The value of CS1 is reserved.

Further, for example, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination in the processing of S1208 based on the winning of the second starting port, and the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b after the addition by the processing of S1207. If is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the second reserved first area. If the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b after addition is "2", the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b after addition is "3" in each storage area of the second reserved second area. If there is, counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the second reserved third area, and if the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b after addition is "4", counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the second reserved fourth area. , The value of CS1 is reserved.

Next, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the number of operating reserved balls N1 or the number of operating reserved balls N2) after the addition by the processing of S1203 or S1207, and the first by the processing of S1209. Voice the hold ball number command including each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 stored (held) in the hold ball storage area 203d or the second hold ball storage area 203e. In order to transmit to the lamp control device 113, the hold ball number command is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 (S1210). As a result, the hold ball number command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113 by the external output process of S101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) to be executed next. When the process of S1210 is completed, the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

As the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 included in the hold ball number command in the process of S1210, the values themselves read from the counter buffer 203c in the process of S1209 may be used, or the first hold in the process of S1209. The value stored (held) in the ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e may be read out and used.

Next, with reference to FIG. 40, a special figure variation process (S1110), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing this special figure variation processing (S1110). This special symbol variation processing (S1110) controls the dynamic display in the special symbol display device 37 and the variation effect performed by the third symbol display device 81.

In this special figure variation processing (S1110), first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is currently being hit (S1301). The jackpot includes during the jackpot game displayed by the third symbol display device 81 and the special symbol display device 37 at the time of the jackpot, and during a predetermined time after the jackpot game ends. As a result of the determination, if the jackpot is in progress (S1301: Yes), the special figure variation process (S1110) is terminated as it is, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

If it is not a big hit (S1301: No), it is determined whether or not the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is in the dynamic display (S1302), and the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is in the dynamic display. If not (S1302: No), then it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed after the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 is stopped (S1303). As a result, if a predetermined time has not elapsed after the dynamic display is stopped (S1303: No), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). As a result, the stop symbol in the dynamic display (variation effect) is displayed on the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 for a predetermined time, so that the player can visually recognize the stop symbol. ..

On the other hand, as a result of the processing of S1303, if a predetermined time has elapsed after the dynamic display is stopped (S1303: Yes), the value of the second reserved ball count counter 203b (the second special reserved in the main control device 110). It is determined whether or not the operation-holding ball number N2) of the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the symbol is larger than "0" (S1304). As a result, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (operating reserved ball number N2) is not "0" (S1304: Yes), it is the execution start timing of the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the second special symbol. First, the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (operating reserved ball number N2) is subtracted by 1 (S1305). This is because the variable start processing (S1310), which will be described later, starts the execution of one of the reserved dynamic displays (variable effects) related to the second special symbol (variable effects). This is because the number of reserved balls related to the special symbol is reduced by one.

Next, the data stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e is shifted (S1306). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the second reserved first to fourth areas of the second reserved ball storage area 203e toward the reserved ball execution area 203f, and is the second reserved ball storage area 203e. 1 area → Hold ball execution area 203f, 2nd hold 2nd area → 2nd hold 1st area, 2nd hold 3rd area → 2nd hold 2nd area, 2nd hold 4th area → 2nd hold 3rd area The data in each area is shifted, and so on.

On the other hand, in the process of S1304, when the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (operation reserved ball number N2) is determined to be "0" (S1304: No), then the first reserved ball number counter 203a (S1307), it is determined whether or not the value of (the number of operation-holding balls N1 of the dynamic display (variation effect) regarding the first special symbol held in the main control device 110) is larger than "0". As a result, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (operating reserved ball number N1) is not "0" (S1307: Yes), it is the execution start timing of the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the first special symbol. First, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (operating reserved ball number N1) is subtracted by 1 (S1308). This is because the variable start processing (S1310), which will be described later, starts the execution of one of the reserved dynamic displays (variable effects) related to the first special symbol (variable effects). This is because the number is reduced by one.

Next, the data stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d is shifted (S1309). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the first hold first to fourth areas of the first hold ball storage area 203d toward the hold ball execution area 203f, and is the first hold first. 1 area → Hold ball execution area 203f, 1st hold 2nd area → 1st hold 1st area, 1st hold 3rd area → 1st hold 2nd area, 1st hold 4th area → 1st hold 3rd area The data in each area is shifted, and so on.

After the data shift processing of S1306 or S1309, the fluctuation start processing for the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 is executed based on the values of various counters stored in the hold ball execution area 203f by the data shift processing. Then (S1310), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). The fluctuation start processing (S1310) will be described later with reference to FIG. 41.

In the process of S1307, when it is determined that the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (operating reserved ball number N1) is "0" (S1307: No), a demonstration effect is performed on the third symbol display device 81. It is determined whether or not it is in the state of being in the state, that is, whether or not it is in the demonstration (S1311). In this determination process, after transmitting a demo command to the display control device 114 via the voice lamp control device 113, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b (operation holding ball number N1 or operation). It is determined that the demonstration is in progress until it is determined that any value of the number of reserved balls N2) is larger than "0".

If it is determined that the demo is not in progress (S1311: No), a demo command to be transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113 is set (S1312), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). On the other hand, if it is determined that the demo is in progress (S1311: Yes), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) as it is. The demo command set in the process of S1312 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is executed in the external output process of the timer interrupt process (see S1101 in FIG. 38). It is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113.

When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the demo command, the voice lamp control device 113 transmits the display demo command to the display control device 114, and the display control device 114 demos to the third symbol display device 81 based on the reception of the display demo command. Control to display the effect.

Here, the demo command is set when, as described above, there is no reserved ball when a predetermined time elapses after the fluctuation is stopped. Therefore, if the fluctuation effect is not started even after a lapse of a predetermined time after the fluctuation is stopped, the demo effect is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.

When it is determined in the process of S1311 that the demo is not in progress (S1311: No), a process of determining whether or not a second predetermined time longer than the predetermined time has elapsed after the fluctuation is stopped is further performed. After the execution and the fluctuation stop, the process of S1312 may be executed and the demo command may be set when the second predetermined time has elapsed. As a result, when there is no reserved ball after the fluctuation is stopped, the player can be shown the stopped symbol of the stopped fluctuation effect for a relatively long time without starting the demonstration effect immediately.

In the process of S1302, when it is determined that the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is being dynamically displayed (S1302: Yes), it is determined whether or not the dynamic display time (variation time) has elapsed (S1313). ). The display time during dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 is determined according to the variation pattern selected by the variation type counter CS1 (determined according to the variation pattern command), and this dynamic display time. If (variation time) has not elapsed (S1313: No), the display of the special symbol display device 37 is updated (S1314), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

In the fifth embodiment, in the LED 37a of the special symbol display device 37, for example, the display mode of the LED 37a is set from the start of the dynamic display until the fluctuation time elapses.

On the other hand, if the dynamic display time (variation time) of the dynamic display in the special symbol display device 37 has elapsed (S1313: Yes), the special symbol display device 37 is set to the display mode corresponding to the stopped symbol. (S1315). The stop symbol is preset by the fluctuation start process (S1310) described later with reference to FIG. 41. In the fluctuation start processing, whether or not the jackpot is a jackpot is determined according to the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the processing of S1306 or S1309, and if it is a jackpot, the value of the jackpot type counter C2. Therefore, the number of rounds at the time of the big hit and the gaming state that can occur after the big hit are determined.

When the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 corresponding to the stop symbol is set in the process of S1315, the stop symbol of the variation effect in the third symbol display device 81 is synchronized with the display of the LED 37a in the special symbol display device 37. In order to display the confirmation, a confirmation command is set (S1316), and the process shifts to S1317. The confirmation command is a command for confirming and displaying the variation effect being executed by the third symbol display device 81. Upon receiving this confirmation command, the voice lamp control device 113 transmits a display confirmation command to the display control device 114. The display control device 114 is configured to stop the variation effect of the third symbol in the third symbol display device 81 and display the stopped symbol in a finalized manner by receiving the display confirmation command.

In the process of S1317, in order to determine whether or not the game state is in which the "time saving function" is added, whether or not the value of the time saving counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is larger than "0" is determined. Determine (S1317). In this time saving counter, "10000" is set when the jackpot type "probability variation A" or "probability variation B" is determined in the jackpot processing, and "100" is set when the jackpot type "probability variation A" is determined. It is configured so that "50" is set when it is determined that the jackpot type is "time saving B". When it is determined that the jackpot type is "probability variation A" or "probability variation B", the "time saving function" may be set to be effective until the next jackpot occurs instead of the number of times.

In the processing of S1317, if the value of the time reduction counter is not "0" (S1317: Yes), it is a game state in which the "time reduction function" is added, and the dynamic display (variation effect) of any special symbol is displayed. Since it has finished once, the value of the time reduction counter is subtracted by 1 (S1318), the special figure variation process (S1110) is finished, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). Here, when the value of the time reduction counter becomes "0" by the processing of S1318, the game state is changed from the "time reduction state" to the "normal game state", and the voice lamp control device 113 and the like are used. A game state command indicating that the game state changes (the "time reduction state" ends, changes to the "normal game state", etc.) is transmitted. On the other hand, in the processing of S1317, if the value of the time saving counter is "0" (S1317: No), the "time saving function" is not added, so the processing of S1318 is skipped and this special figure variation processing (S1110) is performed. ) Is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

The game state command is stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is executed next in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) S1101. The game state command is a voice lamp control device. It is transmitted to 113. When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the game status command, the voice lamp control device 113 generates a display game status command based on the game status command and transmits the display game status command to the display control device 114.

Next, with reference to FIG. 41, a fluctuation start process (S1310), which is one process of the special figure variation process (S1110) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing the fluctuation start processing (S1310). In this fluctuation start processing (S1310), a big hit or a loss lottery (big hit lottery) is performed based on the values of various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f according to the game state, and the special symbol display device 37 and the third 3 The dynamic pattern (variation pattern and stop type) of the dynamic display and the variation effect performed by the symbol display device 81 is determined.

In the fluctuation start processing (S1310), first, in order to determine the gaming state, it is determined whether or not the current gaming state is in the high probability state of the special symbol, that is, the “probability fluctuation state” (S1321). As a result of the determination, if it is not in the "probability fluctuation state" (S1321: No), the game state is the "normal game state" or the "time shortened state", and the jackpot probability of the special symbol is the low probability state, so that it is low. The jackpot random number table 202a for the probability state is set (S1322), and the process shifts to S1324. On the other hand, when it is determined that the state is in the "probability fluctuation state" (S1323: Yes), the jackpot probability of the special symbol is in the high probability state, so the jackpot random number table 202a for the high probability state is set (S1323). , The process shifts to S1324.

In the process of S1324, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is a jackpot based on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot random number table 202a (see FIG. 32) set in S1322 or S1323. The jackpot lottery (win / fail determination) process is performed (S1324).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, whether or not it is a jackpot is determined based on the relationship between the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the gaming state (mode) at that time. As described above, in the jackpot random number table 202a, when the game state (mode) that the pachinko machine 10 can take is in the normal low probability state (“normal game state” or “time reduction state”), “7,307”. , 582 ”is defined as a jackpot random number value. In addition, when the gaming state (mode) that the pachinko machine 10 can take is in a high probability state (“probability fluctuation state”), “28,122,298,390,486,567,656,750,866” is a big hit. It is defined as a random value.

In the process of S1324, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is compared with the jackpot random number value defined in these jackpot random number tables 202a, and when they match, the jackpot is hit. It is determined that. When it is determined that the jackpot is a jackpot as a result of the processing of S1324 (S1324: Yes), the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot for special figure 1 corresponding to the first special symbol. The display mode at the time of jackpot is set based on the type table 202b1 (see FIG. 33 (a)) or the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 (see FIG. 33 (b)) corresponding to the second special symbol (S1325). ).

In this process, according to the jackpot type table 202b, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, that is, the “probability fluctuation state” after the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 10 rounds. "Probability change A" corresponding to "10R probability change jackpot" that shifts to, or "Probability change B" corresponding to "4R probability change jackpot" that shifts to "probability fluctuation state" after the maximum number of rounds is 4 rounds, or maximum round "Time saving A" corresponding to "10R time saving jackpot" that shifts to "time saving state" after a jackpot of 10 rounds, or "4R time saving jackpot" that shifts to "time saving state" after a jackpot of 4 rounds of maximum number of rounds It is determined whether it is the "time saving B" corresponding to "". Then, based on the determined jackpot type, the display mode (display mode of the LED 37a) at the time of the jackpot in the special symbol display device 37 is set.

Specifically, when the data stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is the data shifted from the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f. And the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 (see FIG. 33A), the jackpot type is determined. Further, when the data stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is the data shifted from the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the special feature. The jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type table 202b2 for FIG. 2 (see FIG. 33B).

Next, the fluctuation pattern at the time of big hit is determined (S1326), and the process proceeds to S1329. Specifically, a rough effect mode is selected based on the jackpot type (display mode) determined in S1325 and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, and the rough production mode is selected. The dynamic time (variation time) of the specific dynamic display (variation effect) is determined based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 from the rough effect mode. In determining the fluctuation pattern at the time of a jackpot, first, the stop pattern table 202d to be used is selected according to the jackpot type (display mode).

Specifically, for example, when "probability variation A" corresponding to "10R probability variation jackpot" is set as the jackpot type in the processing of S1325, the stop pattern table 202d provided for "probability variation A" (for example, probability variation) In the stop pattern table for A), the effect mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the hold ball execution area 203f is selected. Further, when "probability variation B" corresponding to "4R probability variation jackpot" is set as the jackpot type, it is held in the stop pattern table 202d provided for "probability variation B" (for example, the stop pattern table for probability variation B). The effect mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the ball execution area 203f is selected. Further, when "time reduction A" corresponding to "10R time reduction jackpot" is set as the jackpot type, it is held in the stop pattern table 202d provided for "time reduction A" (for example, the stop pattern table for time reduction A). The effect mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the ball execution area 203f is selected. Further, when "time reduction B" corresponding to "4R time reduction jackpot" is set as the jackpot type, it is held in the stop pattern table 202d provided for "time reduction B" (for example, the stop pattern table for time reduction B). The effect mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the ball execution area 203f is selected.

Then, in the group of the variation pattern table 202e provided for each effect mode set in the process of S1326, the variation pattern associated with the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is selected. .. Then, the fluctuation time is set based on the relationship between the fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation time defined in advance.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the hit is not a big hit in the process of S1324 (S1324: No), the display mode at the time of loss is set (S1327). In the process of S1327, the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is set to the display mode corresponding to the lost symbol, and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the hold ball execution area 203f and the first hold ball number counter. Based on the value of 203a or (and) the second reserved ball number counter 203b and the current gaming state, as the effect mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81, a "non-reach (short)" effect mode and a "non-reach" effect mode are used. One of the "(long)" effect mode, the "normal reach" effect mode, the "super reach" effect mode, and the "special reach" effect mode is set.

In the fifth embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 is stopped corresponding to each effect mode depending on whether the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a “probability fluctuation state”, a “time shortening state”, or a “normal gaming state”. The stop pattern table 202d is set so that the range of values of the pattern selection counter C3 is different.

Next, the fluctuation pattern at the time of loss is determined (S1328), and the process proceeds to S1329. In the process of S1328, the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 determine the fluctuation time until the stop display is performed with the lost symbol. Specifically, in the group of the fluctuation pattern table 202e provided for each display mode (effect mode) at the time of loss determined in the process of S1327, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f. Select the variation pattern associated with. Then, the fluctuation time is set based on the relationship between the fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation time defined in advance.

In this way, the effect mode and fluctuation pattern setting process at the time of big hit and the effect mode and variation pattern setting process at the time of loss are determined and determined by the same determination program using the same random number values C3 and CS1. Therefore, the program can be standardized and the development man-hours at the time of development can be reduced.

In the process of S1329, the variation that notifies the display control device 114 of the variation time according to the variation pattern via the voice lamp control device 113 based on the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern determined by the processes of S1326 and S1328. Set the pattern command (S1329). Specifically, for example, a jackpot lottery is won, the jackpot is "probability variation A" corresponding to "10R probability variation jackpot", and a fluctuation pattern of "super reach" of "25 seconds" is selected. In that case, a fluctuation pattern command indicating "super reach" of jackpot, "probability change A", and "25 seconds" is set. In addition, if the jackpot lottery is lost and a fluctuation pattern of "super reach" of "25 seconds" is selected, a fluctuation pattern command indicating loss and "super reach" of "25 seconds" is set. .. In this way, even if the variation effect has the same variation time, by setting the variation pattern command together with the propriety of the variation effect and the content of the rough variation pattern, the voice lamp control device 113 can perform the effect mode including the result. It is possible to grasp the content and the fluctuation time of the above, and to determine the fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation effect in detail based on the information.

Further, a stop type command for notifying the display control device 114 of the stop type set in the processing of S1325 or S1327 via the voice lamp control device 113 is set (S1330), and the special figure variation processing (see FIG. 40). ) Return. Specifically, for example, if a jackpot is won and the content of the jackpot is "probability variation A", which is "10R probability variation jackpot", a specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "7" symbol, etc.) Is not specified, and a stop type command indicating that it is "probability change A" is set. In addition, if the jackpot is won and the content of the jackpot is "time saving B" which is "4R time saving jackpot", the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "4" symbol etc.) is not specified. , Set a stop type command indicating that it is "time saving B".

On the other hand, if the jackpot is not won and the "super reach" production mode is selected, the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "787") is not specified, and the "super reach" effect mode is not specified. Set a stop type command that indicates that it is a "super reach" effect mode. Further, if the jackpot is not won and the "normal reach" production mode is selected, the "normal reach" at the time of loss is not specified without specifying the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "737"). "Set a stop type command indicating that it is an effect mode. Further, if the jackpot is not won and the "non-reach" effect mode is selected, the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "258") is not specified, and the "non-reach" effect mode is not specified. Set a stop type command indicating that it is a "non-reach" effect mode.

In this way, by setting a rough stop type based on the success or failure of the variation effect in the stop type command, the voice lamp control device 113 (display control device 114) grasps the stop type based on the success or failure and makes them. It is possible to determine the stop result of the fluctuation effect in detail based on the information of.

These fluctuation pattern commands and stop type commands are stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and these commands are executed in the process of S1101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) to be executed next. It is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the fluctuation pattern command or the stop type command, the voice lamp control device 113 generates a display fluctuation pattern command or a display type command based on the fluctuation pattern command, and transmits the display type command to the display control device 114.

Next, with reference to FIG. 42, the start-up process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 when the power is turned on to the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. This start-up process is started by resetting when the power is turned on.

In the start-up process, first, the initial setting process associated with the power-on is executed (S1701). For example, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. Next, in order to wait for the control device on the sub side (peripheral control device such as voice lamp control device 113, payout control device 111, etc.) to become operable, weight processing (“1 second” in the fifth embodiment). ) Is executed (S1702). Then, the access of the RAM 203 is permitted (S1703).

After that, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 6) is turned on (S1704), and if it is turned on (S1704: Yes), the process shifts to S1711. On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S1704: No), it is determined whether or not the power cutoff occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1705), and if it is not stored (S1705: No). Since there is a possibility that the process at the time of the previous power cutoff did not end normally, the process is also shifted to S1711 in this case as well.

If the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1705: Yes), the RAM determination value is calculated (S1706), and if the calculated RAM determination value is not normal (S1707: No), that is, the calculated RAM If the determination value does not match the RAM determination value saved when the power is cut off, the backed up data has been destroyed, and the process is shifted to S1711 even in such a case.

As will be described in S1806 of FIG. 43, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 203. Instead of this RAM determination value, the effectiveness of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in the predetermined area of the RAM 203 is correctly saved.

In the process of S1711, a payout initialization command is transmitted to initialize the payout control device 111 which is a control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side (S1711). Upon receiving this payout initialization command, the payout control device 111 clears an area (work area) other than the stack area of the RAM 213, sets an initial value, and is ready to start payout control of the ball. After transmitting the payout initialization command, the main control device 110 executes the initialization process (S1712, S1713) of the RAM 203.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, when the RAM data is initialized at the time of turning on the power, for example, when the hall is open for business, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erasing switch 122. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 122 is pressed during the start-up process, the RAM 203 initialization process (S1712, S1713) is executed. Similarly, when the power failure occurrence information is not set or when a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.), the initialization process (S1712, S1713) of the RAM 203 is executed in the same manner. .. In the initialization process of the RAM 203 (S1712, S1713), the used area of the RAM 203 is cleared to “0” (S1712), and then the initial value is set in the RAM 203 (S1713). After executing the initialization process of the RAM 203, the process proceeds to the process of S1710.

On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S1704: No), the power failure occurrence information is stored (S1705: Yes), and the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.) is normal (S1704: No). S1707: Yes), the information on the occurrence of the power failure is cleared while holding the data backed up in the RAM 203 (S1708). Then, a payout return command at the time of power recovery for returning the control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side to the gaming state when the drive power is cut off is transmitted (S1709), and the process proceeds to S1710. When the payout control device 111 receives the payout return command, the payout control device 111 is in a state where the payout control of the ball can be started while holding the data stored in the RAM 213.

In the process of S1710, interrupts are permitted (S1710). After that, the process proceeds to the main process (see FIG. 43) described later.

Next, with reference to FIG. 43, the main process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 after the above-mentioned start-up process will be described. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing this main process. In this main process, the counter update process and the power off process are roughly classified.

In the main process, it is determined whether or not the power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1801). If the information on the occurrence of the power failure is not stored in the RAM 203 (S1801: No), the power failure signal SG1 is not output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252, and the power supply is not shut off. Therefore, in such a case, the first initial value random number counter CINI1, the second initial value random number counter CINI2, and the variation type counter CS1 are repeatedly updated (S1802, S1803).

First, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S1802). Specifically, when the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are added by 1, and the counter value reaches the maximum value (“899”, “99” in the fifth embodiment). , Clear to "0". Then, the updated values of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203, respectively. Next, the variation type counter CS1 is updated by the same method as the process of S1107 (see FIG. 38) (S1803), and the process shifts to the process of S1801.

Here, while this main process is being executed, the timer interrupt process described with reference to FIG. 38 is started and executed at predetermined time intervals (“4 milliseconds” in the fifth embodiment). In the timer interrupt process, different processes are executed depending on the state of the game. For example, during the jackpot, the execution of controlling the opening and closing of the variable winning device 65 is performed, and if the ball passes through the through gate 67, the display control regarding the variable display of the normal symbol by the normal symbol display device 83 is performed. .. Further, in the jackpot lottery executed when the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 is started, the number of jackpot random numbers to be compared with the acquired jackpot random number counter C1 differs depending on whether it is in the high probability state or the low probability state. Come on. Therefore, the time required to execute one timer interrupt process changes according to the state of the game. Therefore, the remaining time from the end of one timer interrupt process to the execution timing of the next timer interrupt process is not constant and changes according to the state of the game at that time.

The above-mentioned processes S1802 and S1803, which are one process of the main process, are executed within the remaining time of the timer interrupt process. That is, since the update of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is repeatedly executed using the remaining time, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number are used. The counter CINI2 (that is, the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the initial value of the counter C4 per normal figure) can be updated at random, and similarly, the variation type counter CS1 can also be updated at random. In particular, by randomly updating the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2, the jackpot random number counter C1 and the normal figure per counter C4 that use these as the initial value of the update are randomly updated. Can have sex.

Further, in the processing of S1801, if the information on the occurrence of the power failure is stored in the RAM 203 (S1801: Yes), the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the power is turned off, and the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252. As a result, since the NMI interrupt process of FIG. 42, which will be described later, is executed, the process at the time of power cutoff after S1804 is executed. First, the occurrence of each interrupt process is prohibited (S1804), and a power off command indicating that the power is cut off is issued to other control devices (peripheral control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113). (S1805). Then, the RAM determination value is calculated, the value is saved (S1806), the access of the RAM 203 is prohibited (S1807), and the infinite loop is continued until the power supply is completely shut off and the process cannot be executed. Here, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value in the backed up stack area and work area of the RAM 203.

The process of S1801 is executed at a timing at the end of one cycle of the processes of S1802 and S1803 performed within the remaining time of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). As a result, in the main processing of the main control device 110, various settings by the timer interrupt processing are completed, and at the timing when the updates of the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 are completed, the power failure occurrence information is confirmed. .. Therefore, when returning from the power cut-off state, the process can be started from the process of S1801 after the start-up process (see FIG. 42) is completed. That is, the process can be started from the process of S1801 as in the case of being initialized in the start-up process.

Therefore, in the process when the power is cut off, the stack pointer is used in the initial setting process (S1701) without saving the contents of each register used by the MPU 201 to the stack area or saving the value of the stack pointer. By setting a predetermined value (initial value), the process of S1801 can be started. As a result, the control load on the main control device 110 can be reduced, and accurate control can be performed without the main control device 110 malfunctioning or running out of control.

In the fifth embodiment, the process to be executed periodically is executed by the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), and in the main process (see FIG. 43), each counter CINI1, CINI2, CS1 is used for the remaining time of the timer interrupt process. Although the case of executing the update of is described, a part or all of the processing executed in the timer interrupt processing should be executed every predetermined time (for example, "4 milliseconds") in the main processing. It may be configured as. For example, the prize ball counting signal, the payout abnormality signal reading process (S1102), the jackpot processing (S1103), the ordinary electric service control processing (S1104), and the switch reading processing (S1104), which were executed in the timer interrupt processing in the fifth embodiment. S1105), start winning process (S1108), gate passage process (S1109), special figure variation process (S1110), normal map variation process (S1111), launch control process (S1112), part or all of the timer interrupt process Instead, it may be configured to be executed every "4 milliseconds" in the main process.

In this case, a step is provided in the main process (see FIG. 43) to determine whether or not a predetermined time (“4 milliseconds”) has elapsed, and only when it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, it is executed every predetermined time. The counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 may be updated regardless of whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed. As a result, each of the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 is updated during the remaining time of the process to be executed at predetermined time intervals, but the process to be executed at predetermined time intervals is executed according to the state of the game. Since the time required for the operation changes, the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 can be updated at random even in such a configuration.

Next, with reference to FIG. 42, the NMI interrupt process executed in the main control device 110 when a power failure or the like occurs will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing an NMI interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The NMI interrupt process is a process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like.

By this NMI interrupt processing, the power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203. That is, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The MPU 201 in which the power failure signal SG1 is input to the NMI terminal interrupts the control during execution and starts the NMI interrupt process, and stores the power failure occurrence information in the RAM 203 as the setting of the power failure occurrence information (S1901). ), Ends the NMI interrupt process.

The above NMI interrupt process is also executed in the payout control device 111, and the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 213 by the NMI interrupt process. That is, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 in the payout control device 111, and the MPU 211 interrupts the control during execution. Then, the NMI interrupt process is started.

As described above, in the fifth embodiment, the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11 (that is, the inner frame 12 is not unlocked from the outer frame 11) from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. Since the QR code 421a (and the main board number information 423) on the main board surface can be read by the window portion 13a for viewing the back surface, it is only necessary to unlock the front frame 14 from the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12. The board table QR code 401, the frame table QR code 411, and the main board table QR code 421a (and the main board number information 423) can be read (without unlocking the inner frame 12). Therefore, it is possible to streamline the work of confirming whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, the main board front QR code 421a of the main board seal 420, which is attached to the main control device 110 and can be seen from the back surface viewing window 13a, is attached to the game board 13 on the board side. It is arranged so as to vertically overlap with the board surface QR code 401 of the seal 400 and the frame surface QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 attached to the inner frame 12. As a result, when the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall performs the confirmation work with the inner frame 12 locked, the position of each table QR code 401, 411, 421a can be easily grasped and the confirmation work can be performed. Can be made more efficient.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, the main control device 110 is arranged so as to be located slightly to the left of the game board 13 in the rear view from the main control device 110 of the first embodiment, and is in front of the main control device 110. View (rear view of pachinko machine 10) The QR code 422 on the back of the main board of the main board sticker 420 attached to the lower left side of the pachinko machine 10 is the back QR of the board side sticker 400 attached to the lower left side of the back view of the game board 13. It is arranged so as to vertically overlap with the code 402 and the QR code 412 on the back of the frame of the frame-side sticker 410 attached to the lower left side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the back. This makes it easier for the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall to grasp the positions of the back QR codes 402, 421 and 422 when the confirmation work is performed with the inner frame 12 open, and the game board. 13. The confirmation work of the inner frame 12 and the main control device 110 can be made more efficient.

Further, the parts are not arranged in the back direction of the pachinko machine 10 between the back board QR code 402 of the board side seal 400 and the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side seal 410, and the back board QR code is not arranged from the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The 402 and the QR code 412 on the back of the frame are arranged in an exposed state (see FIG. 23). As a result, each back QR code 402, 421, 422 can be read by the reading device 600 without removing other parts such as the cover, and the confirmation work of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 can be efficiently performed. Can be transformed into.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, the number information 403,413 corresponding to each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 above, and each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, respectively. Each 423 is printed (displayed), and each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is read by one operation on the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600, and each number information 403, 413, 423 is simultaneously read. It is configured to be readable. Then, if either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read normally, the game board number, the frame number, or the main board number can be read normally. It is configured so that the process can be executed as a thing. With this configuration, if either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is dirty or damaged and cannot be read normally, or in the game hall. Even if the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 is difficult to read due to the dim influence of the lighting environment, the other number information 403,413,423 or the QR code 401, 402,411,421,421a , 422 is read, the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or number is configured so that the game board number, frame number, or main board number can be read normally. Whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate even if any one of the information 403, 413, and 423 cannot be read normally due to damage or dirt. The confirmation work can be made more efficient. Further, when each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, which is difficult to recognize by human perception, cannot be read by the reading device 600, the number information 403,413, which can be read by human perception. If the number information 403, 413, 423 cannot be read by the reading device 600, the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read, and the number information 403, 413, 423 can be directly input to the reading device 600 to enable processing. This makes it possible to streamline the work of confirming whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, since the main board seal 420 is attached (straddling) the box base and the box cover of the board box 100 of the main control device 110, the board box 100 is opened. If the seal is to be peeled off or the substrate box 100 is forcibly opened, the main substrate seal 420 is cut into the box base side and the box cover side. Therefore, by checking the main board seal 420, it is possible to know whether or not the board box 100 has been opened. That is, the main board seal 420 also functions as a sealing seal. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately prepare a sealing sticker and attach it to the substrate box 100, and the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, when the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403,413,423 is read by the reading device 600, the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 The background color is different, and the background color of the display unit 611 is changed according to the combination of the read QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422, or the number information 403, 413, 423. The coded information of each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the print contents of the number information 403, 413, 423 are set. Then, in the pachinko machine 10, the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 corresponding to the game board 13, the frame QR code 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 corresponding to the inner frame 12, and the main control device. When all of the main QR codes 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 corresponding to 110 are read normally, and the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in 1 pachinko machine 10 is normal. In the pachinko machine 10, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a specific color (“white” in the fifth embodiment), and the pachinko machine 10 is used by the business operator of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall. It is configured to be able to notify that the confirmation work has been completed. With this configuration, whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 is normal or not by the operator of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall by the reading device 600. By checking the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 when performing the confirmation work, the display unit indicates whether or not the confirmation work has been properly completed and whether or not any of the confirmation work has been completed or not executed. This is possible by checking the background color of 611. Therefore, for example, even if the reading device 600 does not have a function of displaying characters or the like, it is possible to make the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned in the game hall recognize the execution status of the confirmation work. The confirmation work can be made more efficient, and the configuration of the reading device 600 can be simplified.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, the back surface visual viewing window portion 13a is the lower portion of the front frame 14 when the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 (that is, the front frame 14 is closed). The pachinko machine 10 is covered with a window 13a for viewing the back surface so that the window portion 13a for viewing the back surface cannot be visually recognized from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. On the other hand, in a state where the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 and the front frame 14 is rotated from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 (that is, the front frame 14 is open), the back surface is visually recognized. Since the window portion 13a is exposed and can be visually recognized from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, the back surface side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized by the back surface viewing window portion 13a. As a result, by making each QR code 401, 411, 421a invisible to the player playing the game, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10, and the person in charge of the manufacturer or the game hall. At the time of confirmation by a person concerned, the back surface side of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the back surface visual recognition window portion 13a, and the confirmation work can be made more efficient.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the fifth embodiment have the same effects as those in the first to fourth embodiments.

<Sixth Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 to 47.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a game board 13 of a predetermined model capable of executing a game with a predetermined game specification while leaving an outer frame 11, an inner frame 12, and a front frame 14 is provided with another game specification. It is configured so that the model can be changed by exchanging with the game board 13 of another model capable of executing the game.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the second board surface device 24 is provided as a replaceable part when the model is changed, and when the model is changed, both the game board 13 and the second board surface device 24 are replaced. Configure to be possible. Then, the second board surface side seal 430 is attached to the replaceable second board surface device 24, and the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, the main control device 110, and the second board surface device 24 in the pachinko machine 10 of 1. Is configured to be readable by the reading device 600.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, the reading device 600, etc. in the sixth embodiment are mainly different from the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, the reading device 600, etc. in the first to fifth embodiments. explain. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fifth embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, the configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 and 46. FIG. 45 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 45 (a) is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in a state where the front frame 14 is locked with respect to the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11. FIG. 45B is a front view showing a state in which the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 and the front frame 14 is opened with respect to the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11. It is a figure. Further, FIG. 46 is a right side view of the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 46A is a right side showing a state in which the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11. FIG. 46 (b) is a view showing a state in which the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 and rotated by 90 degrees.

First, as shown in FIGS. 45 (a) and 45 (b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, a second board surface device 24 is provided on the upper side of the pachinko machine 10, and the inner frame 12 and the inner frame 12 and the pachinko machine 10 are provided. The second board surface device 24 is assembled and fixed to the outer frame 11. The second board surface device 24 has a model name logo of the pachinko machine 10 formed on the front side thereof, and a movable panel 25 displaceable by a built-in motor is provided in the lower part of the front view of the model name logo. Has been done.

The movable panel 25 is composed of a normal state surface (see FIG. 45) in which no character is displayed and a plurality of character surfaces (not shown) in which predetermined characters are formed, and is composed of a game execution result and a game. The drive state is configured to be displaced according to the state. Specifically, for example, in a normal state such as a "normal game state", the normal state surface is configured to face the front side of the pachinko machine 10, while the "reach display" is executed in the third symbol display device 81. Some of them are configured so that the character surface displaying a predetermined suggestion content (for example, "extreme heat") regarding the effect being executed faces the front side of the pachinko machine 10, or is in a jackpot state or "probability fluctuation state". Inside, the character surface displaying the suggestion content (for example, “LUCKY!”, “Probability changing”, etc.) regarding the state is configured to face the front side of the pachinko machine 10.

Here, as shown in FIGS. 46 (a) and 46 (b), in the second board surface device 24, the lower portion of the second board surface device 24 is formed by the inner frame 12 (game board 13 and outer frame 11). It is fixed, and when the front frame 14 is locked, the entire lower portion of the second board surface device 24 is covered by the front frame 14, while when the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and released, the front frame 14 is unlocked. The entire lower portion of the second board surface device 24 is configured to be exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. As a result, the pachinko machine 10 can be manufactured while suppressing the deterioration of the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 by making the second board surface side sticker 430, which will be described later, invisible to the player who plays the game with the front frame 14 locked. At the time of confirmation by the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned in the game hall, the front frame 14 is unlocked and opened so that the second board side sticker 430 attached to the second board surface device 24 can be visually recognized.

A second board side sticker 430 on which the second board front QR code 431 and the second board back QR code 432 (see FIG. 46) are printed is attached to the lower right portion of the second board device 24 when viewed from the front. .. On the second board surface side seal 430, the second board surface device 24 unique information such as the second board surface device serial number (hereinafter, may be referred to as "second board surface number") is represented by a two-dimensional code. A QR code 431 on the front side of the board and a QR code 432 on the back side of the second board (see FIG. 47) are printed respectively. When the pachinko machine 10 is viewed from the front side, the second board surface QR code 431 of the second board surface side sticker 430 attached to the lower right side of the front view of the second board surface device 24 and the front view of the game board 13 The board surface QR code 401 of the board side sticker 400 attached to the lower right side, the frame table QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 attached to the lower right side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front, and the main control device 110. The main board surface QR code 421a of the main board seal 420 attached to the lower right side of the rear view (lower left side of the front view) is arranged so as to overlap with each other on a vertical line. Further, when the pachinko machine 10 is viewed from the back surface side, the second board surface back QR code 432 of the second board surface side sticker 430 attached to the lower left side of the back surface view of the second board surface device 24 and the back surface of the game board 13 The QR code 402 on the back of the board of the board-side sticker 400 attached to the lower left side of the view, the QR code 412 on the back of the frame of the frame-side sticker 410 attached to the lower left side of the back view of the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110. The QR code 422 on the back of the main board of the main board seal 420 attached to the lower left side of the front view (lower right side of the rear view) is arranged so as to overlap with each other on a vertical line. As a result, when the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall confirms the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, the main control device 110, and the second board surface device 24, the QR codes 401, 411, respectively. The positions of the 421a and 431 can be easily grasped, and the confirmation work of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, the main control device 110, and the second board surface device 24 can be made more efficient.

The second board front QR code 431 and the second board back QR code 432 printed on the second board side seal 430 are the same two-dimensional code, and the above-mentioned second board number (for example, AA-D 111111) is used. ), The manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A), the second board surface name (for example, ○○○○), and the like are encoded, and each of the above data is read by the reader 600 (see FIG. 9). It is configured to be readable.

Here, a mode in which the second board surface side seal 430 is attached to the second board surface device 24 will be described with reference to FIG. 47. FIG. 47 (a) is a front view of the second board surface device 24 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 47 (b) is a right side view of the second board surface device 24.

As described above, when the second board surface side seal 430 is attached to the second board surface device 24, the front side of the second board surface device 24 (front side in FIG. 47 (a), FIG. 47 (b)). The second board surface QR code 431 located on the left side) and the second board surface back QR code located on the back side of the second board surface device 24 (not shown in FIG. 47 (a) but on the right side in FIG. 47 (b)). 432 and 1 are printed on the sticker 1 (that is, the sticker 430 on the second board surface side), respectively. With this configuration, when it is desired to attach a QR code indicating the second board surface number to the front side and the back side of the second board surface device 24, respectively, the second board surface side seal 430 of 1 is attached to the second board surface device 24. This can be achieved by sticking the sticker from the lower right side of the front view to the lower left side of the rear view, and it is possible to prevent the sticker from being mistakenly stuck on the front side and the back side of the second board surface device 24. ..

Further, the portion where the model name logo and the movable panel 25 of the second board surface device 24 are provided is inclined to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 by a predetermined angle so that the player sitting on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 can easily see it. It is formed. Therefore, when the reading device 600 tries to read the second board surface QR code 431 attached to the second board surface device 24, the housing of the second board surface device 24 and the housing of the reading device 600 interfere with each other. , The reading device 600 may not be able to face the reading target, and it may be difficult for the reading device 600 to perform the reading operation. Therefore, in the sixth embodiment, even when the reading operation is performed from an oblique direction without facing the reading device 600 with respect to the second board surface QR code 431, the deviation and distortion that occur in each cell are corrected. By using it for the second board surface QR code 431 having an alignment pattern, the housing of the second board surface device 24 and the housing of the reading device 600 interfere with each other to read the second board surface QR code 431. It is configured so that the second board surface QR code 431 can be read normally even when the device 600 cannot be faced directly. With this configuration, the degree of freedom in designing the second board surface device 24 can be increased, and the degree of freedom in the attachment position of the second board surface side seal 430 can be increased.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the sixth embodiment have the same effects as those in the first to fifth embodiments.

<7th Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 48 and 49.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a game board 13 of a predetermined model capable of executing a game with a predetermined game specification while leaving an outer frame 11, an inner frame 12, and a front frame 14 is provided with another game specification. It is configured so that the model can be changed by exchanging with the game board 13 of another model capable of executing the game.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, it is possible to store prize ball data and the like and play a game, and a predetermined number of balls are prepared in advance in the pachinko machine 10 and the balls are prepared. Is circulated in the pachinko machine 10 to play a game. Then, the front frame 14 of the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be separable into the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b, and when the model is changed, both the game board 13 and the front upper frame 14a are interchangeable. To do. Then, the front upper side sticker 440 on which the front frame QR code 441 is printed is attached to the replaceable front upper frame 14a, and in the pachinko machine 10, the game board 13, the inner frame 12, the main control device 110, and the main control device 110. Whether or not the combination of the front upper frame 14a is normal or not can be read by the reading device 600.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, the reading device 600, etc. in the seventh embodiment are mainly different from the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, the reading device 600, etc. in the first to sixth embodiments. explain. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fourth embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, the appearance configuration of the pachinko machine 10 and the card sandwich device 71 of the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 47. FIG. 47 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 and the card sanding device 71.

The card sanding device 71 is provided in a one-to-one correspondence with each pachinko machine 10 installed in the game hall, and is installed on the left side (or right side) of the corresponding pachinko machine 10 and the pachinko machine. Connected with 10. The pachinko machine 10 is within the range of the amount of banknotes inserted into the corresponding card sandwich device 71 or the savings data (remaining amount) recorded on the membership card (not shown) inserted in the card sandwich device 71. Then, lend the ball to the player. The player can play the game on the pachinko machine 10 using the rented ball (rental ball) and the ball paid out by the game (prize ball) as possession balls.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment does not receive the supply of balls used in the game from the island equipment or discharge the balls used in the game to the island equipment, but rather a predetermined number (first embodiment). 50) balls are prepared in advance in the pachinko machine 10, and the balls are circulated in the pachinko machine 10 to be used for a game, which is configured as a so-called in-flight circulation type (or enclosed type) pachinko game machine. Has been done. This in-flight circulation type pachinko machine 10 does not have a conventional payout device, and does not lend or pay out balls directly to the player, but digitizes the lending balls and prize balls (as a score). Give to the player.

The in-flight circulation type pachinko machine 10 collects balls from the conventional island equipment, that is, each pachinko machine 10 installed in the island equipment, cleans the collected balls, and distributes them to each pachinko machine 10 again. Island equipment with a large-scale mechanism can be eliminated. Therefore, in the hall where the pachinko machine 10 is introduced, the cost for the island equipment can be reduced. In addition, it is not necessary to stop all the pachinko machines 10 installed on the island equipment in order to inspect and maintain the island equipment, and inspection and maintenance can be performed for each pachinko machine 10, so that the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 can be increased. Can be raised.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, a non-magnetic ball that is not attracted by a magnet, for example, an austenitic stainless steel ball is used as a game ball (hereinafter, simply referred to as a “ball”). As a result, when the player cheats by using a magnet to change the flow direction of the ball, or when the ball is held in the game area described later without flowing down and the game area is opened, the ball is dealt with. We try to prevent cheating that involves some kind of work.

As shown in FIG. 47, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 formed in substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. It is provided with an inner frame 12 that is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 47) in order to support the inner frame 12, and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side (front side) of the front surface. When the inner frame 12 is closed, the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11.

The inner frame 12 is made of a synthetic resin, specifically, an ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) resin. ABS resin is suitable as a constituent material of the inner frame 12 because the material cost is low, the adhesiveness such as plating is good, the decorative property is excellent, and the impact resistance is high.

Further, the inner frame 12 has a front lower frame 14b projecting to the front front side (front side) in the lower part of the front view, that is, the lower side of the area where the game board 13 is mounted. Inside the front lower frame 14b, a ball launching unit 112a that launches a ball into the front region (game area) of the game board 13 and a ball immediately after being launched from the ball launching unit 112a to the front region of the game board 13. A launch rail 112c for guiding and a supply passage (not shown) for storing the balls collected from the front region of the game board 13 and supplying them to the ball launch unit 112a are mainly arranged (see FIG. 49). ). In the seventh embodiment, since the pachinko machine 10 is an in-flight circulation type pachinko machine, unlike a general pachinko gaming machine, the inner frame 12 has an upper plate and a lower plate for storing balls. It has been omitted.

The front lower frame 14b is covered with a cover made of resin (for example, ABS resin), and the cover is configured to be non-openable and non-removable from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. As a result, the player is configured so that at least the balls stored in the supply passage (not shown) are not touched by the player, and the player with respect to the balls used in the pachinko machine 10 stored in the supply passage. Can prevent any cheating (for example, cheating such as exchanging balls or oiling a ball to change the movement of the ball in the game area).

A status display device 85 that displays the player's possessed ball, the card balance, the acquired possessed ball, and the like is arranged in the central portion of the front lower frame 14b in the front view. The details of the status display device 85 will be described later.

An operation handle 51 operated by a player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is disposed on the lower right side of the front lower frame 14b in the front view, and the ball launching unit 112a is provided inside the operation handle 51. The touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the steering wheel 51a, the push button type stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball during the pressing operation, and the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51 by the change of the electric resistance. It has a built-in variable resistor (not shown) to detect.

When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes according to the operation amount, depending on the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. The ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor that changes, and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are turned off.

On the front side of the area where the game board 13 is mounted in the inner frame 12, a front upper frame (also referred to as “glass frame”) 14a covering the front surface thereof is provided. In order to support the front upper frame 14a, metal hinges 19 are attached to the upper and lower two places on the left side of the front view of the area where the game board 13 is mounted in the inner frame 12. The front upper frame 14a is supported so as to be openable and closable to the front front side (front side) with the side on which the hinge 19 is provided as an opening and closing axis. When the front upper frame 14a is closed, the front upper frame 14a is locked to the inner frame 12.

The inner frame 12 has a cylinder lock 20 constituting the locking device at the opening / closing shaft of the inner frame 12 and the lower end (right end of the front view) on the side separated from the opening / closing shaft of the front upper frame 14a. It is arranged. The lock of the inner frame 12 with respect to the outer frame 11 and the lock of the front upper frame 14a with respect to the inner frame 12 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation. Specifically, when the key inserted into the keyhole 21 is turned counterclockwise, the lock of the inner frame 12 is unlocked. On the other hand, when the key inserted into the keyhole 21 is turned to the right, the front upper frame 14a is unlocked.

The front upper frame 14a is formed by assembling decorative resin parts, electric parts, and the like, and a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit (not shown) having two plate glasses is arranged on the back side of the front upper frame 14a, and the front surface of the game board 13 mounted on the inner frame 12 via the glass unit is the pachinko machine 10. It is visible on the front side.

The front upper frame 14a is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front upper frame 14a. These light emitting means change and control the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking according to a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach, and play a role of enhancing the effect during the game. For example, on the peripheral edge of the window portion 14c, illumination portions 29 to 33 having a built-in light emitting means such as an LED are provided. In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination units 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and each illumination unit 29 to 33 lights up by lighting or blinking the built-in LED at the time of jackpot or reach production. Or, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is in progress or that the reach is one step before the jackpot. Further, in the upper left portion of the front upper frame 14a when viewed from the front (see FIG. 47), a light emitting means such as an LED is built in, and a display lamp 34 capable of displaying when the prize ball is being paid out and when an error occurs is provided.

The front lower frame 14b provided below the front upper frame 14a is provided with an operation unit 23 at a position substantially at the center thereof. The operation unit 23 is an input device that receives an operation instruction by the player, and is an input device arranged on the joystick 23a, the operation button 23b arranged on the left side of the joystick 23a in front view, and the operation button arranged on the right side of the front view of the joystick 23a. It is composed of 23c. When the joystick 23a and the operation buttons 23b and 23c are operated by the player, the pachinko machine 10 changes the image displayed in various effects executed by the third symbol display device 81 to the player. It raises expectations that it will be a big hit. This allows the player to actively participate in the game.

Here, the following effects can be obtained by providing the operation unit 23 on the front lower frame 14b. That is, since the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment is an in-flight circulation type pachinko machine, it has a mechanism for circulating balls such as a supply passage, which is not provided in a normal pachinko machine. In the past, when replacing pachinko machines, the entire pachinko machine was removed from the island equipment and replaced, but since the in-flight circulation type pachinko machine has a mechanism to circulate the balls in the machine, the unit price of one pachinko machine is high. It is more expensive than a normal pachinko machine, and as a result, the cost required to replace the pachinko machine is high.

The shapes of the game board 13 and the front upper frame 14a are significantly different in each model and model of the pachinko machine. Therefore, the outer frame 11, the inner frame 12 including the mechanism for circulating the ball in the machine, and the front lower frame 14b that covers the common passage and has the operation unit 23 are standardized for each model and model to make the pachinko machine. When replacing, if the front upper frame 14a and the game board 13 are replaced, the outer frame 11, the inner frame 12, and the front lower frame 14b can be reused for each model and model, so that the pachinko machine can be replaced. It is possible to keep the cost related to the above low.

When the pachinko machine is replaced in this way, if the operation unit 23 is provided in the front lower frame 14b as in the seventh embodiment, the operation unit 23 is left in the front lower frame 14b when the pachinko machine is replaced. Then, the front upper frame 14a and the game board 13 can be exchanged together. Therefore, the cost required for the operation unit 23 can be reduced for each model and model.

A card sanding device 71 is arranged on the left side of the pachinko machine 10 when viewed from the front. The card sandwich device 71 is provided with a bill insertion slot 72 for inserting bills and a card insertion slot 73 for inserting a membership card or a guest card (not shown).

The membership card is a recording medium for games issued to member players who have registered as members in the game hall, and the guest card is for games issued to general players who have not registered as members in the game hall. It is a recording medium. The membership card and the guest card are composed of IC cards, and record the game value owned by the player (for example, the card balance (amount data)).

The guest card is always provided inside the card sanding device 71 and plays an alternative role of the membership card for a player who does not have the membership card, and the membership card is inserted into the card insertion slot 73. When a player inserts a bill into the bill insertion slot 72 in the absence state, the guest card provided in the card sanding device 71 is configured to record the amount data corresponding to the bill. Since the functions of the guest card are the same as those other than the membership card and the member ID, the description of the guest card will be omitted below.

In this embodiment, if the card sandwich device 71 is not provided with a membership card or a guest card, an error state is set in which the player is prohibited from inserting banknotes. With this configuration, if the member card or guest card is not inserted in the card sanding device 71, the bill cannot be inserted into the bill insertion slot 72. Then, since the player is configured to insert banknotes into the card sandwich device 71 only in a normal state after the error state is cleared, the amount data corresponding to the banknotes can always be recorded in the membership card. .. In an error state in which the membership card or guest card is not provided inside the card sand device 71, the player inserts the membership card into the card insertion slot 73, or the staff of the game hall inserts the guest card into the card insertion slot 73. It is configured to be resolved by being thrown in.

Below the bill slot 72, a ball lending button 74 for obtaining a lending ball is arranged. When the ball lending button 74 is operated by the player, as long as the amount data exists in the membership card, each lending amount unit preset in the card sand device 71 corresponds to the lending rate also preset. Then, the rented ball is added (stored) to the pachinko machine 10 as a usable ball.

Specifically, for example, in the card sandwich device 71, the ball lending button 74 is operated by the player in a situation where the lending amount unit is set to 500 yen and the lending rate is set to 4 yen per ball. In that case, 125 balls will be rented to the player. In addition, when the ball lending button 74 is operated by the player in a situation where the lending amount unit is set to 500 yen and the lending rate is set to 2 yen per ball, the player lends 250 balls. Is rented out to. Further, if the ball lending button 74 is operated by the player in a situation where the lending amount unit is set to 500 yen and the lending rate is set to 1 yen per ball, the player lends 500 balls. Is rented out to.

The lending rate is transmitted in advance from the hall computer 500 (see FIG. 26) to the card sandwich device 71 and set. For example, when the power of the card sanding device 71 is turned on, a signal indicating that the power of the card sanding device 71 is turned on is transmitted to the hall computer 500, and the hall computer 500 that receives the signal receives the card sanding device 71. In response to the above, a rate signal relating to the lending rate corresponding to the card sandwich device 71 is transmitted. Then, the card sanding device 71 that has received the rate signal sets the lending rate by storing the lending rate specified by the rate signal in a predetermined area of the RAM (not shown) in the card sanding device 71. To do. The set lending rate (ball unit price) is displayed on the status display device 85. By confirming the lending rate displayed on the status display device 85, the player can know the ball unit price (exchange rate) of the lending ball in the pachinko machine 10 corresponding to the card sandwich device 71.

Further, the loan amount unit is also transmitted from the hall computer 500 (see FIG. 26) to the card sandwich device 71 in advance and set. For example, when the power of the card sanding device 71 is turned on, a signal indicating that the power of the card sanding device 71 is turned on is transmitted to the hall computer 500, and the hall computer 500 that receives the signal receives the card sanding device 71. In response to this, the above-mentioned rate signal is transmitted to the card sandwich device 71, and at the same time,
A monetary unit signal related to the loan monetary unit corresponding to the card sandwich device 71 is transmitted. Then, the card sanding device 71 that has received the monetary unit signal stores the lending amount unit specified by the monetary unit signal in a predetermined area of the RAM (not shown) in the card sanding device 71, thereby lending. Set the amount unit. The set loan amount unit is displayed on the status display device 85. By confirming the loan amount unit displayed on the status display device 85, the player can know the loan amount unit in the pachinko machine 10 corresponding to the card sandwich device 71.

Below the ball lending button 74 (lower side of FIG. 47), a return button 75 for requesting the return of the membership card inserted in the card insertion slot 73 is arranged. In the seventh embodiment, when the return button 75 is pressed, the card sand device 71 receives the acquired number of prize balls (the number of possessed balls) displayed on the status display device 85 at that time from the pachinko machine 10. Points are converted at a predetermined exchange rate (same as the lending rate), and the converted points are cumulatively added to the membership card as savings data. Then, the membership card storing the accumulated savings data is discharged from the card insertion slot 73.

As an example of converting points at a predetermined exchange rate, for example, if there are 1000 sharable balls, 1000 balls x 4 yen = 4000 points in the card sandwich device 71 set to exchange 1 ball for 4 yen. Will be added to the membership card. Further, in the card sandwich device 71 set to exchange 1 ball for 2 yen, 1000 balls x 2 yen = 2000 points are added to the membership card. Further, in the card sandwich device 71 set to exchange 1 ball for 1 yen, 1000 balls x 1 yen = 1000 points are added to the membership card.

The card sanding device 71 is also provided with a card-usable lamp 76, a lending-possible lamp 77a, and an error indicator lamp 77b as various lamps.

The card usable lamp 76 is a lamp for notifying whether or not a membership card can be inserted into the card insertion slot 73. The card sanding device 71 lights the card availability lamp 76 when the membership card can be inserted into the card insertion slot 73. The player can determine whether or not the membership card can be inserted into the card sandwich device 71 based on the lighting state of the card availability lamp 76.

After the power is turned on, the card sandwich device 71 receives a counting permission signal indicating that the lending rate and the lending amount unit are set and the number of possessed balls can be counted. It is in a standby state in which the available lamp 76 is not turned on and the reception of the membership card is not permitted. That is, the rate signal and the amount unit signal from the hall computer 500 play the role of the lending permission signal to the card sanding device 71, and the counting permission signal plays the role of the lending permission signal to the card sanding device 71. Then, when the card sandwich device 71 determines that the setting of the lending rate and the lending amount unit has been completed and the number of possessed balls can be counted, the card usable lamp 76 is turned on and the membership card can be accepted. Notify the player that it has become.

The rentable lamp 77a is a lamp for notifying the player whether or not the ball can be rented. The lending lamp 77a is turned on when the ball can be rented. Normally, the card sand device 71 turns off the rentable lamp 77a. Then, only when the membership card is inserted into the card insertion slot 73 and it is confirmed that the membership card is not illegal and is valid, the card sandwich device 71 lights the lending lamp 77a and plays a game. Notify the person that the ball can be rented. On the other hand, if the validity of the membership card cannot be confirmed even if the membership card is inserted into the card insertion slot 73, the card sand device 71 leaves the lending lamp 77a unlit, and the ball from the player. Reject the loan request. In addition, acceptance of banknotes into the banknote slot 72 is also prohibited. As a result, it is possible to notify the player that the membership card inserted into the card insertion slot 73 cannot lend the ball, and further, the player cannot lend the ball based on cash. In this case, the player can take measures such as calling a clerk in the game hall and asking him / her to confirm whether the data stored in the membership card has been destroyed.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to play a game using a ball, a legitimate membership card is inserted into the card insertion slot 73, or cash is inserted into the bill insertion slot 72 without inserting the membership card. It is essential to put it in.

The error display lamp 77b is a lamp that lights up when a predetermined error occurs. The card sanding device 71 lights the error indicator lamp 77b when a predetermined error is detected internally. For example, when it is confirmed that the membership card inserted into the card insertion slot 73 is not legitimate and is fraudulent, the error display lamp 77b is turned on. The clerk of the game hall can recognize that a predetermined error has occurred in the card sandwich device 71 by confirming that the error indicator lamp 77b is lit. As a result, the clerk of the game hall can take necessary measures against the error that occurs in the card sandwich device 71.

Next, with reference to FIG. 49, the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b are unlocked with respect to the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 in the seventh embodiment, and the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b are released. The open pachinko machine 10 and the state in which the front upper frame 14a and the game board 13 have been removed from the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 49 (a) is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in a state where the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b are opened from the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12, and the front upper frame 14a is shown from the state of FIG. 49 (a). It is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 with the game board 13 removed.

A front upper side sticker 440 is attached to the back upper left portion of the front upper frame 14a of the seventh embodiment. The front upper frame side seal 440 has a front frame QR code 441 that represents unique information such as a front upper frame serial number (hereinafter, may be referred to as "front frame number") unique to the front upper frame 14a in a two-dimensional code. Is printed. In the front frame QR code 441, each data such as the front frame number (for example, AA-Z 111111), the manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A), and the frame name (for example, XX frame) is encoded. Each of the above data can be read by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 26).

In the seventh embodiment, in a state where the front upper frame 14a is opened from the inner frame 12, the front frame QR code 441 of the front upper side seal 440 is exposed and can be read by the reading device 600, and the game board 13 ( From the front side of the pachinko machine 10), the board table QR code 401, the frame table QR code 411, and the main board table QR code 421a are configured to be readable by the reading device 600. As a result, with the inner frame 12 locked to the outer frame 11 (that is, without unlocking the inner frame 12 from the outer frame 11), the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 to the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b The board table QR code 401, the frame table QR code 411, the main board table QR code 421a, and the front frame QR code 441 can be read only by unlocking (without unlocking the inner frame 12). Therefore, it is possible to streamline the work of confirming whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, the main control device 110, and the front upper frame 14a in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate.

Further, in the upper right portion of the game board 13 of the seventh embodiment in front view, a front viewing window portion 13b is formed so that the front side of the pachinko machine 10 can be visually recognized from the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Since the front viewing window portion 13b is formed of transparent resin without printing or arranging decorations, the inner frame 12 is from the outer frame 11 in a state where the front upper frame 14a is locked to the inner frame 12. When unlocked and rotated, the front frame QR code 441 of the front upper side seal 440 attached to the front upper frame 14a can be visually recognized from the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (inner frame 12). It is formed. As a result, the front frame QR code 441 of the front upper side seal 440 can be read from the back side of the pachinko machine 10 by the reading device 600 without unlocking the front upper frame 14a from the inner frame 12, and the pachinko machine can be read. From the back side of the machine 10 (inner frame 12), the back panel QR code 402, the back frame QR code 412, and the back main board QR code 422 are configured to be readable by the reading device 600. As a result, the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall has the front upper frame 14a locked with respect to the inner frame 12, and only the inner frame 12 has been unlocked from the outer frame 11 with the QR code on the back of the board. 402, the frame back QR code 412, the main board back QR code 422, and the front frame QR code 441 can be read. Therefore, it is possible to streamline the work of confirming whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, the main control device 110, and the front upper frame 14a in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate.

Further, in the seventh embodiment, when the pachinko machine 10 is viewed from the back side, the main board sticker attached to the lower left side (see FIG. 25) of the main control device 110 when viewed from the front (rear view of the pachinko machine 10). The QR code 422 on the back of the main board of 420, the QR code 402 on the back of the board of the board side sticker 400 attached to the lower left side of the back view of the game board 13 (see FIG. 24), and the lower left side of the back view of the inner frame 12 (FIG. The QR code 412 on the back of the frame of the frame-side sticker 410 attached to (see 23) and the front frame QR code 441 of the front upper-side sticker 440 attached to the front upper frame 14a are arranged so as to overlap each other on a vertical line. To. This makes it easier for the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned with the game hall to grasp the position of each QR code 402, 421, 422, 441 when the confirmation work is performed with the inner frame 12 open, and the game. The confirmation work of the panel 13, the inner frame 12, the main control device 110, and the front upper frame 14a can be made more efficient.

<8th Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 50.

In the fifth embodiment, with the front frame 14 open, the board surface QR code 401 provided on the game board 13 and the frame table QR code 411 provided on the inner frame 12 are connected from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The main control device 110 is configured to be readable by the reading device 600, has a back surface viewing window portion 13a formed on the game board 13, and is installed on the back surface side of the game board 13 from the back surface viewing window portion 13a. The main board seal 420 is attached to a position where the entire board surface QR code 421a can be seen, and when the front frame 14 is open, the board surface QR code 401, the frame table QR code 411, and the main board table QR code 421a Is configured to be readable by the reading device 600.

On the other hand, in the eighth embodiment, in the front frame 14, the front side back surface viewing window portion 14e is provided at the position corresponding to the board surface QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411, and the front frame 14 is used as the inner frame 12. On the other hand, in a locked state (that is, a state in which the player can play a game), the board surface QR code 401 provided on the board side sticker 400 attached to the game board 13 via the front side back surface visual recognition window portion 14e. And the frame table QR code 411 provided on the frame side sticker 410 attached to the inner frame 12 are configured to be readable by the reading device 600. Further, the front frame 14 is not provided with the window covering portion 14d, and the main board table QR code 421a provided on the main board seal 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 can be read by the reading device 600. To do.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, the reading device 600, etc. in the eighth embodiment are mainly different from the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, the reading device 600, etc. in the first to seventh embodiments. explain. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to seventh embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 50 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the eighth embodiment. The difference between the eighth embodiment and the fifth embodiment is that the front frame 14 is provided with the front side back surface viewing window 14e, and the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12 on the front surface. The board surface QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411 are configured to be readable from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 via the side back surface viewing window portion 14e, and the front frame 14 is provided with the window covering portion 14d. Instead, the main board front QR code 421a provided on the main board seal 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 is read by the reading device 600 via the back side visual viewing window 13a of the game board 13 and the glass unit 16. It is a point that is configured to be readable by.

As shown in FIG. 50, a front side back surface viewing window portion 14e formed of a transparent resin is provided on the lower right side of the front surface frame 14 when viewed from the front. The front and back side visual viewing windows 14e are pachinko machines of the board surface QR code 401 of the board side sticker 400 attached to the game board 13 and the frame table QR code 411 of the frame side sticker 410 attached to the inner frame 12. It is provided on the front side of the machine 10, and the board surface QR code 401 and the frame table QR code 411 can be read by the reading device 600 from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 via the front side back surface viewing window 14e. ing.

Further, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the front frame 14 is not provided with the window covering portion 14d as in the fifth embodiment, and is provided on the game board 13 for viewing the back surface. The main board surface QR code 421a of the main board seal 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 is configured to be readable by the reading device 600 via the window portion 13a.

With this configuration, even when the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12, the board table QR code 401, the frame table QR code 411, and the main board table are viewed from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The QR code 421a can be read by the reading device 600, and is displayed on the model name logo of the pachinko machine 10 (for example, XX story), the board display of the game board 13, or the third symbol display device 81. The confirmation work can be performed while confirming the identification information such as the design. Therefore, since the unlocking operation for the pachinko machine 10 in the confirmation work can be eliminated, the confirmation work for whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate is streamlined. can do.

Although the present invention has been described above based on each embodiment, the present invention is not limited to each of the above embodiments, and various modifications and improvements can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be easily inferred. For example, the numerical values given in each of the above embodiments are examples, and it is naturally possible to adopt other numerical values.

In addition, it is naturally possible to combine each configuration of each of the above embodiments with respect to any configuration of any of the following modifications. Further, it is naturally possible to combine each configuration of the other one or a plurality of modifications with respect to the configuration of any of the modifications shown below. In these cases, further effects can be obtained by applying each configuration. Hereinafter, the description will be made based on the part number used in the description in the first embodiment, but it is naturally possible to replace the part number with the same type or similar part number in other embodiments.

<Modification example 1>
In each of the above embodiments, the game board 13, the inner frame 12, the game machine serial number of the main control device 110, etc. are described using the “QR code” which is a matrix type two-dimensional code, and each QR code 401 or the like is read. It was collated. On the other hand, the game machine serial number and the like are written by a bar code which is a one-dimensional code, another matrix type two-dimensional code, or a stack type two-dimensional code, and the above code is read and collated. You may. For example, in the case of another two-dimensional code of matrix type, "Veri Code (registered trademark)", "DataMatrix (registered trademark) Code", "Micro QR Code", "Maxi Code", "Code 1", or "Aztec (registered trademark) Code" or the like may be used. Further, if it is a stack type two-dimensional code, "PDF417", "Micro pdf417", "Code49", "Code16K" and the like may be used.

<Modification 2>
In each of the above embodiments, the QR code is used to encode the game machine serial number and the like. On the other hand, the game machine serial number or the like may be encoded by other coding identification information. Specifically, for example, the "color bit" coding information that converts the code by recognizing the arrangement order of the three colors of red, blue, and green, and the predetermined design are specified so that they cannot be visually recognized by humans. "Digital mark" is a digital watermarking technology that recognizes specific information indicated by the digital mark embedded in the design by embedding and printing the digital mark, which is information, and reading the design with a reading device equipped with dedicated reading software. The game machine serial number or the like may be encoded using the coding information. With this configuration, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved as compared with a two-dimensional code such as a QR code.

<Modification example 3>
In each of the above embodiments, a game machine serial number or the like is coded using a QR code which is a two-dimensional code, and the coded information is read to collate the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12. On the other hand, IC tags storing the game machine serial numbers of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 are embedded in the game board 13 and the inner frame 12, respectively, and RFID (Radio Frequency Identifier) technology is used to embed the game board 13 and the inner frame 12. It may be configured to collate the combination of the frames 12. Since RFID enables and facilitates communication at the time of shielding and multiple simultaneous communications, the degree of freedom in the mounting location of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is increased, and the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification example 4>
In the first embodiment, in the board side seal 400, the board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402 are composed of one sticker 400. On the other hand, a separate sticker may be attached to the front side and the back side of the game board 13. Further, the frame-side sticker 410 may also be configured so that separate stickers are attached to the front side and the back side of the inner frame 12. With such a configuration, the degree of freedom of the sticking place of each of the stickers 400 and 410 can be improved. By attaching the board-side sticker and the frame-side sticker to be affixed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 or the board-side sticker and the frame-side sticker to be affixed to the back side of the pachinko machine 10 at close positions, 2 When the reading device 600 that can read the QR code of the above is used at the same time, it is possible to facilitate the confirmation work from the front side or the back side of the pachinko machine 10.

<Modification 5>
In the first embodiment, the main board seal 420 of the main control device 110 is attached at a position away from the board side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410. On the other hand, the main board sticker 420 may be configured to be attached in the vicinity of the board side sticker 400 and the frame side sticker 410. That is, when the main board sticker 420 is attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110, it is attached so as to be in the vicinity of the place where the board side sticker 400 and the frame side sticker 410 are attached. With such a configuration, it is possible to instantly perform the confirmation work in the pachinko machine 10 by using, for example, a reading device or the like that can read three QR codes at the same time.

<Modification 6>
In each of the above embodiments, the QR code is printed on the board-side sticker 400, the frame-side sticker 410, and the main board sticker 420. On the other hand, the QR code may be printed and formed directly on the game board 13, the inner frame 12, or the board box 100 of the main control device 110. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent mistakes in sticking the stickers.

<Modification 7>
In each of the above embodiments, the main board seal 420 is attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110. On the other hand, the QR code may be directly attached or printed on the main control board (not shown) of the main control device 110. By directly attaching or printing the QR code on the main control board for which security measures are taken by the sealing unit, etc., it is difficult to forge the QR code, and fraudulent acts such as replacement of the main board seal 420 can occur. It can be suppressed.

<Modification 8>
In each of the above embodiments, QR codes that can read the game machine serial number and the like are provided on the front side and the back side of the pachinko machine 10, respectively, and the game machine serial number and the like can be read from any direction. It had been. On the other hand, a QR code capable of reading the game machine serial number or the like may be provided only in one direction (for example, only on the back surface side).

<Modification example 9>
In each of the above embodiments, the frame-side sticker 410 provided with the frame back QR code 412 in the inner frame 12 is attached to the inner frame 12 itself. On the other hand, the frame-side sticker 410 may be attached to the payout control device 111. Further, as the board-side sticker 400 to be attached to the game board 13, the board-side sticker 400 may be attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110. That is, the main board seal 420 is not provided, and the board-side sticker 400 is attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 as a substitute for the main board seal 420. With this configuration, the game board 13 (main control device 110) and the inner frame 12 may be collated by reading the QR code attached to each of the control devices 110 and 111. .. In this case, it is premised that the game board 13 and the main control device 110 are always matched (integrated) and the main control device 110 is not replaced.

<Modification example 10>
In the first embodiment, the QR codes 401, 411 and the like of 2 are read at the same time. On the other hand, the QR code 401, 411, etc. of 1 may be read one by one. Specifically, for example, after reading the QR code of the inner frame 12 first, measurement for a predetermined time (for example, within 10 seconds) is started on condition that the QR code of the inner frame 12 is used, and the predetermined time is measured. The QR code of the game board 13 may be read within the time, and if they do not match, or if the QR code is not read within a predetermined time, an error signal may be output. With this configuration, the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 can be collated with a general-purpose reading device without using a dedicated reading device 600 capable of simultaneously reading the two QR codes. In addition, when the predetermined time is exceeded, the initialization process such as erasing the QR code read earlier may be performed without outputting the error signal.

<Modification 11>
In each of the above embodiments, the two-dimensional code attached to the pachinko machine 10 is read by the reading device 600 to authenticate the game board number, the frame number, and the main board number. On the other hand, a two-dimensional code that encodes the installation position information of the game machine (information about the installation position of the game machine in the game hall) and the like is attached to the island facility, and the two-dimensional code and the pachinko machine 10 are attached to the 2D code. The dimension code may be configured to authenticate the installation position in the game hall and whether or not the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 are appropriate. Specifically, for example, when the pachinko machine 10 is purchased, the game hall stores (inputs) the installation position of the pachinko machine 10 in the game hall in advance. Then, whether or not the pachinko machine 10 is properly installed with respect to the input installation position is collated with the two-dimensional code in which the installation position information and the like are encoded and the two-dimensional code attached to the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, it is possible to grasp whether or not the pachinko machine 10 or its parts have been illegally replaced.

<Modification example 12>
In each of the above embodiments, a two-dimensional code in which the game machine serial number or the like is encoded by each QR code 401 or the like is attached, and the QR code 401 or the like is read by the reading device 600 to indicate the game indicated by the QR code 401 or the like. It was configured so that the machine serial number etc. could be recognized. On the other hand, when each QR code 401 or the like is configured with a two-dimensional code in which the game machine serial number or the like is encrypted and the QR code 401 or the like is read by the reading device 600, the encrypted game machine serial number or the like is obtained. Is only read, and even if the contents of the QR code 401 or the like read for the first time by the decryption key or the like stored in the reading device 600 are decoded and the game machine serial number or the like can be recognized. Good. With this configuration, it is possible to make it impossible to accurately read the game machine serial number, etc. unless it is a dedicated reading device 600 that stores the decryption key, and fraudulent acts such as forgery of the game machine serial number, etc. Can be prevented.

<Modification example 13>
In each of the above embodiments, the matching determination between the data read by the reading device 600 and the combination data is performed. On the other hand, the reading device 600 may be configured to perform a QR code reading process, transmit the read data to the hall computer 500, and perform a matching determination between the read data and the combination data in the hall computer 500. .. With such a configuration, it is not necessary to store the combination data in the reading device 600 and control processing such as matching determination between the reading data and the combination data, and the reading device 600 can be configured in a simple manner.

<Modification 14>
In each of the above embodiments, the board front QR code 401 and the frame front QR code 411, or the board back QR code 402 and the frame back QR code 412 are provided at adjacent positions, respectively. On the other hand, the frame front QR code 411 or the frame back QR code 412 may be provided within a predetermined distance (for example, within 10 cm) with respect to the board front QR code 401 or the board back QR code 402. With this configuration, by providing the frame table QR code 411 or the frame back QR code 412 at a position close to the board front QR code 401 or the board back QR code 402, the board front QR code 401 and the frame table The QR code 411, the QR code 402 on the back of the board, and the QR code 412 on the back of the frame are easily recognized, and the degree of freedom in the attachment position of the board side sticker 400 or the frame side sticker 410 is increased. Can be improved.

<Modification 15>
In each of the above embodiments, the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC and the hall computer 500 are configured to be communicable, and the combination data and the decoding information generated by the data servers 701 to 703 are transferred to the hall computer 500. It was configured to output. On the other hand, the combination data and the decoding information generated by the data servers 701 to 703 are once output to a USB memory or the like, and the USB memory is connected to the hall computer 500 or the reading device 600 to obtain the combination data and the decoding. Information may be configured to be input to the hall computer 500 or the reader 600.

<Modification 16>
In each of the above embodiments, when the reading device 600 finds that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is incorrect, an error signal is output to the hall computer 500. On the other hand, when the reading device 600 finds that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is incorrect, the data servers 701 to 703 of the manufacturers MA to MC also have the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 as well. It may be configured to report that the combination with and is incorrect. With this configuration, when the game board 13 is illegally exchanged led by the game hall, the manufacturers MA to MC can recognize the above-mentioned fraudulent activity, so that the fraudulent activity led by the game hall is suppressed. it can.

<Modification example 17>
In each of the above embodiments, when the pachinko machine 10 is newly purchased, the reading device 600 is deposited in the manufacturers MA to MC, and the manufacturers MA to MC store the decryption information in the decoding key 603b of the reading device 600. It was composed. On the other hand, first, the encryption key, which is the public key of the reading device 600, is transmitted to the data servers 701 to 703 via the hall computer 500. Further, the reading device 600 manages a decryption key capable of decrypting the information encrypted by the encryption key as a private key. Then, the data servers 701 to 703 encrypt the combination information by the encryption key, and transmit the encrypted combination information to the reading device 600 via the hall computer 500. Then, the reading device 600 decrypts the combination information encrypted based on the decryption key held by the reader 600. With this configuration, the hall computer 500 cannot grasp the contents of the combination information generated by the data servers 701 to 703, so that fraudulent acts led by the game hall can be prevented.

<Modification 18>
In the above embodiment, in the confirmation work of the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423, the person in charge of the manufacturer performs the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 of the pachinko machine 10. And when confirming the combination of the main control device 110, the mobile terminal (for example, a smartphone) owned by the user accesses the site of the manufacturer's data server, enters the predetermined authentication information at the site, and logs in. It is configured so that confirmation work can be performed in the state. On the other hand, a dedicated application is installed on the mobile phone so that the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 can be confirmed on the application (inside). It may be configured as. With this configuration, by storing the game board number, frame number, main board number, etc. in the application in advance, it is possible to perform confirmation work even in situations where data communication with the manufacturer's data server is not possible. it can.

<Modification 19>
In the above embodiment, the back surface viewing window portion 13a is formed on the game board 13 so that the main board front QR code 421a can be read from the front side of the game board 13. On the other hand, a notch may be provided in a part (one side portion) of the game board 13 so that the QR code 421a on the main board surface is located at a position corresponding to the notch.

<Modification example 20>
In the above embodiment, when at least one of the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read, it is determined that the number information has been read normally. It is configured to perform a process of determining whether or not the combination is normal. On the other hand, when all of the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read normally, it is determined that the number information has been read normally, and the combination is performed. It may be configured to perform the determination process of whether or not it is normal. With this configuration, if any of the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 are forged or other fraudulent activity is performed, the combination will be performed. It can be regarded as abnormal, and the deterrent effect of fraudulent activity can be enhanced.

<Modification 21>
In the above embodiment, the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403,413,423 of the pachinko machine 10 installed in the island facility is read to read the pachinko machine 1. It is configured to determine whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12 and the main control device 110 in 10 is normal, and during the confirmation work in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 (for example, only the board table QR code 401). If the QR code 411 or the like provided on the adjacent pachinko machine 10 installed in the island facility is read after reading, it is determined that the combination is inappropriate. On the other hand, QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 relating to predetermined game parts (for example, game board 13) between the pachinko machine 10 installed in the island facility 1 and the pachinko machine 10 in the adjacent direction. Only is continuously read, and after reading the predetermined game parts of all the pachinko machines 10 installed in the island equipment, the QR code for other game parts (for example, the inner frame 12) different from the predetermined game parts is read. 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 may be continuously read so that the confirmation work can be performed. In this case, after continuously reading only 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 related to the predetermined game parts from the predetermined one end side to the other end side of the island equipment, the island equipment is placed on one end side. You may go back and continuously read the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 for other game parts that are different from the predetermined game parts continuously from one end side to the other end side, or the island equipment. From the other end side to the other end side of the island equipment, after continuously reading only 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 related to the predetermined game parts, the island equipment is continuously read from the other end side to the other end side. QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 related to other game parts different from the predetermined game parts may be continuously read. Further, in the case of changing the model of only the game board 13 in the predetermined island equipment, the frame number of the inner frame 12 of each pachinko machine 10 in the island equipment has already been read by the reading device 600 in the past confirmation work. , The board table QR code 401 of each game board 13 and the main board table QR code 421a of the main control device 110 in the island equipment are continuously read, and the frame number of each inner frame 12 read in the past confirmation work and each. It may be configured so that it can be collated. With such a configuration, the confirmation work can be simplified and labor-saving (movement amount reduction, etc.) to improve the work efficiency, and when the person in charge of the manufacturer performs this confirmation work, the confirmation work can be performed. Since the model configuration (contents of pachinko machines of other manufacturers) related to the pachinko machine 10 installed in the island facility can be grasped, it is possible to obtain data that contributes to sales activities based on the model configuration. When a QR code is provided on the front frame 14 for confirmation work, the QR code provided on each front frame 14 of the plurality of pachinko machines 10 installed on the predetermined island equipment is used as a predetermined end of the island equipment. QR codes 401, 402, 411 for other game parts that are different from other game parts other than the front frame 14 continuously read from the side to the other end side and then continuously read from one end side to the other end side of the island equipment. 421, 421a, 422 may be read continuously.

<Modification 22>
In the above embodiment, in the confirmation work, the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 of the pachinko machine 10 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is read to play the game in the pachinko machine 10. It is configured to determine whether or not the combination of the board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 is normal, and after reading the middle of the confirmation work in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 (for example, only the board table QR code 401). , When the QR code 411 or the like provided on the adjacent pachinko machine 10 installed in the island facility is read, it is determined that the combination is inappropriate. On the other hand, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or number information 403, 413, 423 of 1 pachinko machine 10 is read, and each QR code 401, 402 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is read. , 411, 421, 421a, 422, or the number information 403, 413, 423 may be read to determine whether the combination in the pachinko machine 10 and the installation position in the island installation are appropriate. .. In this case, it is necessary to grasp the positional relationship of the pachinko machines 10 installed in the island equipment in advance. With this configuration, whether or not the pachinko machine 10 installed in the island facility is installed at an appropriate position, and the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of 1 are normal. Whether or not it can be confirmed at the same time.

<Modification example 23>
In the above embodiment, when the in-flight circulation type pachinko machine 10 is adopted, the game board 13 and the front upper frame 14a can be exchanged when the model is changed. On the other hand, when the front upper frame 14a is commonly used between models and only the game board 13 is replaceable, the front upper frame 14a is configured so that the front upper side sticker 440 is not attached. May be good. By not attaching the front upper side sticker 440 to the front upper frame 14a that is not to be replaced when the model is changed, the confirmation work for the front upper frame 14a becomes unnecessary, and the confirmation work can be reduced.

<Modification 24>
In the above embodiment, when the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is read by the reading device 600, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is read. It changes according to the contents and notifies which game part is read. On the other hand, when the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is read by the reading device 600, the read content is displayed in characters on the display unit 611. It may be configured to output a voice message according to the read content. When outputting the voice, the voice may be superimposed and output according to the read content. For example, when the game board 13 is read, the sound of "do" is output, when the inner frame 12 is read, the sound of "mi" is output, and when the main control device 110 is read, the sound of "so" is output. Is output, and when all the readings are performed, the chord of "domiso" may be output.

<Modification 25>
In the above embodiment, when the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is normally read by the reading device 600, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 Is configured to change. On the other hand, the reading device 600 is vibrated by the vibe function that the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read normally (recognized). Alternatively, it may be configured to output a reading sound to notify whether or not the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 has been read normally.

<Modification 26>
In the above embodiment, when the in-flight circulation type pachinko machine 10 is adopted, the stickers 400, 410, 420, 440 are attached to the game board 13, the front upper frame 14a, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110. It is configured. On the other hand, in addition to the game board 13, the front upper frame 14a, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110, a sticker on which the QR code is printed is also attached to the front lower frame 14b, and the QR code is read. By reading with the device 600, it may be possible to confirm whether or not the combination of the game board 13, the front upper frame 14a, the front lower frame 14b, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 is normal.

<Modification 27>
In the above embodiment, when the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is read by the reading device 600, the background color of the reading device 600 is changed by additive color mixing. It is configured as follows. On the other hand, when the QR code 401, 402, 411, 421, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is read by the reading device 600, the background color of the reading device 600 is changed by subtractive color mixing. It may be configured as. In this case, if the display color displayed when read is three colors of yellow, cyan, and magenta, it is possible to preferably realize the display color by subtractive color mixing.

<Modification 28>
In the above embodiment, the stickers 400, 410, 420, 430, 440 are attached to the flat portion (flat portion), and the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421, 421a, 422 are attached by the reading device 600. , 431, 432, 441 are read. On the other hand, a portion of each game component having a predetermined unevenness, a portion having a curved surface shape, or an inclined surface inclined at a predetermined angle (for example, 30 degrees) with respect to the vertical direction in which the pachinko machine 10 is installed. The QR code may be printed or affixed to the machine and read by the reading device 600. Since the QR code has an alignment pattern for correcting the deviation and distortion that occur in each cell even when the reading work is performed from an angle, even if there is some unevenness or distortion. The QR code can also be read by the reading device 600. With this configuration, the degree of freedom in designing each game component can be increased, and the degree of freedom in the arrangement position of the QR code can be increased.

<Modification 29>
In the above embodiment, the reading device 600 reads the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 421, 421, 421a, 422, 431, 432, 441, or the number information 403, 413, 423, and the parts in the pachinko machine 10. It is determined whether or not the combination of is normal. On the other hand, an IC chip storing identification information may be provided in each component, and the IC chip may be read by the reading device 600 to determine whether or not the combination of components in the pachinko machine 10 is normal. ..

In the above embodiment, each command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113, and the voice lamp control device 113 gives a display instruction to the display control device 114. A command may be transmitted directly from the control device 110 to the display control device 114. Further, the voice lamp control device 113 may be connected to the display control device 114, and a command for instructing the output of each voice and the lighting of the lamp may be transmitted from the display control device 114 to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 may be configured as one control device. By using these as one control device, the number of parts can be reduced and the cost increase of the pachinko machine can be suppressed.

The present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from the above-described embodiment. For example, once a jackpot is hit, a pachinko machine (commonly known as a two-time right item, a three-time right item) that raises the expected value of the jackpot until multiple times (for example, two or three times) a big hit state occurs It may be carried out as). Further, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, it may be carried out on a pachinko machine that has a winning device having a special area such as a V zone and is in a special gaming state on the condition that a ball is won in the special area. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, it may be implemented as various game machines such as a pachinko machine, a sparrow ball, a slot machine, a so-called pachinko machine and a slot machine.

In the slot machine, for example, the symbol is changed by operating the operation lever in a state where a coin is inserted to determine the symbol effective line, and the symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating the stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, the basic concept of the slot machine is "provided with a display device that displays the identification information in a variable manner after displaying the identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information in a variable manner, and is caused by the operation of the starting operation means (for example, the operation lever). The variable display of the identification information is started, and the variable display of the identification information is stopped and confirmed and displayed due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed, and the stop is stopped. It becomes a "slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that the combination of time identification information is specific". In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. Take as an example.

Further, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device for variably displaying a symbol sequence consisting of a plurality of symbols and then confirming the symbol is provided, and a handle for launching a ball is provided. Some are not. In this case, after a predetermined amount of balls are thrown in based on a predetermined operation (button operation), the symbol variation is started due to, for example, the operation of the operation lever, and for example, due to the operation of the stop button or a predetermined amount. As time elapses, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game is generated that gives the player a predetermined game value on the condition that the confirmed symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol, and the player is given a predetermined game value. Is for paying out a large amount of balls to the lower saucer. If such a game machine is used instead of a slot machine, only the ball can be treated as a game value in the game hall, which is a game value seen in the current game hall where pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. Problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and restrictions on the locations where game machines are installed can be solved.

The concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments are shown below.

<Group A: Coding information for the game board and the inner frame, respectively>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group A has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to the gaming machine.

More specifically, if the above application content and the installation status of the game hall are different, the game hall may be subject to administrative sanctions such as suspension of business. Therefore, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager or the like of the game hall must confirm whether or not the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are properly installed at the installation position. ..

In the above confirmation work, for example, the manager of the game hall visually recognizes the control number (that is, the frame number) assigned to the general-purpose unit and the control number (that is, the game board number) assigned to the dedicated unit. Then, it is confirmed whether or not the contents of the list applied to the regulatory agency and the installation positions of the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are correct (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-66088)).

However, since the above confirmation work is performed visually by an administrator or the like, even if the dedicated unit is mistakenly attached to the general-purpose unit, the mistaken attachment may be overlooked due to the confirmation error. Further, since a large number of game machines are installed in the game hall, the man-hours for the above confirmation work are increased, and the above confirmation error may occur frequently.

The invention of Group A has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of easily confirming the game machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models, and
In a game machine composed of a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 or frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading device and can identify the general-purpose component.
The dedicated parts are
A gaming machine that is readable by the reading device and has dedicated information that can identify the dedicated component (for example, a board front QR code 401 or a board back QR code 402 or a main board QR code 421). A0.

According to the game machine A0, general-purpose parts configured to be usable in a plurality of models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts configured to be able to perform model-specific games are general-purpose. It is configured so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose component is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading device and can identify the general-purpose component, and the dedicated component is provided with the dedicated information that can be read by the reading device and can identify the dedicated component. Provided. As a result, the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts can be determined not by human visual inspection but by a reading device, and the consistency of the game machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, there is an effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed while preventing a human error such as a confirmation error between the general-purpose information and the dedicated information.

In the game machine A0
A game machine A1 characterized in that the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in close proximity to each other.

According to the game machine A1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A0, the following effects are played. That is, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided in close proximity to each other. As a result, when the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are read by the reading device, since the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are close to each other, both information can be easily read, and the work efficiency of the reading work of the reading device is improved. There is an effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

The term "proximity" refers to the case where the dedicated information is provided at a position adjacent to the general-purpose information (neighborhood / contact / close contact), or the case where the dedicated information is provided within a predetermined distance (for example, within 10 cm) from the general-purpose information. Etc. are exemplified.

In the game machine A0 or A1
The general-purpose information is
Front side general-purpose information display (for example, frame table QR code 411) arranged on the front side of the game machine,
It is equipped with a general-purpose information display on the back side (for example, QR code 412 on the back side of the frame) arranged on the back side of the game machine.
The dedicated information is
Front side dedicated information display (for example, board table QR code 401) arranged on the front side of the game machine,
The game machine A1 is provided with a back side dedicated information display (for example, a QR code 402 on the back side of the board) arranged on the back side of the game machine.

According to the game machine A2, in addition to the effect of the game machine A0 or A1, the following effects are played. That is, as general-purpose information, the front-side general-purpose information display is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back-side general-purpose information display is arranged on the back side of the game machine. Further, as the dedicated information, the front side dedicated information display is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back side dedicated information display is arranged on the back side of the game machine. This makes it possible for the reading device to read general-purpose information and dedicated information from both the front side and the back side of the game machine, improving the work efficiency of the reading work of the reading device and facilitating the confirmation work of the game machine. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In the game machine A2
The front-side general-purpose information display and the back-side general-purpose information display show the same contents, respectively.
The gaming machine A3 is characterized in that the front side dedicated information display and the back side dedicated information display show the same contents, respectively.

According to the game machine A3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A2, the following effects are played. That is, the front-side general-purpose information display and the back-side general-purpose information display are configured to show the same content, and the front-side-only information display and the back-side-only information display are configured to show the same content. As a result, the same content can be read by the reading device from both the front side and the back side of the game machine, the work efficiency is improved, and the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed. is there.

In any of the game machines A0 to A3
A plate body (for example, a game board 13) forming a game area in which a game is played by a game medium is provided on the front side.
The dedicated information is
The gaming machine A4, which is readable by the reading device and has a plate body information display (for example, a board front QR code 401 or a board back QR code 402) that can identify the plate body.

According to the game machine A4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A0 to A3, the following effects are played. That is, a game area in which the game is played by the game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, and a plate body information display that can be read by a reading device and can identify the plate body is provided as dedicated information. This has the effect that the confirmation work of the general-purpose parts and the plate body can be performed by the same reading device, and the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

In any of the game machines A0 to A3
A control means (for example, a main control device 110) for controlling a game is provided.
The dedicated information is
The gaming machine A5, which is readable by the reading device and has a control information display (for example, a main board QR code 421) capable of identifying the control means.

According to the game machine A5, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A0 to A3, the following effects are played. That is, the game is controlled by the control means, and a control information display that can be read by the reading device and can identify the control means is provided as dedicated information. This has the effect that the confirmation work of the general-purpose parts and the control means can be performed by the same reading device, and the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

In any of the game machines A1 to A5
The front side general-purpose information display and the back side general-purpose information display are provided on one general-purpose part seal (for example, frame side seal 410), respectively.
The seal for general-purpose parts is
The gaming machine A6 is characterized in that the front side general-purpose information display is attached to the general-purpose component so that the front side general-purpose information display faces the front side of the general-purpose component and the back side general-purpose information display faces the back side of the general-purpose component.

According to the game machine A6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A1 to A5, the following effects are played. That is, the front side general-purpose information display and the back side general-purpose information display are provided on one general-purpose component sticker, respectively. Then, a sticker for the general-purpose part is attached to the general-purpose part so that the front-side general-purpose information display faces the front side of the general-purpose part and the back-side general-purpose information display faces the back side of the general-purpose part. As a result, it is possible to read information that can identify the general-purpose component on the front side and the back surface side of the general-purpose component by simply attaching one sticker for the general-purpose component to the general-purpose component. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of the general-purpose component 1, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a mistake in sticking the sticker.

In any of the game machines A1 to A6
The front side dedicated information display and the back side dedicated information display are provided on one dedicated component sticker (for example, the board side sticker 400), respectively.
The seal for the dedicated part is
The gaming machine A7 is characterized in that the front side dedicated information display faces the front side of the dedicated part, and the back side dedicated information display is attached to the dedicated part so as to face the back side of the dedicated part.

According to the game machine A7, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A1 to A6, the following effects are played. That is, the front side dedicated information display and the back side dedicated information display are provided on the sticker for the dedicated part of 1. Then, a sticker for the dedicated part is attached to the dedicated part so that the front side dedicated information display faces the front side of the dedicated part and the back side dedicated information display faces the back side of the dedicated part. As a result, it is possible to read the information that can identify the dedicated part on the front side and the back side of the dedicated part only by sticking the sticker for the dedicated part of 1. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of the dedicated component 1, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a mistake in sticking the sticker.

In the game machine A6 or A7
The seal for general-purpose parts or the seal for special parts is
After being attached to the general-purpose part or the special-purpose part, when the general-purpose part or the special-purpose part is to be peeled off, the general-purpose part seal or the special-purpose part seal is based on the adhesive strength of the general-purpose part seal or the special-purpose part seal. Alternatively, the gaming machine A8, wherein the sticker for the dedicated part has a fragile portion (for example, a cut) that is partially damaged.

According to the game machine A8, in addition to the effects of the game machine A6 or A7, the following effects are produced. That is, when a sticker for a general-purpose part or a sticker for a special part is attached to a general-purpose part or a special part and then an attempt is made to remove the sticker for the general-purpose part or the sticker for the special part from the general-purpose part or the special part, the sticker for the general-purpose part or the seal for the special part The fragile portion provided in the seal for the dedicated part partially damages the seal for the general-purpose part or the seal for the special part based on the adhesive force of the seal for the general-purpose part or the seal for the special part. This has the effect of suppressing fraudulent acts such as replacing the sticker for general-purpose parts or the sticker for special parts once attached to the general-purpose part or special part with another general-purpose part or special part.

In the game machine A8
The vulnerable part is
It is a cut in which a part of the seal for general-purpose parts or the seal for special parts is torn.
The seal for general-purpose parts or the seal for special parts is
An information display unit in which the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is located,
A margin portion, which is a portion other than the information display portion, is provided.
The cut is
The gaming machine A9, which is not provided in the information display unit but is provided in the margin portion.

According to the game machine A9, in addition to the effect of the game machine A8, the following effects are played. That is, a part of the seal for general-purpose parts or the seal for special parts is torn by the cut provided in the fragile portion. Further, the information display unit provided on the sticker for general-purpose parts or the sticker for special parts positions general-purpose information or special information, and a portion other than the information display part is used as a margin portion. Then, the cut is not provided in the information display portion but is provided in the margin portion. This makes it possible to partially tear the sticker for general-purpose parts or the sticker for special parts when trying to peel off the sticker for general-purpose parts or the sticker for special parts while preventing the contents of general-purpose information or special information located in the information display unit from being altered by a break. It becomes. Therefore, there is an effect that fraudulent acts such as fraudulent exchange can be prevented while preventing misreading by the reading device.

In any of the game machines A6 to A9
The general-purpose parts are
When the dedicated component is attached to the general-purpose component, a mounting section (for example, mounting section 12d) on which the lower portion of the dedicated component is mounted is provided.
The dedicated parts are
When the dedicated component is attached to the general-purpose component, a contact portion (for example, the lower part of the game board 13) that comes into contact with the above-described mounting portion is provided.
The sticker for general-purpose parts is affixed to a part other than the above-mentioned placing part, and is also attached.
The game machine A10, wherein the sticker for a dedicated part is attached to a portion other than the contact portion.

According to the game machine A10, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A6 to A9, the following effects are played. That is, when the dedicated component is attached to the general-purpose component by the mounting portion provided on the general-purpose component, the lower side of the dedicated component is mounted. Further, the contact portion provided on the dedicated component contacts the mounting portion when the dedicated component is attached to the general-purpose component. Then, a sticker for general-purpose parts is attached to a portion other than the mounting portion, and a sticker for special parts is attached to a portion other than the contact portion. As a result, when the special part is attached to the general-purpose part, the general-purpose part seal and the special part seal are not attached to the part where the special part and the general-purpose part rub against each other due to the load of the special part, and the general-purpose part is used for the part other than the rubbed part. By attaching the sticker for parts and the sticker for special parts, there is an effect that the sticker for general-purpose parts and the sticker for special parts are hard to be rubbed and each sticker is hard to be damaged. In particular, when each seal is provided with a fragile portion, the configuration of the game machine A8 works favorably.

In any of the game machines A0 to A10
The gaming machine A11 is characterized in that the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are combined to form a composite information of 1 that can be read by the reading device.

According to the game machine A11, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A0 to A10, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are combined to form one composite information that can be read by the reading device. As a result, the reading device can read the general-purpose information and the dedicated information with one reading operation (process). Therefore, there is an effect that the confirmation work between the general-purpose part and the dedicated part can be simplified and the work efficiency can be improved.

In any of the game machines A0 to A11
The general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
The gaming machine A12, characterized in that the general-purpose specific information for specifying the general-purpose component or the dedicated specific information for specifying the special-purpose component is displayed as encrypted encrypted information.

According to the game machine A12, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A0 to A11, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose specific information for specifying the general-purpose component or the dedicated specific information for specifying the dedicated component is displayed as the general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the encrypted encrypted information. Thereby, for example, it is possible to configure the general-purpose specific information or the dedicated specific information so that it cannot be decrypted unless it is a reading device or the like having a means for decrypting the encrypted information (for example, a decryption key which is the decryption information). it can. As a result, if it is not a reading device having a decryption key or the like, it is impossible to decrypt the general-purpose information or the special-purpose information as it is encrypted, which makes it difficult to forge the general-purpose specific information or the special-purpose specific information. It has the effect of suppressing unauthorized replacement of dedicated parts.

<Group B: Control of reader>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group B has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a reading device capable of easily performing confirmation work of a game machine.

More specifically, if the above application content and the installation status of the game hall are different, the game hall may be subject to administrative sanctions such as suspension of business. Therefore, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager or the like of the game hall must confirm whether or not the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are properly installed at the installation position. ..

In the above confirmation work, for example, the manager of the game hall visually recognizes the control number (that is, the frame number) assigned to the general-purpose unit and the control number (that is, the game board number) assigned to the dedicated unit. Then, confirm whether the contents of the list applied to the regulatory agency and the installation positions of the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are correct.

However, since the above confirmation work is performed visually by an administrator or the like, even if the dedicated unit is mistakenly attached to the general-purpose unit, the mistaken attachment may be overlooked due to the confirmation error. Further, since a large number of game machines are installed in the game hall, the man-hours for the above confirmation work are increased, and the above confirmation error may occur frequently.

The invention of Group B has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a reading device capable of easily performing confirmation work of a game machine.

In the reading device that can be used for the game machine installed in the game hall
The game machine
General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12) configured to be usable in multiple models,
It is provided with a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 or frame back QR code 412) that can identify the general-purpose component.
The dedicated parts are
It has dedicated information (for example, board front QR code 401 or board back QR code 402) that can identify the dedicated part.
The reading device is
A storage means (for example, a corresponding data storage unit 603a) for storing combination information regarding a combination of the general-purpose component and the dedicated component, and
A reading means (for example, the first QR scanning unit 607 and / and the second QR scanning unit 609) capable of reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, respectively.
A determination means (for example, S209 of the main process) for determining the general-purpose information read by the reading means, the reading information based on the dedicated information, and the combination information stored in the storage means.
A reading device B0 including an output means (for example, a display unit 611 or an error signal) that outputs a determination result based on the determination result by the determination means.

According to the reading device B0, the reading device is configured to be usable for the game machine installed in the game hall. Then, the general-purpose parts provided in the game machine are configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and the dedicated parts also provided in the game machine can be attached to the general-purpose parts, so that the game unique to the model can be performed. It is composed. Further, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can identify the general-purpose part, and the special-purpose part is provided with special information that can identify the special-purpose part. Here, the storage means provided in the reading device stores the combination information regarding the combination of the general-purpose component and the dedicated component, and the reading means also provided in the reading device makes it possible to read the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, respectively. It is composed. Further, the reading information based on the general-purpose information and the dedicated information read by the reading means and the combination information stored in the storage means are determined by the determination means provided in the reading device. Then, the output means provided in the reading device outputs based on the determination result by the determination means. As a result, the combination of the general-purpose component and the dedicated component can be determined not by human visual inspection but by a reading device, and by outputting the determination result, the consistency of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, the confirmation work by the reading device has an effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed while preventing a human error such as a confirmation error between the general-purpose information and the dedicated information.

In the reader B0
An operation means (for example, an operation unit 610) is provided.
The reading means
A reading device including a plurality of reading means (first QR scanning unit 607 and second QR scanning unit 609) for reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, respectively, based on one operation of the operating means. B1.

According to the reader B1, in addition to the effect of the reader B0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the operating means is provided, and the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are read by the plurality of reading means provided in the reading means, respectively, based on the operation of one of the operating means. As a result, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be read by the reading device by operating the operating means only once, and it is possible to accurately grasp whether or not the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts is appropriate. Therefore, it is possible to confirm the consistency of the combination of the general-purpose part and the dedicated part with a minor work, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a confirmation error. Further, for example, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent reading general-purpose information in one game machine and dedicated information in another game machine.

In the reading device B0 or B1
The storage means
An encrypted storage means for storing encrypted information obtained by encrypting the combination information, and
A decryption storage means (for example, a decryption key 603b) for storing decryption information for decrypting the encryption information stored in the encryption storage means is provided.
The determination means
When the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are read by the plurality of reading means, the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means is stored based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means. Decryption execution means for decoding (for example, S208 of the main process) and
It is provided with post-decoding determination means (for example, S209 of the main process) for determining the combination information decoded by the decoding execution means and the read information read by the reading means. The reading device B2 as a feature.

According to the reading device B2, in addition to the effects of the reading device B0 or B1, the following effects are obtained. That is, the encrypted information obtained by encrypting the combination information is stored by the encrypted storage means provided in the storage means. Further, the decryption storage means also provided in the storage means stores the decryption information for decrypting the encryption information stored in the encryption storage means. Here, when the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are read by the plurality of reading means, the encryption storage means is based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means by the decryption execution means stored in the determination means. The encrypted information stored in is decrypted. Then, the post-decoding determination means also provided in the determination means determines the combination information decoded by the decoding execution means and the read information read by the reading means. As a result, only when both the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be read, the encrypted combination information stored in the storage means is decrypted and can be determined as the read information, so that the information is stored in the storage means. The combination information cannot be tampered with. Therefore, when a fraudulent act such as an illegal replacement of a dedicated part is performed, the above fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information with a reading device. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the work of reading general-purpose information and dedicated information by the reading device on a regular basis, the above-mentioned fraudulent activity can be detected at an early stage, and a sound gaming environment can be constructed. , Has the effect.

In the reading device B2
The decoding execution means is
The encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means when both the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are normally read by the reading means. B3, which is a reader characterized by decoding.

According to the reader B3, in addition to the effect of the reader B2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when both the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are normally read by the reading means, the encryption stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means by the decryption execution means. The information is decrypted. As a result, if both the general-purpose information and the dedicated information cannot be read normally, the encrypted combination information is not decrypted, and therefore, fraudulent acts such as falsification are performed on either the general-purpose information or the dedicated information. In this case, it becomes impossible to normally determine the combination information and the read information. With this configuration, when a fraudulent act such as an illegal replacement of a dedicated part is performed, the above fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the work of reading general-purpose information and dedicated information by the reading device on a regular basis, the above-mentioned fraudulent activity can be detected at an early stage, and a sound gaming environment can be constructed. , Has the effect.

In the reader B0
An operation means (for example, an operation unit 610) is provided.
The reading means
A single reading means (for example, a reading device 600a) for reading the general-purpose information or the dedicated information of 1 based on the operation of 1 of the operating means is provided.
The determination means
After reading the general-purpose information or the special-purpose information of 1, when the other special-purpose information or the general-purpose information is read before a predetermined condition is satisfied, the read information and the combination information are determined. Reader B4.

According to the reader B4, in addition to the effect of the reader B0, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the operating means is provided, and the single reading means provided in the reading means reads the general-purpose information or the dedicated information of 1 based on the operation of 1 of the operating means. Then, after reading one general-purpose information or dedicated information, when the other dedicated information or general-purpose information is read before the predetermined condition is satisfied, the read information and the combination information are determined by the determination means. Therefore, for example, even if a reading device capable of reading the information of 1 is used even if the reading device is not capable of reading the information of 2, the confirmation work of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts is performed. Is possible. This eliminates the need for a special reading device such as reading general-purpose information and dedicated information in one operation, and any reading device capable of reading one general-purpose information or dedicated information can read the general-purpose information and dedicated information. Is possible. Therefore, there is an effect that the cost for preparing a special reading device can be reduced.

The predetermined condition is, for example, a case where a predetermined time (period) elapses or a predetermined operation (for example, an operation unit is turned off, a power is turned off, etc.) is performed.

In the reader B4
The storage means
An encrypted storage means for storing encrypted information obtained by encrypting the combination information, and
A decryption storage means (for example, a decryption key 603b) for storing decryption information for decrypting the encryption information stored in the encryption storage means is provided.
The single reading means
A time counting means for counting a predetermined period (for example, 10 seconds) after reading either the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is provided.
The determination means
Based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means when the other dedicated information or the general-purpose information is read by the single reading means before the predetermined period elapses by the time counting means. Then, a decryption execution means (for example, S208 of the main process) for decrypting the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means, and
It is provided with post-decoding determination means (for example, S209 of the main process) for determining the combination information decoded by the decoding execution means and the read information read by the reading means. The reading device B5 as a feature.

According to the reader B5, in addition to the effect of the reader B4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the encrypted information obtained by encrypting the combination information is stored by the encrypted storage means provided in the storage means. Further, the decryption storage means also provided in the storage means stores the decryption information for decrypting the encryption information stored in the encryption storage means. Then, a predetermined period after reading either the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is counted by the time counting means provided in the independent reading means. Here, when the other dedicated information and the general-purpose information are read by the single reading means before the predetermined period elapses by the time counting means, the decoding executing means provided in the determination means causes the decryption storage means. Based on the stored decryption information, the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means is decrypted. Then, the post-decoding determination means also provided in the determination means determines the combination information decoded by the decoding execution means and the read information read by the reading means. As a result, after reading one general-purpose information or special-purpose information, the encrypted combination information stored in the storage means is decrypted only when the other special-purpose information or general-purpose information before the elapse of a predetermined period can be read. Since it is possible to determine the read information, the combination information stored in the storage means cannot be tampered with. Therefore, when a fraudulent act such as an illegal replacement of a dedicated part is performed, the above fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information with a reading device. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the work of reading general-purpose information and dedicated information by the reading device on a regular basis, the above-mentioned fraudulent activity can be detected at an early stage, and a sound gaming environment can be constructed. , Has the effect. By setting the predetermined period to about the period required for the reading work, after reading one general-purpose information or dedicated information, other processing is performed without waiting for the next dedicated information or general-purpose information to be read forever. Can be executed.

In any of the readers B2 to B5,
The general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the game machine is
It is displayed as general-purpose specific information for identifying the general-purpose part or read encryption information obtained by encrypting the special-purpose specific information for specifying the special-purpose part.
The reading device is
When the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, which are the read encryption information, are read by the reading means, the read encryption information is decrypted based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means. A reading device B6 comprising a reading / decoding means.

According to the reader B6, in addition to the effects of the readers B2 to B5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the game machine is displayed as the general-purpose specific information for specifying the general-purpose part or the read encryption information in which the special-purpose specific information for specifying the special-purpose part is encrypted. Then, when the general-purpose information or the dedicated information which is the read encryption information is read by the read / decryption means provided in the reading device, the reading is performed based on the decryption information stored in the decryption / storage means. The encrypted information is decrypted. As a result, it can be configured so that general-purpose information or dedicated information, which is read-encryption information, can be decrypted only by a reading device having a decryption storage means for decrypting the read-encryption information, and is encrypted. By disabling the diversion of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information as it is, there is an effect that fraudulent acts such as forgery of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information can be prevented.

In any of the readers B0 to B6
The game machine
A control means for controlling the game (for example, the main control device 110) and
The control information (for example, the main board QR code 421) that can identify the control means is provided.
The storage means
All combination storage means (for example, corresponding data storage unit 603a) for storing all combination information regarding the combination of the general-purpose component, the dedicated component, and the control means are provided.
The reading device is
A control reading means capable of reading the control information and
The total read information of the read information based on the control information read by the control reading means, the general-purpose information read by the reading means, and the read information based on the dedicated information is stored in the all-combination storage means. The all-combination determination means for determining the all-combination information is provided.
The output means
A reading device B7 characterized by outputting a determination result by the all-combination determination means.

According to the reader B7, in addition to the effects of the readers B0 to B6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game is controlled by the control means provided in the game machine, and the control means can be specified by the control information also provided in the game machine. Here, the all-combination storage means provided in the storage means stores all-combination information regarding the combination of the general-purpose component, the dedicated component, and the control means. Further, the control information is readable by the control reading means provided in the reading device. Here, the total read information of the read information based on the control information read by the control reading means, the read information based on the general-purpose information and the dedicated information read by the reading means, and the pre-combination stored in the all-combination storage means. The information is determined by the all-combination determination means provided in the reading device. Then, the output means outputs the determination result by all combination determination means. As a result, the combination of the general-purpose parts, the dedicated parts, and the control means can be determined not by human visual inspection but by a reading device, and by outputting the determination result, the consistency of the game machine can be determined quickly and accurately. .. Therefore, the confirmation work by the reading device has an effect that the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed while preventing human error such as a confirmation error between the general-purpose information, the dedicated information, and the control information.

In any of the readers B0 to B7
The reading device is
It is configured to be able to communicate with the management device that manages the game machine in the game hall.
The output means
A reading device B8 comprising a management output means for outputting a determination result of the determination means to the management device.

According to the reading device B8, in addition to the effects of the reading devices B0 to B7, the following effects are obtained. That is, the reading device is configured to be communicable with the management device that manages the game machine in the game hall, and the determination result of the determination means is output to the management device by the management output means provided in the output means. As a result, by reading the unique information of the game machine with the reading device, it is possible to detect fraudulent acts such as replacement of illegal dedicated parts at an early stage by the management device of the game hall, and immediately respond to the fraudulent acts. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In any of the readers B0 to B8,
The reading device is
It is configured to be able to communicate with the server device owned by the manufacturer of the game machine.
The output means
A reading device B9 comprising: a server output means for outputting a determination result of the determination means to the server device.

According to the reading device B9, in addition to the effects of the reading devices B0 to B8, the following effects are obtained, that is, the reading device is configured to be communicable with the server device owned by the manufacturer of the game machine, and is provided in the output means. The determined server output means outputs the determination result of the determination means to the server device. As a result, by reading the unique information of the game machine with the reading device, it is possible to detect fraudulent acts such as illegal replacement of dedicated parts at the server device of the manufacturer at an early stage. Therefore, for example, even if a fraudulent act such as replacement of a dedicated part is performed under the initiative of the game hall, the manufacturer can grasp the above fraudulent act, and the manufacturer points out to the game hall and corrects it. It has the effect of being able to build a healthy playing environment.

<Group C: Reader and hall computer>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of Group C have been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game system capable of improving the efficiency of confirmation work related to a game machine.

More specifically, if the above application content and the installation status of the game hall are different, the game hall may be subject to administrative sanctions such as suspension of business. Therefore, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager or the like of the game hall must confirm whether or not the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are properly installed at the installation position. ..

In the above confirmation work, for example, the manager of the game hall visually recognizes the control number (that is, the frame number) assigned to the general-purpose unit and the control number (that is, the game board number) assigned to the dedicated unit. Then, it is confirmed whether or not the contents of the list applied to the regulatory agency and the installation positions of the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are correct (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-66088)).

However, in situations where fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of dedicated parts in the distribution process or unauthorized replacement of dedicated parts during installation in a game hall are being carried out, general-purpose parts and dedicated parts can be visually confirmed by humans. If you do, you may miss the above fraudulent activity due to a confirmation error.

The inventions of Group C have been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game system in which fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of dedicated parts can be easily detected.

A game machine with unique information and
A management device provided in the game hall where the game machine is installed, and
A reader that is configured to be communicable with the management device and can read the unique information of the game machine.
A game system composed of a server device (for example, data servers 701 to 703) provided in a manufacturer (for example, manufacturers MA to MC) that manufactures the game machine.
The server device
A unique data generation means for generating unique data regarding the unique information of the manufactured game machine is provided.
The management device is
An input means capable of inputting the unique data generated by the unique data generation means, and an input means capable of inputting the unique data.
A transmission means for transmitting the unique data input by the input means to the reading device is provided.
The reading device is
Unique data storage means (for example, corresponding data storage unit 603a) for storing the unique data transmitted by the transmission means, and
A reading means (for example, a first QR scan unit 607 or a second QR scan unit 609) capable of reading the unique information of the game machine, and
A determination means (for example, S209 of the main process) for determining the unique information read by the reading means and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means, and
A gaming system C0 comprising: an output means (for example, a display unit 611 or an error signal) for outputting a determination result of the determination means.

According to the game system C0, unique information is attached to the game machine, a management device is provided in the game hall where the game machine is installed, and a reading device is configured to be able to communicate with the management device and is unique to the game machine. The information is readable, and the manufacturer of the game machine is provided with a server device. Here, the unique data generation means provided in the server device generates unique data regarding the unique information of the manufactured game machine. Then, the unique data generated by the unique data generation means can be input by the input means provided in the management device, and the unique data input by the input means by the transmission means also provided in the management device can be input. It is sent to the reader. Next, the unique data storage means provided in the reading device stores the unique data transmitted by the transmitting means, and the reading means also provided in the reading device makes it possible to read the unique information of the game machine. Further, the determination means provided in the reading device determines the unique information read by the reading means and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means, and the output means also provided in the reading device determines the determination means. Judgment result is output. As a result, the determination of the unique data provided by the manufacturer and the unique information read by the reading device can be determined by the reading device instead of visually checking the game machine, and the judgment result is output. Therefore, it is possible to quickly and accurately confirm whether or not the unique information of the game machine is valid. Therefore, when a fraudulent act such as installation of a fraudulent game machine is performed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information of the game machine with a reading device. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the work of reading the unique information of the game machine by the reading device on a regular basis, the above fraudulent activity can be detected at an early stage, and a sound gaming environment can be constructed. , Has the effect.

In the game system C0
The game machine
General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models, and
It is provided with a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
The general-purpose parts are
The unique information that can be read by the reading means and has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 or frame back QR code 412) that can identify the general-purpose component.
The dedicated parts are
It has the unique information that can be read by the reading means and is the dedicated information that can identify the dedicated part (for example, the board front QR code 401 or the board back QR code 402).
The unique data generation means
A gaming system C1 characterized in that a combination information of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information is generated as the unique data.

According to the game system C1, in addition to the effects of the game system C0, the following effects are produced. That is, the game machine is attached to and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall, and is configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and a general-purpose part that can be attached to the general-purpose part to perform a model-specific game. Dedicated parts configured to enable this are provided. Then, the general-purpose component is provided with the unique information that can be read by the reading means and the general-purpose information that can identify the general-purpose component. Further, the dedicated component is provided with unique information that can be read by the reading means and that can identify the dedicated component. Here, the unique data generation means generates combination information of general-purpose information and dedicated information as unique data. As a result, the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information can be read by the reading device, and there is an effect that the confirmation work of the combination of the general-purpose parts and the special-purpose parts in the game machine can be easily performed.

In the game system C1
The game machine
A gaming system C2 characterized in that the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in close proximity to each other.

According to the game system C2, in addition to the effects of the game system C1, the following effects are produced. That is, in the game machine, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided in close proximity to each other. As a result, when the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are read by the reading device, since the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are close to each other, both information can be easily read, and the work efficiency of the reading work of the reading device is improved. There is an effect that it is improved and the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed.

The term "proximity" refers to the case where the dedicated information is provided at a position adjacent to the general-purpose information (neighborhood / contact / close contact), or the case where the dedicated information is provided within a predetermined distance (for example, within 10 cm) from the general-purpose information. Etc. are exemplified.

In the game system C1 or C2
The general-purpose information is
Front side general-purpose information display (for example, frame table QR code 411) arranged on the front side of the game machine,
It is equipped with a back side dedicated information display (for example, a frame back QR code 412) arranged on the back side of the game machine.
The dedicated information is
Front side dedicated information display (for example, board table QR code 401) arranged on the front side of the game machine,
The game system C3 is characterized by including a back side dedicated information display (for example, a backside QR code 402) arranged on the back side of the game machine.

According to the game system C3, in addition to the effects of the game system C1 or C2, the following effects are produced. That is, as general-purpose information, the front-side general-purpose information display is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back-side exclusive information display is arranged on the back side of the game machine. Further, as the dedicated information, the front side dedicated information display is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back side dedicated information display is arranged on the back side of the game machine. This makes it possible for the reading device to read general-purpose information and dedicated information from both the front side and the back side of the game machine, improving the work efficiency of the reading work of the reading device and facilitating the confirmation work of the game machine. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In any of the game systems C0 to C3
The server device
An encryption generation means that generates encryption information that encrypts the unique data generated by the unique data generation means, and an encryption generation means.
A decryption generation means for generating decryption information for decrypting the encryption information generated by the encryption generation means is provided.
The reading device is
An encrypted storage means (for example, a corresponding data storage unit 603a) that stores the encrypted information generated by the encryption generation means, and
A decoding storage means (for example, a decoding key 603b) that stores the decoding information generated by the decoding generation means, and
Decryption execution that decrypts the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means when the unique information is read by the reading means. Means (for example, S208 of the main process) and
The determination means
A post-decryption determination means (for example, S209 of the main process) that determines the unique information read by the reading means and the unique data based on the encryption information decrypted by the decryption execution means. A game system C4 characterized by being equipped.

According to the game system C4, in addition to the effects played by the game systems C0 to C3, the following effects are played. That is, the encryption generation means provided in the server device generates the encryption information in which the unique data generated by the unique data generation means is encrypted. Further, the decryption generation means also provided in the server device generates the decryption information for decrypting the encryption information generated by the encryption generation means. Then, the encryption storage means provided in the reading device stores the encryption information generated by the encryption generation means, and the decryption storage means stores the decryption information generated by the decryption generation means. .. Here, when the unique information is read by the reading means, the decryption execution means decodes the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means. To. Then, the post-decryption determination means provided in the determination means determines the unique information read by the reading means and the unique data based on the encrypted information decrypted by the decryption execution means. As a result, only when the unique information can be read by the reading device, the encrypted unique data stored in the encrypted storage means is decrypted and can be determined as the read information. Therefore, general-purpose information or dedicated information can be determined. If any one of them is tampered with or otherwise fraudulent, it becomes impossible to normally determine the combination information and the read information. With this configuration, when fraudulent acts such as replacement of dedicated dedicated parts are performed, the fraudulent acts can be easily recognized by reading the unique information with a reading device. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the work of reading the unique information by the reading device on a regular basis, the above-mentioned fraudulent activity can be detected at an early stage, and a sound gaming environment can be constructed. There is.

In the game system C4
The decoding execution means is
When the unique information is normally read by the reading means, the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means is decrypted based on the decrypted information stored in the decryption storage means. A game system C5 characterized by.

According to the game system C5, in addition to the effects of the game system C4, the following effects are produced. That is, when the unique information is normally read by the reading means, the decryption execution means decrypts the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means. Will be done. As a result, if the unique information cannot be read normally, the encrypted unique data will not be decrypted. Therefore, if the unique information cannot be read normally due to fraudulent acts such as falsification of the unique information, the unique information is unique. It becomes impossible to judge the data and the read information normally. With this configuration, when a fraudulent act such as an unauthorized replacement of a dedicated part is performed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the work of reading the unique information by the reading device on a regular basis, the above-mentioned fraudulent activity can be detected at an early stage, and a sound gaming environment can be constructed. There is.

In the game system C4 or C5
The decryption information is
A gaming system C6 characterized in that it is stored only by the server device and the reading device.

According to the game system C6, in addition to the effects of the game system C4 or C5, the following effects are produced. That is, the decryption information is stored only in the server device and the reading device. That is, the management device does not store the decryption information. As a result, the game hall management device does not store the decryption information generated by the manufacturer and cannot decode the unique data. Therefore, when the unique data is modified (tampered with) in the game hall, it is encrypted. It is possible to prevent the falsified unique data from being properly decrypted. Therefore, for example, if the manufacturer appropriately manages the reading device, it is substantially impossible to modify (falsify) the unique data by the game hall. With this configuration, when a fraudulent act such as an illegal replacement of a dedicated part led by a game hall is performed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the work of reading unique information with a reading device on a regular basis by a supervisory agency, etc., it is possible to detect fraudulent acts by the game hall at an early stage and build a sound game environment. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In any of the game systems C4 to C6
The general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the game machine is
It is displayed as general-purpose specific information for identifying the general-purpose part or read encryption information obtained by encrypting the special-purpose specific information for specifying the special-purpose part.
The reading device is
When the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, which are the read encryption information, are read by the reading means, the read encryption information is decrypted based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means. A gaming system C7 comprising read / decryption means.

According to the game system C7, in addition to the effects played by the game systems C4 to C6, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the game machine is displayed as the general-purpose specific information for specifying the general-purpose part or the read encryption information in which the special-purpose specific information for specifying the special-purpose part is encrypted. Then, when the general-purpose information or the dedicated information which is the read encryption information is read by the read / decryption means provided in the reading device, the reading is performed based on the decryption information stored in the decryption / storage means. The encrypted information is decrypted. Thereby, it can be configured so that the general-purpose information or the dedicated information which is the read encryption information can be decrypted only by the reading device having the decryption storage means for decrypting the read encryption information. Therefore, for example, if the manufacturer appropriately manages the reading device, it is substantially impossible to modify (falsify) the unique data by the game hall. With this configuration, when a fraudulent act such as an illegal replacement of a dedicated part led by a game hall is performed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information. Therefore, for example, by obliging and reporting the work of reading unique information with a reading device on a regular basis by a supervisory agency, etc., it is possible to detect fraudulent acts by the game hall at an early stage and build a sound game environment. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In any of the game systems C0 to C7
The output means
A gaming system C8 comprising a management output means for outputting a determination result of the determination means to the management device.

According to the game system C8, in addition to the effects played by the game systems C0 to C7, the following effects are played. That is, the management output means provided in the output means outputs the determination result of the determination means to the management device. As a result, by reading the unique information of the game machine with the reading device, it is possible to detect fraudulent acts such as replacement of illegal dedicated parts at an early stage by the management device of the game hall, and immediately respond to the fraudulent acts. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In any of the game systems C0 to C8
The reading device is
It is configured to be able to communicate with the server device.
The output means
A gaming system C9 comprising: a server output means for outputting a determination result of the determination means to the server device.

According to the game system C9, in addition to the effects of the game systems C0 to C8, the following effects are obtained, that is, the reading device is configured to be communicable with the server device, and the output means for the server provided in the output means provides the following effects. , The determination result of the determination means is output to the server device. As a result, by reading the unique information of the game machine with the reading device, it is possible to detect fraudulent acts such as illegal replacement of dedicated parts at the server device of the manufacturer at an early stage. Therefore, for example, even if a fraudulent act such as replacement of a dedicated part is performed under the initiative of the game hall, the manufacturer can grasp the above fraudulent act, and the manufacturer points out to the game hall and corrects it. It has the effect of being able to build a healthy playing environment.

In either the game system C8 or C9
The management device is
It is configured to be able to communicate with the server device.
The gaming system C10 includes a management-side server output means that outputs a determination result of the determination means output from the management output means to the server device.

According to the game system C10, in addition to the effects of the game system C8 or C9, the following effects are obtained, that is, the management device is configured to be communicable with the server device, and the management output is performed by the management side server output means. The determination result of the determination means output from the means is output to the server device. As a result, by reading the unique information of the game machine with the reading device, fraudulent acts such as illegal replacement of dedicated parts can be detected at an early stage by the server device of the manufacturer via the management device. Therefore, when an installation error between a dedicated part and a general-purpose part occurs in the game hall, the manufacturer can grasp the above error, and the manufacturer can point out to the game hall and correct it, which is sound. It has the effect of being able to build a gaming environment.

In any of the game systems C0 to C10
The management device is
A position storage means for storing position information, which is information on the installation position of the game machine in the game hall, and
A position information output means for outputting the position information stored in the position storage means to the reading device is provided.
The island facility on which the game machine is installed has a position information display that can identify the position information.
The reading device is
A terminal-side position storage means for storing the position information output from the position information output means, and
When the unique information is read by the reading means, the unique information and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means are determined, and when the unique information and the position information display are read, the unique information is read. The game system C11 comprising: a compound determination means for determining the unique information and the position information.

According to the game system C11, in addition to the effects played by the game systems C0 to C10, the following effects are played. That is, the position storage means provided in the management device stores the position information which is the information regarding the installation position of the game machine in the game hall, and the position information output means also provided in the management device stores the position information in the position storage means. The position information is output to the reader. Further, in the island equipment where the game machine is installed, a position information display capable of specifying the position information is provided. Then, the position information output from the position information output means is stored by the terminal-side position storage means provided in the reading device. Here, when the unique information is read by the reading means by the composite determination means, the unique information and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means are determined, and the unique information and the position information display are read together. In this case, the unique information and the position information are determined. This makes it possible to judge the unique data provided by the manufacturer and the unique information read by the reading device by the reading device instead of visually checking the game machine, and the unique information of the game machine and the island equipment. By having the player read the position information display by the reading device, it is possible to determine whether or not the installation position in the game hall is appropriate. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent an installation error of the game machine due to a human error.

In any of the game systems C0 to C11
The management device is
A purchase information output means for outputting purchase information of the game machine purchased from the manufacturer to the server device is provided.
The unique data generation means
A gaming system C12 characterized in that the unique data is generated based on the purchase information output from the purchase information output means.

According to the game system C12, in addition to the effects played by the game systems C0 to C11, the following effects are played. That is, the purchase information output means provided in the management device outputs the purchase information of the game machine purchased from the manufacturer to the server device. Then, the unique data generation means of the server device generates unique data based on the purchase information output from the purchase information output means. As a result, by outputting the purchase information of the game machine to the manufacturer side in the game hall, it is possible to obtain the unique data based on the purchase information. Therefore, the work of inputting the unique information of the game machine on the management device side becomes unnecessary, and accurate unique data based on the purchase information can be obtained, so that the confirmation work of the game machine can be performed accurately. It has the effect of being able to do it.

When a general-purpose part and a dedicated part are newly purchased as a set as unique data based on the purchase information, new unique data is generated because the general-purpose part and the dedicated part are new. On the other hand, when only the dedicated parts are newly purchased, the unique data based on the new dedicated parts and the general-purpose parts that have already been installed in the game hall and to which the dedicated parts should be attached is generated. To.

In any of the game systems C1 to C12
The reading device is
An operation means (for example, an operation unit 610) that can be operated by a game hall manager or the like is provided.
The reading means
A gaming system including a plurality of reading means (first QR scanning unit 607 and second QR scanning unit 609) for reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, respectively, based on one operation of the operating means. C13.

According to the game system C13, in addition to the effects played by the game systems C1 to C12, the following effects are played. That is, the operating means provided in the reading device is configured to be operable by the manager of the game hall or the like, and the plurality of reading means provided in the reading means are used for general-purpose information and dedicated based on the operation of one of the operating means. Information and information are read respectively. As a result, general-purpose information and dedicated information can be read by the reading device by operating the operating means of the reading device only once, and it is possible to accurately grasp whether or not the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts is appropriate. Can be done. Therefore, it is possible to confirm the consistency of the combination of the general-purpose part and the dedicated part with a minor work, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a confirmation error.

<Group D: Notify in a mode that combines the read information>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group D has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12 and outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and
In a game machine provided with a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function (for example, a reading device 600) and can identify the general-purpose component. ,
The dedicated parts are
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a or main board back QR code 422). Have and
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
When the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read by the reading means, the identification notification information (for example, a board QR code) for identifying and notifying the read general-purpose information or information related to the dedicated information by the reading means. The gaming machine D0 comprising (when the reading device 600 reads the 401).

According to the game machine D0, general-purpose parts configured to be usable in a plurality of models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts configured to be able to perform model-specific games are general-purpose. It is configured so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose part, and the special-purpose part can be read by the reading means and the special-purpose part can be specified. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. Then, when the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read by the reading means, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided with identification notification information for identifying and notifying the read general-purpose information or information related to the dedicated information. As a result, when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, it is possible to grasp the progress of the confirmation work by confirming the notification mode of the reading means. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In the game machine D0
The identification notification information is
When the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read by the reading means, the reading means has identification display information for displaying the read general-purpose information or the dedicated information. Game machine D1.

According to the game machine D1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D0, the following effects are played. That is, when the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read by the reading means by the identification display information as the identification notification information, the reading means is made to display the general-purpose information or the dedicated information corresponding to the read. As a result, when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, it is possible to grasp the progress of the confirmation work by confirming the display contents of the reading means. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In the game machine D1
The identification display information is
When a plurality of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read by the reading means, the first display mode (for example, a frame) displayed when the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read by the reading means alone. Display a second display mode (for example, "light blue" is displayed when the frame table QR code 411 and the board QR code 401 are read) different from the second display mode (for example, "light blue" is displayed when the table QR code 411 is read). A game machine D2 characterized by this.

According to the game machine D2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D1, the following effects are played. That is, when a plurality of general-purpose information or dedicated information is read by the reading means by the identification display information, the first display mode is different from the first display mode displayed when the reading means reads the general-purpose information or the dedicated information alone. 2 The display mode is displayed. This makes it possible to recognize which general-purpose information or special-purpose information is being read when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the special-purpose parts. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In the game machine D2
The second display mode is
The gaming machine D3 is characterized in that it is displayed in a mixed display (for example, "light blue", "yellow", "purple", or "white" which is an additive color mixture) displayed when the first display mode is combined.

According to the game machine D3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D2, the following effects are played. That is, the second display mode is displayed in the mixed display displayed when the first display mode is combined. As a result, when performing confirmation work to confirm the combination of general-purpose parts and dedicated parts, it is recognized whether the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts are being read alone or a plurality of general-purpose parts or special parts are being read. It will be possible. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In the game machine D3
The mixed display is
When all of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information that can be read by the game machine 1 are read by the reading means, it is displayed in a specific display (for example, "white") in which colors are additively mixed. The featured game machine D4.

According to the game machine D4, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D3, the following effects are played. That is, when all of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information that can be read by one game machine are read by the reading means, a specific display in which colors are additively mixed is displayed as a mixed display. Thereby, when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, it is possible to recognize whether or not all the general-purpose parts or the dedicated parts in one game machine have been read depending on whether or not the specific display is displayed. It becomes. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In any of the game machines D0 to D4
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member and
A front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The dedicated parts are
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
A mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is mounted is provided.
The general information is at least
The main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412) is provided.
The dedicated information is at least
Control-dedicated information provided in the control means (for example, QR code 421a on the front surface of the main board and QR code 422 on the back side of the main board)
It is provided with mounting-dedicated information (for example, board front QR code 401 and board back QR code 402) provided on the mounting member.
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine D5 is characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixing member and is provided at a position invisible or difficult to see by the player in a state where the player can play a game.

According to the game machine D5, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D0 to D4, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front surface member is openably attached to the main body member. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, and the control means is attached to the attachment member. Then, as general-purpose information, at least the main body general-purpose information is provided on the main body member. Further, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with the control dedicated information, and the mounting member is provided with the mounting dedicated information. Here, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixing member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that cannot be seen or are difficult to see by the player. As a result, there is an effect that deterioration of the decorativeness of the game machine can be suppressed by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

In any of the game machines D0 to D5
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine D6, which is provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the game machine D6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D0 to D5, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the position of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, and enhances the efficiency of the confirmation work for the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

The "positions that are related to each other" are positions where general-purpose information and dedicated information are arranged in the vicinity, or when the positional relationship between general-purpose information and dedicated information is arranged in a straight line or within a certain range. Is exemplified.

<Group E: Read both QR code and number information>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of group E has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12 and outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and
In a game machine provided with a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function (for example, a reading device 600) and can identify the general-purpose component. ,
The dedicated parts are
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a or main board back QR code 422). Have and
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
A predetermined first form information display (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a or main board back QR code 422),
A second form information display (for example, a display form different from the first form information display and showing information equivalent to the reading information shown when the first form information display is read by the reading means). The game machine E0 comprising the game board number information 403, the frame number information 413, or the main board number information 423).

According to the game machine E0, general-purpose parts configured to be usable in a plurality of models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts configured to be able to perform model-specific games are general-purpose. It is configured so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose part, and the special-purpose part can be read by the reading means and the special-purpose part can be specified. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. Then, as general-purpose information and dedicated information, it is shown when a predetermined first form information display and a display form different from the first form information display and the first form information display is read by a reading means. A second form information display showing information equivalent to the read information is provided. As a result, when either the first form information display or the second form information display is read by the reading means, the processing can be executed as if the read information was read normally, so that the first form information can be executed. Even if either the display or the second form information display cannot be read normally due to damage or dirt, the confirmation work can be performed by reading the other second form information display or the first form information display. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts can be improved.

In the game machine E0
The first form information display and the second form information display are
The gaming machine E1 is characterized in that it is arranged together in a range that can be read by one reading operation with respect to the reading means.

According to the game machine E1, in addition to the effect of the game machine E0, the following effects are played. That is, the first form information display and the second form information display are both arranged in a range that can be read by one reading operation with respect to the reading means. As a result, the first form information display and the second form information display can be read by one operation on the reading means, and when either the first form information display or the second form information display is read, it is read. The process can be executed assuming that the information has been read normally. Therefore, even if one of the first form information display and the second form information display cannot be read normally due to damage, dirt, etc. by one operation on the reading means, the other second form information display or the second form information display is performed. Since the confirmation work can be performed by reading the form information display, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work related to the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts can be improved by a simple operation.

In the game machine E0 or E1
The first form information display is
Information that is difficult to identify by human perception (for example, QR code that is coded information).
The second form information display is
The gaming machine E2, which is identifiable information (for example, combination information of characters, numbers, symbols, etc.) that can be identified by human perception.

According to the game machine E2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine E0 or E1, the following effects are played. That is, the first form information display is composed of the difficult-to-identify information that is difficult to identify by human perception, and the second form information display is composed of the identifiable information that is identifiable by human perception. Thereby, for example, even if any of the first form information display and the second form information display cannot be read by the reading means due to dirt or damage, the second form information display that can be identified by human perception is read. By configuring the process so that it can be executed by directly inputting it to the means, there is an effect that the work of confirming whether or not the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts in the game machine is appropriate can be made more efficient.

In any of the game machines E0 to E2
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine E3, characterized in that it is provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the game machine E3, in addition to the effects played by the game machines E0 to E2, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the position of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, and enhances the efficiency of the confirmation work for the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

The "positions that are related to each other" are positions where general-purpose information and dedicated information are arranged in the vicinity, or when the positional relationship between general-purpose information and dedicated information is arranged in a straight line or within a certain range. Is exemplified.

In any of the game machines E0 to E3
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member and
A front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The dedicated parts are
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
A mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is mounted is provided.
The general information is at least
The main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412) is provided.
The dedicated information is at least
Control-dedicated information provided in the control means (for example, QR code 421a on the front surface of the main board and QR code 422 on the back side of the main board)
It is provided with mounting-dedicated information (for example, board front QR code 401 and board back QR code 402) provided on the mounting member.
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine E4 is characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixing member and is provided at a position invisible or difficult to see by the player in a state where the player can play a game.

According to the game machine E4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines E0 to E3, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front surface member is openably attached to the main body member. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, and the control means is attached to the attachment member. Then, as general-purpose information, at least the main body general-purpose information is provided on the main body member. Further, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with the control dedicated information, and the mounting member is provided with the mounting dedicated information. Here, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixing member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that cannot be seen or are difficult to see by the player. As a result, there is an effect that deterioration of the decorativeness of the game machine can be suppressed by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

<Group F: Configuration that allows the board, frame, and main to be read from one side>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group F has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to the gaming machine.

At least two or more general-purpose parts (for example, front frame 14, inner frame 12, and outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and
Dedicated parts (for example, game board 13 or main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose parts and are configured to be capable of performing model-specific games.
At least in a gaming machine provided with a locking means (for example, a cylinder lock 20) for locking the general-purpose parts to each other.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function (for example, a reading device 600) and can identify the general-purpose component. ,
The dedicated parts are
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a or main board back QR code 422). Have and
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine F0 is characterized in that when one lock by the locking means is unlocked, all the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are arranged at a position readable by the reading means.

According to the game machine F0, at least two or more general-purpose parts configured to be usable in a plurality of models are attached to the island equipment provided in the game hall, and the dedicated game is configured to be able to perform a model-specific game. The component is configured to be attachable to a general purpose component. Further, at least the general-purpose parts are locked by the locking means. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose part, and the special-purpose part can be read by the reading means and the special-purpose part can be specified. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. Then, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are arranged at a position where all the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be read by the reading means when one lock by the locking means is unlocked. This has the effect of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to general-purpose parts and game machines having dedicated parts.

In the game machine F0
The dedicated parts are
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
A mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is mounted is provided.
The mounting means
When the mounting means is viewed from a predetermined direction, the visible means (for example, the back surface viewing window portion 13a or the front viewing window portion 13b) is configured so that the side opposite to the predetermined direction of the mounting means can be visually recognized. With
Some of the general purpose information and / and the dedicated information
The gaming machine F1 is characterized in that when one lock by the locking means is unlocked, it is arranged at a position readable by the reading means via the visible means.

According to the game machine F1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine F0, the following effects are played. That is, as a dedicated component, the control means executes the main control of the game, and the control means is attached to the attachment member. Further, the visible means provided in the mounting means is configured so that when the mounting means is viewed from a predetermined direction, the side of the mounting means opposite to the predetermined direction can be visually recognized. Then, when one lock by the locking means is unlocked, a part of the general-purpose information and / and the dedicated information is arranged at a position readable by the reading means via the visible means. As a result, all the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be read from the predetermined direction by the reading means, and there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In the game machine F1
The control means
It is attached to the back side of the game machine of the attachment means,
The dedicated information is
The control means is provided with dedicated control information (for example, a QR code 421a on the front surface of the main board and a QR code 422 on the back side of the main board).
The visible means is
The game machine F2 is formed at a position where the control-only information can be read from the front side of the game machine.

According to the game machine F2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine F0 or F1, the following effects are played. That is, the control means is attached to the back side of the gaming machine of the attachment means, and the control exclusive information as the exclusive information is provided in the control means. Then, the visible means is formed at a position where the control-only information can be read from the front side of the game machine. As a result, it becomes possible to read the control-dedicated information attached to the back side of the mounting means from the front side of the game machine by the reading means, and it is possible to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts. , Has the effect.

In any of the game machines F0 to F2
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member and
A front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The general-purpose information is
The front surface general-purpose information (for example, front frame QR code 441) provided on the front surface member is provided.
The visible means is
The game machine F3 is formed at a position where the front general-purpose information can be read from the back side of the game machine.

According to the game machine F3, in addition to the effects played by the game machines F0 to F2, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front surface member is openably attached to the main body member. Further, as general-purpose information, front general-purpose information is provided on the front member. Then, the visible means is formed at a position where the front general-purpose information can be read from the back side of the game machine. As a result, it becomes possible to read the front general-purpose information arranged on the front side of the mounting means from the back side of the game machine by the reading means, and it is possible to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts. , Has the effect.

In any of the game machines F0 to F3
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
A game machine F4 characterized in that it is provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the game machine F4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines F0 to F3, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the position of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, and enhances the efficiency of the confirmation work for the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

The "positions that are related to each other" are positions where general-purpose information and dedicated information are arranged in the vicinity, or when the positional relationship between general-purpose information and dedicated information is arranged in a straight line or within a certain range. Is exemplified.

In the game machine F3 or F4
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine F5 is characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixing member and is provided at a position invisible or difficult to see by the player in a state where the player can play a game.

According to the game machine F5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine F3 or F4, the following effects are played. That is, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixing member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that cannot be seen or are difficult for the player to see. As a result, there is an effect that deterioration of the decorativeness of the game machine can be suppressed by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12 and outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and
In a game machine provided with a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function (for example, a reading device 600) and can identify the general-purpose component. ,
The dedicated parts are
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a or main board back QR code 422). Have and
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The game machine F6 is provided at a position readable by the reading means from the front side of the game machine.

According to the game machine F6, general-purpose parts configured to be usable in a plurality of models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts configured to be able to perform model-specific games are general-purpose. It is configured so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose part, and the special-purpose part can be read by the reading means and the special-purpose part can be specified. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. Then, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that can be read by the reading means from the front side of the game machine. As a result, for example, general-purpose information and dedicated information can be read by the reading means from the front side of the game machine without unlocking the locking means for locking the general-purpose parts, and the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts. It has the effect of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work.

<Group G: Game machine with 2nd board>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group G has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12 and outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and
A first dedicated component (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose component and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
In a game machine provided with a second dedicated part (for example, a second board surface device 24) that is different from the first dedicated part and is capable of performing an effect related to the game.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function (for example, a reading device 600) and can identify the general-purpose component. ,
The first dedicated part is
First dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the first dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, or main board back QR code. 422), and
The second dedicated part is
It is characterized by having a second dedicated information (for example, a second board front QR code 431 or a second board back QR code 432) that can be read by the reading means and can identify the second dedicated component. Game machine G0.

According to the game machine G0, general-purpose parts configured to be usable in a plurality of models are attached to the island equipment provided in the game hall, and the first dedicated parts configured to be able to perform model-specific games are provided. , The second dedicated part, which is configured to be attachable to the general-purpose part and is different from the first dedicated part, is configured to be able to execute the effect related to the game. Here, the general-purpose component is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose component, and the first dedicated component can be read by the reading means. The first dedicated information that can identify the 1 dedicated component is provided, and the second dedicated component is provided with the second dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and that can identify the second dedicated component. As a result, the combination of the general-purpose component, the first dedicated component, and the second dedicated component can be determined not visually by humans but by a reading means, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, while preventing human errors such as confirmation mistakes between general-purpose information, first-dedicated information, and second-dedicated parts, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of confirmation work for a game machine having general-purpose parts, first-dedicated parts, and second-dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

In the game machine G0
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member and
A front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The first dedicated part is
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
A mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is mounted is provided.
The general information is at least
The main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412) is provided.
The first dedicated information is at least
Control-dedicated information provided in the control means (for example, QR code 421a on the front surface of the main board and QR code 422 on the back side of the main board)
The gaming machine G1 is characterized by comprising mounting-dedicated information (for example, a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402) provided on the mounting member.

According to the game machine G1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G0, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front surface member is openably attached to the main body member. Further, as the first dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, and the control means is attached to the attachment member. Then, as general-purpose information, at least the main body general-purpose information is provided on the main body member. Further, as the first dedicated information, at least the control dedicated information is provided in the control means, and the mounting dedicated information is provided in the mounting member. As a result, the combination of the general-purpose parts, the first-dedicated parts, and the second-dedicated parts is not visually observed by humans, but the main-body general-purpose information of the main body member, the control-dedicated information of the control means, the mounting-dedicated information of the mounting member, and the second-dedicated. The second dedicated information of the parts can be read and determined by the reading means, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, while preventing human errors such as confirmation mistakes between general-purpose information, first-dedicated information, and second-dedicated parts, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of confirmation work for a game machine having general-purpose parts, first-dedicated parts, and second-dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

In the game machine G0 or G1
The general-purpose information is
Front side general-purpose information (for example, frame table QR code 411) arranged on the front side of the game machine,
It is provided with information dedicated to the back side (for example, QR code 412 on the back of the frame) arranged on the back side of the game machine.
The first dedicated information is
Front side dedicated information (for example, board surface QR code 401 and main board table QR code 421a) arranged on the front side of the game machine, and
It is provided with information dedicated to the back side (for example, QR code 402 on the back of the board and QR code 422 on the back of the main board) arranged on the back side of the game machine.
The second dedicated information is
The front side second information (for example, the second board surface QR code 431) arranged on the front side of the game machine and
The game machine G2 is characterized by comprising back side second information (for example, a second board back surface QR code 432) arranged on the back side of the game machine.

According to the game machine G2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G0 or G1, the following effects are played. That is, as general-purpose information, the front-side general-purpose information is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back-side general-purpose information is arranged on the back side of the game machine. Further, as the first dedicated information, the front side dedicated information is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back side dedicated information is arranged on the back side of the game machine. Further, as the second dedicated information, the front side second information is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back side second information is arranged on the back side of the game machine. As a result, the general-purpose information, the first-dedicated information, and the second-dedicated information can be read and determined by the reading means from both the front side and the back side of the game machine, and the consistency of the game machine can be quickly and accurately determined. Can be judged. Therefore, while preventing human errors such as confirmation mistakes between general-purpose information, first-dedicated information, and second-dedicated parts, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of confirmation work for a game machine having general-purpose parts, first-dedicated parts, and second-dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

In the game machine G2
The front-side general-purpose information and the back-side general-purpose information indicate the same contents, respectively.
The front-side exclusive information and the back-only information indicate the same contents.
The gaming machine G3 is characterized in that the front side second information and the back side second information each indicate the same contents.

According to the game machine G3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G2, the following effects are played. That is, the front-side general-purpose information and the back-side general-purpose information each show the same content, and the front-only information and the back-side-only information each show the same content. Further, the front side second information and the back side second information are configured to show the same contents. As a result, the same content can be read by the reading means from either the front side or the back side of the game machine, the work efficiency is improved, and the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed. is there.

In any of the game machines G1 to G3
The front side general-purpose information and the back side general-purpose information are provided on one general-purpose component seal (for example, frame-side seal 410), respectively.
The seal for general-purpose parts is
The gaming machine G4 is characterized in that the front-side general-purpose information is attached to the general-purpose component so that the front-side general-purpose information faces the front side of the general-purpose component and the back-side general-purpose information faces the back side of the general-purpose component.

According to the game machine G4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines G1 to G3, the following effects are played. That is, the front side general-purpose information and the back side general-purpose information are provided on one general-purpose component seal, respectively. Then, the sticker for the general-purpose part is attached to the general-purpose part so that the general-purpose information on the front side faces the front side of the general-purpose part and the general-purpose information on the back side faces the back side of the general-purpose part. As a result, it is possible to read information that can identify the general-purpose part on the front side and the back side of the general-purpose part, respectively, by simply attaching one sticker for the general-purpose part to the general-purpose part. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of the general-purpose component 1, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a mistake in sticking the sticker.

In any of the game machines G1 to G4
The front side dedicated information and the back side dedicated information display are provided on one dedicated component sticker (for example, the board side sticker 400), respectively.
The seal for the dedicated part is
The gaming machine G5 is characterized in that the front side dedicated information is attached to the dedicated component so that the front side dedicated information faces the front side of the dedicated component and the back side dedicated information faces the back side of the dedicated component.

According to the game machine G5, in addition to the effects played by the game machines G1 to G4, the following effects are played. That is, the front side dedicated information and the back side dedicated information are provided on the sticker for the dedicated part of 1. Then, a sticker for the dedicated part is attached to the dedicated part so that the front side dedicated information faces the front side of the dedicated part and the back side dedicated information faces the back side of the dedicated part. As a result, it is possible to read information that can identify the dedicated part on the front side and the back side of the dedicated part, respectively, by simply attaching the sticker for the dedicated part to the dedicated part. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of the dedicated component 1, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a mistake in sticking the sticker.

In any of the game machines G1 to G5
The front side second information and the back side second information display are provided on the sticker for the second dedicated part (for example, the sticker on the second board surface side 430), respectively.
The seal for the second dedicated part is
The second information on the front side is attached to the second dedicated part so that the second information on the front side faces the front side of the second dedicated part and the second information on the back side faces the back side of the second dedicated part. Game machine G6.

According to the game machine G6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines G1 to G5, the following effects are played. That is, the front side second information and the back side second information are provided on the seals for the second dedicated parts of 1. Then, the sticker for the second dedicated part is attached to the second dedicated part so that the second information on the front side faces the front side of the second dedicated part and the second information on the back side faces the back side of the second dedicated part. Will be done. As a result, it is possible to read information that can identify the second dedicated part on the front side and the back side of the second dedicated part, respectively, by simply attaching the sticker for the second dedicated part of 1 to the second dedicated part. Become. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of the second dedicated part of 1, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the occurrence of a mistake in sticking the sticker.

In any of the game machines G0 to G6
The second dedicated part is
A gaming machine G7 characterized in that it can be commonly used among a plurality of models.

According to the gaming machine G7, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machines G0 to G6, the following effects are played. That is, the second dedicated component is configured to be commonly usable among a plurality of models. As a result, when changing models, when replacing only the model-specific first-dedicated parts for the general-purpose parts and second-dedicated parts that can be used between multiple models, the general-purpose parts and the first-dedicated parts The combination of the above and the second dedicated component can be determined not by human visual inspection but by a reading means, and the consistency of the game machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, while preventing human errors such as confirmation mistakes between general-purpose information, first-dedicated information, and second-dedicated parts, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of confirmation work for a game machine having general-purpose parts, first-dedicated parts, and second-dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

<Group H: Enclosed type>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group H has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to the gaming machine.

A game medium counting means (for example, prize ball data) that counts the number of game media that can be used for the game,
A game execution means (for example, a ball launching unit 112a) that performs a game based on the game medium counted by the game medium counting means, and
A game medium giving means for giving a game medium to a player based on a game result by the game executing means (for example, a prize ball data is given based on a winning of a ball to the first entry port 64).
General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12, outer frame 11 or front surface) having the game executing means, attached to and fixed to island equipment provided in the game hall, and configured to be usable in models manufactured by a plurality of manufacturers. Lower frame 14b) and
Dedicated parts (for example, game board 13, main control device 110, or front upper frame 14a) that can be attached to the general-purpose parts and are configured to be capable of performing model-specific games manufactured by one manufacturer. In a game machine equipped with
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function (for example, a reading device 600) and can identify the general-purpose component. ,
The dedicated parts are
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, main board back QR code 422, and front frame. A gaming machine H0 having a QR code 441).

According to the game machine H0, the number of game media that can be used for the game is counted by the game medium counting means, and the game is played by the game executing means based on the game medium counted by the game medium counting means. The granting means grants the game medium to the player based on the game result of the game executing means. In addition, general-purpose parts that have game execution means and are configured to be usable in models manufactured by multiple manufacturers are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and are unique to models manufactured by one manufacturer. Dedicated parts that are configured to be able to play the above games are configured to be attachable to general-purpose parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose part, and the special-purpose part can be read by the reading means and the special-purpose part can be specified. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. As a result, general-purpose parts can be commonly used by a plurality of manufacturers, and while reducing the cost of the game machine, general-purpose parts commonly used by a plurality of manufacturers and one manufacturer can be used. The combination with the dedicated parts manufactured in the above can be determined not visually by humans but by a reading means, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts while preventing human error such as a confirmation error between the general-purpose information and the dedicated information.

In the game machine H0
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member is provided.
The dedicated parts are
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
An attachment member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached,
The gaming machine H1 is provided with a front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member.

According to the game machine H1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine H0, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, and the main body member is attached to the fixing member. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, the control means is attached to the attachment member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. As a result, the fixing member and the main body member can be commonly used by a plurality of manufacturers, and the fixing member and the main body are commonly used by a plurality of manufacturers while reducing the cost of the game machine. The combination of the member and the control means, the mounting member, and the front member manufactured by one manufacturer can be determined not visually by humans but by a reading means, and the consistency of the game machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts while preventing human error such as a confirmation error between the general-purpose information and the dedicated information.

In the game machine H0
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member and
A front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The dedicated parts are
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
The game machine H2 is characterized by including a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is mounted.

According to the game machine H2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine H0, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front surface member is openably attached to the main body member. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, and the control means is attached to the attachment member. As a result, the fixing member, the main body member, and the front member can be commonly used by a plurality of manufacturers, and the fixing member commonly used by a plurality of manufacturers can be reduced while reducing the cost of the game machine. , The combination of the main body member and the front surface member, and the control means and the mounting member manufactured by one manufacturer can be determined not visually by humans but by a reading means, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. it can. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts while preventing human error such as a confirmation error between the general-purpose information and the dedicated information.

In the game machine H1 or H2
The general-purpose information is
Front side general-purpose information (for example, frame table QR code 411, front frame QR code 441) arranged on the front side of the game machine, and
It is provided with information dedicated to the back side (for example, frame back QR code 412, front frame QR code 441) arranged on the back side of the game machine.
The dedicated information is
Front side dedicated information (for example, board surface QR code 401, main board table QR code 421a and front frame QR code 441) arranged on the front side of the game machine,
The game machine H3 is characterized by comprising back side dedicated information (for example, a board back QR code 402, a main board back QR code 422, and a front frame QR code 441) arranged on the back side of the game machine.

According to the game machine H3, in addition to the effects of the game machine H1 or H2, the following effects are produced. That is, as general-purpose information, the front-side general-purpose information is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back-side general-purpose information is arranged on the back side of the game machine. Further, as the dedicated information, the front side dedicated information is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the back side dedicated information is arranged on the back side of the game machine. As a result, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be read and determined by the reading means from both the front side and the back side of the game machine, and the consistency of the game machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts while preventing human error such as a confirmation error between the general-purpose information and the dedicated information.

In the game machine H3
The front-side general-purpose information and the back-side general-purpose information indicate the same contents, respectively.
The gaming machine H4 is characterized in that the front-side dedicated information and the back-side-only information each indicate the same content.

According to the game machine H4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines H0 to H3, the following effects are played. That is, the front-side general-purpose information and the back-side general-purpose information each show the same content, and the front-only information and the back-side-only information each show the same content. As a result, the same content can be read by the reading means from either the front side or the back side of the game machine, the work efficiency is improved, and the confirmation work of the game machine can be easily performed. is there.

In any of the game machines H1 to H4
The general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
The front member information (for example, the front frame QR code 441) provided on the back side of the game machine of the front member is provided.
The mounting means
A visible means (for example, a front viewing window portion 13b) configured so that the front side of the game machine can be visually recognized when the mounting means is viewed from the back side of the game machine is provided.
The front member information is
The game machine H5 is arranged at a position readable by the reading means from the back side of the game machine via the visible means.

According to the game machine H5, in addition to the effects played by the game machines H1 to H4, the following effects are played. That is, the front member information is provided on the back side of the game machine of the front member as general-purpose information or dedicated information. Further, the visible means provided in the mounting means makes it possible to visually recognize the front side of the game machine when the mounting means is viewed from the back side of the game machine. Then, the front member information is arranged at a position that can be read by the reading means from the back side of the game machine via the visible means. As a result, the front member information arranged on the front side of the mounting means can be read from the back side of the game machine by the reading means, and the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts can be improved. , Has the effect.

In any of the game machines H0 to H5
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
A game machine H6 characterized in that it is provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the game machine H6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines H0 to H5, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the position of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, and enhances the efficiency of the confirmation work for the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

In any of the game machines H1 to H6
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine H7 is characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixing member and is provided at a position invisible or difficult to see by the player in a state where the player can play a game.

According to the game machine H7, the manufacturer of the game machine H1 produces the following effects in addition to the effects of H6 from the manufacturing process. That is, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixing member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that cannot be seen or are difficult for the player to see. As a result, there is an effect that deterioration of the decorativeness of the game machine can be suppressed by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

<Group I: After reading the board continuously, read the frame continuously to check>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group I has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12 and outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and
In a game machine provided with a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function (for example, a reading device 600) and can identify the general-purpose component. ,
The dedicated parts are
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a or main board back QR code 422). Have and
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
After the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island equipment is read, the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the other game machine is read, and then the island equipment. After the predetermined general-purpose information or other general-purpose information other than the dedicated information or the dedicated information is read in the predetermined game machine installed in, the other general-purpose information or the other general-purpose information in the other game machine or the said A game machine I0 characterized in that it is configured so that dedicated information can be read.

According to the game machine I0, general-purpose parts configured to be usable in a plurality of models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts configured to be able to perform model-specific games are general-purpose. It is configured so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose part, and the special-purpose part can be read by the reading means and the special-purpose part can be specified. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. Then, after the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are read, the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island facility is read, and then the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the other game machine is read. After that, other general-purpose information or dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island facility is read, and then the other general-purpose information or dedicated information in the other game machine is read. It is configured to be able to be. As a result, for example, when checking a plurality of game machines installed in the island equipment, the general-purpose information in one game machine is read and then the general-purpose information in another game machine is read, and the general-purpose information is continuously used. After reading the information, after reading the dedicated information in one game machine, the dedicated information in the other game machine is read, and the dedicated information is continuously read to confirm the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts in each game machine. By configuring it so that it can be performed, the confirmation work on the game machine installed in the island facility can be simplified, so that the efficiency of the confirmation work on the game machine having general-purpose parts and special parts can be improved. There is an effect.

In the game machine I0
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
After the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island facility is read, the predetermined general-purpose information in another game machine installed in a predetermined direction (for example, to the right) is read. After the information or the dedicated information is read, and then the predetermined general-purpose information or other general-purpose information or the dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island facility is read. The gaming machine I1 is characterized in that the other general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the other gaming machine installed in the predetermined direction can be read.

According to the game machine I1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine I0, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are the predetermined general-purpose information in the other gaming machines installed in the predetermined direction after the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined gaming machine installed in the island facility is read. Alternatively, the dedicated information is read, and then the predetermined general-purpose information or other general-purpose information or dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island facility is read, and then the information is installed in the predetermined direction. It is configured so that other general-purpose information or dedicated information in other game machines can be read. As a result, for example, when checking a plurality of game machines installed in the island equipment, the general-purpose information in one game machine is read and then the general-purpose information in another game machine installed in a predetermined direction is displayed. After reading and continuously reading the general-purpose information, after reading the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine, the dedicated information in the other game machines installed in the predetermined direction is read, and the dedicated information is continuously read. By configuring so that the combination of general-purpose parts and special parts in each game machine can be confirmed, the confirmation work in the game machine installed in the island facility can be simplified, so that the general-purpose parts and special parts can be confirmed. There is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the gaming machine to be possessed can be improved.

In the game machine I0
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
After the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island facility is read, the predetermined general-purpose information in another game machine installed in a predetermined direction (for example, to the right) is read. After the information or the dedicated information is read, and then the predetermined general-purpose information or other general-purpose information or the dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island facility is read. The gaming machine I2 is configured so that the other general-purpose information or the dedicated information can be read by another gaming machine installed in a direction opposite to the predetermined direction.

According to the game machine I2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine I0, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are the predetermined general-purpose information in the other gaming machines installed in the predetermined direction after the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined gaming machine installed in the island facility is read. Or, after the dedicated information is read and then the predetermined general-purpose information or other general-purpose information or dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine installed in the island facility is read, the installation is performed in the direction opposite to the predetermined direction. It is configured so that other general-purpose information or dedicated information in other gaming machines can be read. As a result, for example, when checking a plurality of game machines installed in the island equipment, the general-purpose information in one game machine is read and then the general-purpose information in another game machine installed in a predetermined direction is displayed. After reading and continuously reading general-purpose information, after reading the dedicated information in the predetermined game machine, the dedicated information in other game machines installed in the direction opposite to the predetermined direction is read, and the dedicated information is continuously read. Is configured so that the combination of general-purpose parts and dedicated parts in each game machine can be confirmed by reading the above, which simplifies the confirmation work in the game machine installed in the island equipment and the amount of movement during the confirmation work. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts can be improved.

In any of the game machines I0 to I2
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member and
A front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The dedicated parts are
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
A mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is mounted is provided.
The general information is at least
The main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412) is provided.
The dedicated information is at least
Control-dedicated information provided in the control means (for example, QR code 421a on the front surface of the main board and QR code 422 on the back side of the main board)
It is provided with mounting-dedicated information (for example, board front QR code 401 and board back QR code 402) provided on the mounting member.
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine I3 is characterized in that the front surface member is attached to the fixing member and is provided at a position invisible or difficult to be seen by the player in a state where the player can play a game.

According to the game machine I3, in addition to the effects played by the game machines I0 to I2, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front surface member is openably attached to the main body member. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, and the control means is attached to the attachment member. Then, as general-purpose information, at least the main body general-purpose information is provided on the main body member. Further, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with the control dedicated information, and the mounting member is provided with the mounting dedicated information. Here, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixing member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that cannot be seen or are difficult to see by the player. As a result, there is an effect that deterioration of the decorativeness of the game machine can be suppressed by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

In any of the game machines I0 to I3
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
A game machine I4 characterized in that it is provided at a position related to each other.

According to the game machine I4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines I0 to I3, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the position of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, and enhances the efficiency of the confirmation work for the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

The "positions that are related to each other" are positions where general-purpose information and dedicated information are arranged in the vicinity, or when the positional relationship between general-purpose information and dedicated information is arranged in a straight line or within a certain range. Is exemplified.

In any of the game machines I0 to I4,
The gaming machine I5, characterized in that the predetermined general-purpose information and the predetermined dedicated information are provided in close proximity to each other.

According to the game machine I5, in addition to the effects played by the game machines I0 to I4, the following effects are played. That is, predetermined general-purpose information and predetermined dedicated information are provided in close proximity to each other. As a result, when the predetermined general-purpose information and the predetermined dedicated information are read by the reading means, since the predetermined general-purpose information and the predetermined dedicated information are close to each other, both information can be easily read and the reading means can be read. There is an effect that the work efficiency of the work is improved, and the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts can be improved.

The term "proximity" refers to the case where the dedicated information is provided at a position adjacent to the general-purpose information (neighborhood / contact / close contact), or the case where the dedicated information is provided within a predetermined distance (for example, within 10 cm) from the general-purpose information. Etc. are exemplified.

<Group J: QR code installed near the member that interferes with the housing of the reader>
When changing an installed game machine to a different new game machine in a game hall where a game machine such as a pachinko machine is installed, in addition to the case where the entire game machine is newly purchased and installed, a game machine such as a frame member While leaving general-purpose parts, there are cases where only special parts such as a game board, which are different for each gaming machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and dedicated parts is assigned a unique control number (for example, a game board number or a frame number) for fraudulent measures such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or dedicated parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory agency for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the manager of the game hall or the like confirms whether or not the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example,). Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088).

However, in the game machine, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group J has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work related to the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, inner frame 12 and outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and
In a game machine provided with a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to be capable of performing a model-specific game.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function (for example, a reading device 600) and can identify the general-purpose component. ,
The dedicated parts are
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a or main board back QR code 422). Have and
The general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
The gaming machine J0 comprising a predetermined error correction means (for example, an alignment pattern).

According to the game machine J0, general-purpose parts configured to be usable in a plurality of models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts configured to be able to perform model-specific games are general-purpose. It is configured so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose part, and the special-purpose part can be read by the reading means and the special-purpose part can be specified. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. Then, the general-purpose information or the dedicated information has a predetermined error correction means. As a result, for example, even if the housing of the reading means interferes with a predetermined component in the game machine and the reading means cannot face the general-purpose information or the dedicated information, the general-purpose information or the dedicated information can be obtained. The provided error correction means makes it possible to read general-purpose information or dedicated information. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts or the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In the game machine J0
The general-purpose part or the dedicated part
With a predetermined flat part,
An inclined portion (bulging portion) provided in the vicinity of the flat portion and inclined (bulging) from the flat portion is provided.
At least one of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
A game machine J1 characterized in that it is provided on the flat portion.

According to the game machine J1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine J0, the following effects are played. That is, a predetermined flat portion and an inclined portion provided in the vicinity of the flat portion and inclined from the flat portion are provided on the general-purpose component or the dedicated component. Then, at least one general-purpose information or dedicated information is provided on the flat portion. As a result, an inclined portion is provided in the vicinity of the flat portion provided with the general-purpose information or the dedicated information. For example, the housing of the reading means interferes with the inclined portion, and the reading means for the general-purpose information or the dedicated information. It is possible to read the general-purpose information or the dedicated information by the error correction means provided in the general-purpose information and the dedicated information even in the case where the above cannot be faced. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

The term "near the flat portion" is exemplified by, for example, a range within a predetermined distance (for example, 10 cm) from the flat portion, a case where the portion is continuously provided from the flat portion, and a case where the portion is provided close to the flat portion. ..

In the game machine J0 or J1
The general-purpose part or the dedicated part
With a predetermined curved surface,
At least one of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
A game machine J2 characterized in that it is provided on the curved surface portion.

According to the game machine J2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine J0 or J1, the following effects are played. That is, a predetermined curved surface portion is provided on the general-purpose component or the dedicated component. Then, at least one general-purpose information or dedicated information is provided on the curved surface portion. As a result, the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is provided on the curved surface portion, and even if the general-purpose information or the dedicated information cannot be directly confronted with the reading means, for example, the error provided in the general-purpose information and the dedicated information is provided. The correction means makes it possible to read general-purpose information or dedicated information. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In any of the game machines J0 to J2
The general-purpose part or the dedicated part
With a predetermined uneven part,
At least one of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
A game machine J3 characterized in that it is provided on the uneven portion.

According to the game machine J3, in addition to the effects played by the game machines J0 to J2, the following effects are played. That is, a predetermined uneven portion is provided on the general-purpose part or the dedicated part. Then, at least one general-purpose information or dedicated information is provided on the uneven portion. As a result, even if the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is provided on the uneven portion, the general-purpose information or the dedicated information can be read by the error correction means provided in the general-purpose information or the dedicated information. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts and the game machine having the dedicated parts can be improved.

In any of the game machines J0 to J3
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member and
A front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The dedicated parts are
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
A mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is mounted is provided.
The general information is at least
The main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412) is provided.
The dedicated information is at least
Control-dedicated information provided in the control means (for example, QR code 421a on the front surface of the main board and QR code 422 on the back side of the main board)
It is provided with mounting-dedicated information (for example, board front QR code 401 and board back QR code 402) provided on the mounting member.
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine J4 is characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixing member and is provided at a position invisible or difficult to see by the player in a state where the player can play a game.

According to the game machine J4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines J0 to J3, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front surface member is openably attached to the main body member. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, and the control means is attached to the attachment member. Then, as general-purpose information, at least the main body general-purpose information is provided on the main body member. Further, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with the control dedicated information, and the mounting member is provided with the mounting dedicated information. Here, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixing member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that cannot be seen or are difficult to see by the player. As a result, there is an effect that deterioration of the decorativeness of the game machine can be suppressed by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

In any of the game machines J0 to J3
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, an outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
A main body member (for example, an inner frame 12) attached to the fixing member is provided.
The dedicated parts are
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game, and
An attachment member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached,
A front member (for example, a front frame 14) that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The general information is at least
The main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412) is provided.
The dedicated information is at least
Control-dedicated information provided in the control means (for example, QR code 421a on the front surface of the main board and QR code 422 on the back side of the main board)
Mounting-dedicated information provided on the mounting member (for example, board front QR code 401 and board back QR code 402)
The front surface dedicated information (for example, front frame QR code 441) provided on the front surface member is provided.
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine J5 is characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixing member and is provided at a position invisible or difficult to see by the player in a state where the player can play a game.

According to the game machine J5, in addition to the effects played by the game machines J0 to J3, the following effects are played. That is, as a general-purpose part, the fixing member is configured to be fixed to the island equipment, and the main body member is attached to the fixing member. Further, as a dedicated part, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, the control means is attached to the attachment member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. Then, as general-purpose information, at least the main body general-purpose information is provided on the main body member. Further, as the dedicated information, at least, the control means is provided with the control dedicated information, the mounting member is provided with the mounting dedicated information, and the front member is provided with the front dedicated information. Here, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixing member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that cannot be seen or are difficult to see by the player. As a result, there is an effect that deterioration of the decorativeness of the game machine can be suppressed by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

In any of the game machines J0 to J5
The dedicated parts are
The game machine J6 is characterized by including common parts (for example, a second board surface device 24) that can be attached to the general-purpose parts and can perform an effect related to a game among a plurality of models.

According to the game machine J6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines J0 to J5, the following effects are played. That is, a common part as a dedicated part can be attached to a general-purpose part, and a game-related effect can be executed between a plurality of models. As a result, the combination of the general-purpose part and the dedicated part including the common part can be determined not visually by a human but by a reading means, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding the general-purpose parts, the dedicated parts, and the game machine having the common parts while preventing human errors such as confirmation mistakes of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information and the common parts. ..

In any of the game machines J0 to J6
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
A game machine J7 characterized in that it is provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the game machine J7, in addition to the effects played by the game machines J0 to J6, the following effects are played. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the position of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information when performing the confirmation work for confirming the combination of the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts, and enhances the efficiency of the confirmation work for the game machine having the general-purpose parts and the dedicated parts. It has the effect of being able to.

The "positions that are related to each other" are positions where general-purpose information and dedicated information are arranged in the vicinity, or when the positional relationship between general-purpose information and dedicated information is arranged in a straight line or within a certain range. Is exemplified.

For any of the configurations of the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game systems C0 to C13, the game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to 0. A configuration limited to any one of H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the readers B0 to B9, the game machines A0 to A12, the game systems C0 to C13, the game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to 0. The configuration limited to any one of H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game systems C0 to C13, the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to 0. The configuration limited to any one of H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines D0 to D6, the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game systems C0 to C13, and the game machines E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7. , H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7, and the configuration limited to any one may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines E0 to E4, the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game system C0 to C13, and the game machines D0 to D6, F0 to F6, G0 to G7. , H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7, and the configuration limited to any one may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines F0 to F6, the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game system C0 to C13, and the game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, G0 to G7. , H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7, and the configuration limited to any one may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines G0 to G7, the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game system C0 to C13, the game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6. , H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7, and the configuration limited to any one may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines H0 to H7, the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game systems C0 to C13, and the game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6. , G0 to G7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7, and the configuration limited to any one may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines I0 to I5, the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game systems C0 to C13, and the game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6. , G0 to G7, H0 to H7, and J0 to J7.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines J0 to J7, the game machines A0 to A12, the readers B0 to B9, the game systems C0 to C13, and the game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6. , G0 to G7, H0 to H7, and I0 to I5.

In these cases, further effects can be obtained by applying each configuration.

Any of game machines A0 to A12, readers B0 to B9, game systems C0 to C13, game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7. The game machine Z1 is characterized in that the game machine is a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the slot machine is "provided with a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirming the identification information, and for operating a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). Due to this, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed, and at the time of the stop. A gaming machine provided with a special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, provided that the definite identification information of the above is the specific identification information. In this case, coins, medals, and the like are typical examples of the game medium.

Any of game machines A0 to A12, readers B0 to B9, game systems C0 to C13, game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7. The gaming machine Z2, wherein the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and the ball is launched into a predetermined game area in response to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in a predetermined position in the game area. As a prerequisite for winning a prize (or passing through the operating port), the identification information dynamically displayed by the display means is fixedly stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (large winning opening) arranged at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable a ball to be won, and is valuable according to the number of winnings. Some are given value (including not only prize balls but also data written on a magnetic card).

Any of game machines A0 to A12, readers B0 to B9, game systems C0 to C13, game machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7. The gaming machine Z3 is characterized in that the gaming machine is a fusion of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of the fused gaming machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirming and displaying the identification information is provided, and a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). The variation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. A special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player is provided on the condition that the definite identification information at the time of stopping is the specific identification information, the ball is used as the game medium, and the identification information is described. A game machine that requires a predetermined number of balls to start the dynamic display of the game, and is configured to pay out a large number of balls when a special game state occurs. "

10 Pachinko machine (game machine)
11 Outer frame (partial fixing member for general-purpose parts)
12 Inner frame (part of general-purpose parts, part of main body member)
12d Mounting part (part of mounting part)
13 Game board (part of dedicated parts, part of mounting members, part of first dedicated parts)
13a Back side viewing window (part of visible means)
13b Front viewing window (part of visible means)
14 Front frame (part of general-purpose parts, part of front member)
14a Front upper frame (part of dedicated parts, part of first dedicated parts, part of second dedicated parts)
14e Front side Back side viewing window (part of visible means)
20 Cylinder lock (part of locking means)
24 2nd board surface device (part of 2nd dedicated parts)
110 Main control unit (part of control means, part of dedicated parts, part of first dedicated parts)
112a Ball launch unit (part of game execution means)
400 board side sticker (part of sticker for special parts)
401 Board table QR code (part of dedicated information, part of front side dedicated information display, part of board information display, part of identification notification information, part of installation dedicated information, part of first form information display , Part of difficult-to-identify information, part of front side exclusive information, part of first exclusive information)
401a QR code on the upper side of the board (part of synthetic information)
402 QR code on the back of the board (part of dedicated information, part of back side dedicated information display, part of identification notification information, part of installation-only information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, Part of the back side dedicated information, part of the first dedicated information)
403 Game board number information (part of the second form information display, part of the identifiable information)
410 Frame side seal (part of seal for general-purpose parts)
411 Frame table QR code (part of general-purpose information, part of front general-purpose information display, part of identification notification information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, part of front-side general-purpose information )
411a QR code on the lower side of the frame table (part of synthetic information)
412 QR code on the back of the frame (part of general-purpose information, part of back-side general-purpose information display, part of identification notification information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, part of back-side general-purpose information )
413 Frame number information (part of second form information display, part of identifiable information)
420 Main board seal (part of seal for dedicated parts)
421 Main board QR code (part of control information display, part of identification notification information, part of control-only information, part of first form information display, part of identification difficulty information, part of back side-only information , Part of the 1st dedicated information)
421a Main board table QR code (part of dedicated information, part of identification notification information, part of control-only information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, part of front-side dedicated information , Part of the 1st dedicated information)
422 QR code on the back of the main board (part of dedicated information, part of identification notification information, part of control-only information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, part of back-side dedicated information , Part of the 1st dedicated information)
423 Main board number information (part of the second form information display, part of the identifiable information)
430 2nd board side seal (a part of the seal for the 2nd dedicated parts)
431 2nd board surface QR code (part of 2nd dedicated information, part of 1st form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information)
432 QR code on the back of the 2nd board (part of the 2nd dedicated information, part of the 1st form information display, part of the difficult-to-identify information)
440 Front upper side seal (part of the seal for the second dedicated part)
441 Front frame QR code (part of front general-purpose information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, part of front member information, part of second dedicated information)
500 hall computer (part of management equipment)
600 reading device (part of reading device, part of multiple reading means, part of reading means)
600a reading device (part of reading device, part of independent reading means)
603a Corresponding data storage unit (part of storage means, part of encrypted storage means, part of unique data storage means)
603b Decryption key (part of decryption storage means)
607 1st QR scanning unit (part of reading means, part of multiple reading means)
609 2nd QR scanning unit (part of reading means, part of multiple reading means)
610 Operation unit (part of operation means)
611 Display (part of output means, part of notification means)
701-703 data server (part of server device)
MA to MC Manufacturer S208 (part of decoding execution means)
S209 (part of determination means, part of post-decoding determination means)

Claims (5)

At least two general-purpose parts that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models, and
Dedicated parts that can be attached to the general-purpose parts and are configured to play model-specific games,
At least in a gaming machine provided with a locking means for locking the general-purpose parts to each other.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and can identify the general-purpose component.
The dedicated parts are
It has special information that can be read by the reading means and can identify the special part.
The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
A gaming machine characterized in that when one lock by the locking means is unlocked, all the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are arranged at a position readable by the reading means. The dedicated parts are
Control means that executes the main control of the game,
A mounting member to which the control means is mounted is provided.
The mounting means
A visible means configured to make the side opposite to the predetermined direction of the mounting means visible when the mounting means is viewed from a predetermined direction is provided.
Some of the general purpose information and / and the dedicated information
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein when one lock by the locking means is unlocked, the lock is arranged at a position readable by the reading means via the visible means. The control means
It is attached to the back side of the game machine of the attachment means,
The dedicated information is
It is provided with control-dedicated information provided in the control means.
The visible means is
The gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the control-only information is formed at a position where it can be read from the front side of the gaming machine. The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment,
The main body member attached to the fixing member and
A front member that can be opened and closed with respect to the main body member is provided.
The general-purpose information is
The front general-purpose information provided on the front member is provided.
The visible means is
The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the front general-purpose information is formed at a position where it can be read from the back side of the gaming machine. The general-purpose information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the gaming machine is provided at a position related to each other.

Images